PIC24HJ128GP502

PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
16-bit Microcontrollers
(up to 128 KB Flash and 8K SRAM) with Advanced Analog
Operating Conditions System Peripherals

• 3.0V to 3.6V, -40ºC to +150ºC, DC to 20 MIPS • Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) module
• 3.0V to 3.6V, -40ºC to +125ºC, DC to 40 MIPS • Up to five 16-bit and up to two 32-bit Timers/
Counters
Clock Management • Up to four Input Capture (IC) modules
• Up to four Output Compare (OC) modules
• 2% internal oscillator
• Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) module
• Programmable PLL and oscillator clock sources
• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)
Communication Interfaces
• Independent Watchdog Timer
• Low-power management modes • Parallel Master Port (PMP)
• Fast wake-up and start-up • Two UART modules (10 Mbps)
- Supports LIN 2.0 protocols
High-Efficiency Math Engine - RS-232, RS-485, and IrDA® support
• Two 4-wire SPI modules (15 Mbps)
• Single-cycle MUL plus hardware divide
• Enhanced CAN (ECAN) module (1 Mbaud) with
2.0B support
Advanced Analog Features
• I2C module (100K, 400K and 1Mbaud) with
• 10/12-bit ADC with 1.1Msps/500 ksps conversion SMBus support
rate:
- Up to 13 ADC input channels and four S&H Direct Memory Access (DMA)
- Flexible/Independent trigger sources
• 8-channel hardware DMA with no CPU stalls or
• 150 ns Comparators: overhead
- Up to two Analog Comparator modules • UART, SPI, ADC, ECAN, IC, OC, INT0
- 4-bit DAC with two ranges for Analog Comparators
Qualification and Class B Support
Input/Output
• AEC-Q100 REVG (Grade 0 -40ºC to +150ºC)
• Software remappable pin functions • Class B Safety Library, IEC 60730, VDE certified
• 5V-tolerant pins
• Selectable open drain and internal pull-ups Debugger Development Support
• Up to 5 mA overvoltage clamp current/pin
• In-circuit and in-application programming
• Multiple external interrupts
• Two program breakpoints
• Trace and run-time watch
Packages
Type SPDIP SOIC QFN-S QFN TQFP
Pin Count 28 28 28 44 44
I/O Pins 21 21 21 35 35
Contact Lead/Pitch .100'' 1.27 0.65 0.65 0.80
Dimensions 1.365x.285x.135'' 17.9x7.50x2.05 6x6x0.9 8x8x0.9 10x10x1
Note: All dimensions are in millimeters (mm) unless specified.
© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 1

PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 PRODUCT
FAMILIES
The device names, pin counts, memory sizes and
peripheral availability of each device are listed below.
The following pages show their pinout diagrams.
TABLE 1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

CONTROLLER FAMILIES
Remappable Peripheral
(2 Channels/Voltage Regulator)
Program Flash Memory
8-bit Parallel Master Port

Analog Comparator
External Interrupts(3)
10-bit/12-bit ADC
CRC Generator
RAM (Kbyte)(1)
Remappable Pins
Output Compare
(Address Lines)
Standard PWM
Input Capture
16-bit Timer(2)
(Channels)
Packages
I/O Pins
(Kbyte)
RTCC
I2C™
ECAN™
Pins
Device
UART
SPI
PIC24HJ128GP504 44 128 8 26 5 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN

TQFP
PIC24HJ128GP502 28 128 8 16 5 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 10 1/0 2 21 SPDIP
SOIC
QFN-S
PIC24HJ128GP204 44 128 8 26 5 4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN
TQFP
PIC24HJ128GP202 28 128 8 16 5 4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 10 1/0 2 21 SPDIP
SOIC
QFN-S
PIC24HJ64GP504 44 64 8 26 5 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN
TQFP
PIC24HJ64GP502 28 64 8 16 5 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 10 1/0 2 21 SPDIP
SOIC
QFN-S
PIC24HJ64GP204 44 64 8 26 5 4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN
TQFP
PIC24HJ64GP202 28 64 8 16 5 4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 10 1/0 2 21 SPDIP
SOIC
QFN-S
PIC24HJ32GP304 44 32 4 26 5 4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN
TQFP
PIC24HJ32GP302 28 32 4 16 5 21 SPDIP4 4 2 2 0 3 1 1 1 10 1/0 2
SOIC
QFN-S
Note 1: RAM size is inclusive of 2 Kbytes of DMA RAM for all devices except PIC24HJ32GP302/304, which
include 1 Kbyte of DMA RAM.
2: Only four out of five timers are remappable.
3: Only two out of three interrupts are remappable.
DS70293G-page 2 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

Pin Diagrams
28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC
Pins are up to 5V tolerant
MCLR 1 28 AVDD
AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0 2 27 AVSS
AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1 3 26 AN9/RP15(1)/CN11/PMCS1/RB15
PGED1/AN2/C2IN-/RP0(1)/CN4/RB0 4 25 AN10/RTCC/RP14(1)/CN12/PMWR/RB14
PGEC1/ AN3/C2IN+/RP1(1)/CN5/RB1 AN11/RP13(1)/CN13/PMRD/RB13
PIC24HJ128GP502
PIC24HJ128GP202
PIC24HJ64GP502
PIC24HJ64GP202
PIC24HJ32GP302
5 24
(1)
AN4/C1IN-/RP2 /CN6/RB2 6 23 AN12/RP12(1)/CN14/PMD0/RB12
AN5/C1IN+/RP3(1)/CN7/RB3 7 22 PGEC2/TMS/RP11(1)/CN15/PMD1/RB11
VSS 8 21 PGED2/TDI/RP10(1)/CN16/PMD2/RB10
OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2 9 20 VCAP(3)
OSC2/CLKO/CN29/PMA0/RA3 10 19 VSS
SOSCI/RP4(1)/CN1/PMBE/RB4 11 18 TDO/SDA1/RP9(1)/CN21/PMD3/RB9
SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/PMA1/RA4 12 17 TCK/SCL1/RP8(1)/CN22/PMD4/RB8
VDD 13 16 INT0/RP7(1)/CN23/PMD5/RB7
PGED3/ASDA1/RP5(1)/CN27/PMD7/RB5 14 15 PGEC3/ASCL1/RP6(1)/CN24/PMD6/RB6
28-Pin QFN-S(2) Pins are up to 5V tolerant
AN10/RTCC/RP14/CN12/PMWR/RB14
AN9/RP15/CN11/PMCS1/RB15
AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0
AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1
MCLR
AVDD
AVSS
22
28
26
27
23
24
25
PGED1/AN2/C2IN-/RP0(1)/CN4/RB0 1 21 AN11/RP13(1)/CN13/PMRD/RB13
PGEC1/AN3/C2IN+/RP1(1)/CN5/RB1 2 PIC24HJ32GP302 20 AN12/RP12(1)/CN14/PMD0/RB12
AN4/C1IN-/RP2(1)/CN6/RB2 3 PIC24HJ64GP202 19 PGEC2/TMS/RP11(1)/CN15/PMD1/RB11
AN5/C1IN+/RP3(1)/CN7/RB3 4 PIC24HJ64GP502 18 PGED2/TDI/RP10(1)/CN16/PMD2/RB10
VSS 5 PIC24HJ128GP202 VCAP(3)
17
PIC24HJ128GP502
OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2 6 16 VSS
OSC2/CLKO/CN29/PMA0/RA3 7 15 TDO/SDA1/RP9(1)/CN21/PMD3/RB9
14
10
13
12
11
9
8 SOSCI/RP4(1)/CN1/PMBE/RB4
SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/PMA1/RA4
PGED3/ASDA1/RP5(1)/CN27/PMD7/RB5
PGEC3//ASCL1/RP6(1)/CN24/PMD6/RB6
INT0/RP7(1)/CN23/PMD5/RB7
TCK/SCL1/RP8(1)/CN22/PMD4/RB8
VDD
Note 1: The RPx pins can be used by any remappable peripheral. See Table 1 in this section for the list of available peripherals.
2: The metal plane at the bottom of the device is not connected to any pins and is recommended to be connected to VSS externally.
3: Refer to Section 2.3 “CPU Logic Filter Capacitor Connection (VCAP)” for proper connection to this pin.

Pin Diagrams (Continued)
44-Pin QFN(2) Pins are up to 5V tolerant
AN10/RTCC/RP14(1)/CN12/PMWR/RB14
PGEC1/AN3/C2IN+/RP1(1)/CN5/RB1
PGED1/AN2/C2IN-/RP0(1)/CN4/RB0
AN9/RP15(1)/CN11/PMCS1/RB15
AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0
AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1
TMS/PMA10/RA10
TCK/PMA7/RA7
MCLR
AVDD
AVSS
AN4/C1IN-/RP2(1)/CN6/RB2 11 AN11/RP13(1)/CN13/PMRD/RB13
21
20
22
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
23
(1)
AN5/C1IN+/RP3 /CN7/RB3 24 10 AN12/RP12(1)/CN14/PMD0/RB12
AN6/RP16(1)/CN8/RC0 25 9 PGEC2/RP11(1)/CN15/PMD1/RB11
AN7/RP17(1)/CN9/RC1 26 8 PGED2/RP10(1)/CN16/PMD2/RB10
(1)
PIC24HJ32GP304
AN8/CVREF/RP18 /PMA2/CN10/RC2 27 PIC24HJ64GP204 7 VCAP(3)
VDD 28 PIC24HJ64GP504 6 VSS
VSS 29 PIC24HJ128GP204 5 RP25(1)/CN19/PMA6/RC9
OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2 30 PIC24HJ128GP504 4 RP24(1)/CN20/PMA5/RC8
OSC2/CLKO/CN29/RA3 31 3 RP23(1)/CN17/PMA0/RC7
TDO/PMA8/RA8 32 2 RP22(1)/CN18/PMA1/RC6
SOSCI/RP4(1)/CN1/RB4 33 1 SDA1/RP9(1)/CN21/PMD3/RB9
41
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RA4
RP19(1)/CN28/PMBE/RC3
RP20(1)/CN25/PMA4/RC4
PGED3/ASDA1/RP5 /CN27/PMD7/RB5
PGEC3/ASCL1/RP6(1)/CN24/PMD6/RB6
SCL1/RP8(1)/CN22/PMD4/RB8
TDI/PMA9/RA9
VSS
VDD
(1)
2: The metal plane at the bottom of the device is not connected to any pins and is recommended to be connected to VSS externally.

Pin Diagrams (Continued)
44-Pin TQFP Pins are up to 5V tolerant
AN10/RTCC/RP14(1)/CN12/PMWR/RB14
PGEC1/AN3/C2IN+/RP1(1)/CN5/RB1
PGED1/AN2/C2IN-/RP0(1)/CN4/RB0
AN9/RP15(1)/CN11/PMCS1/RB15
AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0
AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1
TMS/PMA10/RA10
TCK/PMA7/RA7
MCLR
AVDD
AVSS
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
AN4/C1IN-/RP2(1)/CN6/RB2 23 11 AN11/RP13(1)/CN13/PMRD/RB13
AN5/C1IN+/RP3(1)/CN7/RB3 24 10 AN12/RP12(1)/CN14/PMD0/RB12
AN6/RP16(1)/CN8/RC0 25 9 PGEC2/RP11(1)/CN15/PMD1/RB11
AN7/RP17(1)/CN9/RC1 26 PIC24HJ32GP304 8 PGED2/EMCD2/RP10(1)/CN16/PMD2/RB10
AN8/CVREF/RP18(1)/PMA2/CN10/RC2 27 PIC24HJ64GP204 7 VCAP(2)
VDD 28 PIC24HJ64GP504 6 VSS
VSS 29 PIC24HJ128GP204 5 RP25(1)/CN19/PMA6/RC9
OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2 30 PIC24HJ128GP504 4 RP24(1)/CN20/PMA5/RC8
OSC2/CLKO/CN29/RA3 31 3 RP23(1)/CN17/PMA0/RC7
TDO/PMA8/RA8 32 2 RP22(1)/CN18/PMA1/RC6
SOSCI/RP4(1)/CN1/RB4 33 1 SDA1/RP9(1)/CN21/PMD3/RB9
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
38
PGEC3/ASCL1/RP6(1)/CN24/PMD6/RB6
TDI/PMA9/RA9
RP19(1)/CN28/PMBE/RC3
PGED3/ASDA1/RP5 /CN27/PMD7/RB5
SCL1/RP8(1)/CN22/PMD4/RB8
SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RA4
RP20 /CN25/PMA4/RC4
VSS
VDD
(1)
(1)

Table of Contents
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 Product Families ........................................................ 2
1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 13
3.0 CPU............................................................................................................................................................................................ 17
4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 25
5.0 Flash Program Memory .............................................................................................................................................................. 53
6.0 Resets ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 59
7.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 69
8.0 Direct Memory Access (DMA) .................................................................................................................................................. 107
9.0 Oscillator Configuration ............................................................................................................................................................ 119
10.0 Power-Saving Features............................................................................................................................................................ 129
11.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 135
12.0 Timer1 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 161
13.0 Timer2/3 And TImer4/5 Feature .............................................................................................................................................. 165
14.0 Input Capture............................................................................................................................................................................ 171
15.0 Output Compare....................................................................................................................................................................... 175
16.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 179
17.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I2C™) .............................................................................................................................................. 185
18.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ........................................................................................................... 193
19.0 Enhanced CAN (ECAN™) Module ........................................................................................................................................... 199
20.0 10-bit/12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC1) ..................................................................................................................... 227
21.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 241
22.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) .................................................................................................................................. 247
23.0 Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator .................................................................................................. 259
24.0 Parallel Master Port (PMP)....................................................................................................................................................... 265
25.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 273
26.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 283
27.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 291
28.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 295
29.0 High Temperature Electrical Characteristics ............................................................................................................................ 345
32.0 DC and AC Device Characteristics Graphs.............................................................................................................................. 357
33.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 361
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 371
The Microchip Web Site ..................................................................................................................................................................... 385
Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 385
Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 385
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 386
Product Identification System............................................................................................................................................................. 387

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS

It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet

To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
• Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
• Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System

Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.

Referenced Sources
This device data sheet is based on the following
individual chapters of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family
Reference Manual”. These documents should be
considered as the general reference for the operation
of a particular module or device feature.
Note 1: To access the documents listed below,
browse to the documentation section of
the PIC24HJ64GP204 product page of
the Microchip web site
(www.microchip.com) or select a family
reference manual section from the
following list.
In addition to parameters, features, and
other documentation, the resulting page
provides links to the related family
reference manual sections.
• Section 1. “Introduction” (DS70197)

• Section 2. “CPU” (DS70204)
• Section 3. “Data Memory” (DS70202)
• Section 4. “Program Memory” (DS70202)
• Section 5. “Flash Programming” (DS70191)
• Section 8. “Reset” (DS70192)
• Section 9. “Watchdog Timer and Power-saving Modes” (DS70196)
• Section 11. “Timers” (DS70205)
• Section 12. “Input Capture” (DS70198)
• Section 13. “Output Compare” (DS70209)
• Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” (DS70183)
• Section 17. “UART” (DS70188)
• Section 18. “Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)” (DS70206)
• Section 19. “Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I2C™)” (DS70195)
• Section 23. “CodeGuard™ Security” (DS70199)
• Section 24. “Programming and Diagnostics” (DS70209)
• Section 25. “Device Configuration” (DS70194)
• Section 30. “I/O Ports with Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” (DS70190)
• Section 32. “Interrupts (Part III)” (DS70214)
• Section 33. “Audio Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)” (DS70211)
• Section 34. “Comparator” (DS70212)
• Section 35. “Parallel Master Port (PMP)” (DS70299)
• Section 36. “Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)” (DS70298)
• Section 37. “Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” (DS70301)
• Section 38. “Direct Memory Access” (DS70215)
• Section 39. “Oscillator (Part III)” (DS70216)

1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of
devices. It is not intended to be a compre-
hensive reference source. To comple-
ment the information in this data sheet,
refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family
Reference Manual”. Please see the
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com)
for the latest dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family
Reference Manual sections.
2: Some registers and associated bits
described in this section may not be
available on all devices. Refer to
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in
this data sheet for device-specific register
and bit information.
This document contains device specific information for

the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices.
Figure 1-1 shows a general block diagram of the
core and peripheral modules in the
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of devices.
Table 1-1 lists the functions of the various pins
shown in the pinout diagrams.

FIGURE 1-1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

BLOCK DIAGRAM
PSV and Table
Data Access
Control Block
Interrupt X Data Bus

PORTA
Controller
16
8 16 16
Data Latch
23 DMA
RAM PORTB
PCU PCH PCL X RAM
23
Program Counter
Stack Loop Address
Control Control Latch
Logic Logic
16
23
16
DMA
PORTC
Controller
Address Latch Address Generator Units
Program Memory
EA MUX Remappable
Pins
Data Latch ROM Latch
24
16 16
Literal Data
Instruction
Decode and
Control Instruction Reg
16
Control Signals
to Various Blocks 17 x 17 Multiplier
16 x 16
OSC2/CLKO Timing Power-up W Register Array
OSC1/CLKI Generation Timer Divide Support
16
Oscillator
FRC/LPRC Start-up Timer
Oscillators
Power-on
Reset
Precision
16-bit ALU
Band Gap Watchdog
Reference Timer
16
Brown-out
Voltage Reset
Regulator
VCAP VDD, VSS MCLR
PMP/ Comparator ECAN1 Timers OC/

UART1, 2 ADC1
EPSP 2 Ch. 1-5 PWM1-4
RTCC SPI1, 2 IC1, 2, 7, 8 CNx I2C1
Note: Not all pins or features are implemented on all device pinout configurations. See “Pin Diagrams” for the specific pins and features
present on each device.

TABLE 1-1: PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS

Pin Buffer
Pin Name PPS Description
Type Type
AN0-AN12 I Analog Analog input channels.
CLKI I ST/CMOS No External clock source input. Always associated with OSC1 pin function.
Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal
Oscillator mode. Optionally functions as CLKO in RC and EC modes.
CLKO O — No Always associated with OSC2 pin function.
OSC1 I ST/CMOS No Oscillator crystal input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode; CMOS
otherwise.
OSC2 I/O — No Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal
Oscillator mode. Optionally functions as CLKO in RC and EC modes.
SOSCI I ST/CMOS No 32.768 kHz low-power oscillator crystal input; CMOS otherwise.
SOSCO O — No 32.768 kHz low-power oscillator crystal output.
CN0-CN30 I ST No Change notification inputs. Can be software programmed for internal
weak pull-ups on all inputs.
IC1-IC2 I ST Yes Capture inputs 1/2
IC7-IC8 I ST Yes Capture inputs 7/8.
OCFA I ST Yes Compare Fault A input (for Compare Channels 1, 2, 3 and 4).
OC1-OC4 O — Yes Compare outputs 1 through 4.
INT0 I ST No External interrupt 0.
INT1 I ST Yes External interrupt 1.
INT2 I ST Yes External interrupt 2.
RA0-RA4 I/O ST No PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA7-RA10 I/O ST No PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RB0-RB15 I/O ST No PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0-RC9 I/O ST No PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
T1CK I ST No Timer1 external clock input.
T2CK I ST Yes Timer2 external clock input.
U1CTS I ST Yes UART1 clear to send.
U1RTS O — Yes UART1 ready to send.
U1RX I ST Yes UART1 receive.
U1TX O — Yes UART1 transmit.
U2CTS I ST Yes UART2 clear to send.
U2RTS O — Yes UART2 ready to send.
U2RX I ST Yes UART2 receive.
U2TX O — Yes UART2 transmit.
SCK1 I/O ST Yes Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI1.
SDI1 I ST Yes SPI1 data in.
SDO1 O — Yes SPI1 data out.
SS1 I/O ST Yes SPI1 slave synchronization or frame pulse I/O.
SCK2 I/O ST Yes Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI2.
SDI2 I ST Yes SPI2 data in.
SDO2 O — Yes SPI2 data out.
SS2 I/O ST Yes SPI2 slave synchronization or frame pulse I/O.
Legend: CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output Analog = Analog input P = Power
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels O = Output I = Input
PPS = Peripheral Pin Select TTL = TTL input buffer

TABLE 1-1: PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)

Pin Buffer
Pin Name PPS Description
Type Type
SCL1 I/O ST No Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C1.
SDA1 I/O ST No Synchronous serial data input/output for I2C1.
ASCL1 I/O ST No Alternate synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C1.
ASDA1 I/O ST No Alternate synchronous serial data input/output for I2C1.
TMS I ST No JTAG Test mode select pin.
TCK I ST No JTAG test clock input pin.
TDI I ST No JTAG test data input pin.
TDO O — No JTAG test data output pin.
C1RX I ST Yes ECAN1 bus receive pin.
C1TX O — Yes ECAN1 bus transmit pin.
RTCC O — No Real-Time Clock Alarm Output.
CVREF O ANA No Comparator Voltage Reference Output.
C1IN- I ANA No Comparator 1 Negative Input.
C1IN+ I ANA No Comparator 1 Positive Input.
C1OUT O — Yes Comparator 1 Output.
C2IN- I ANA No Comparator 2 Negative Input.
C2IN+ I ANA No Comparator 2 Positive Input.
C2OUT O — Yes Comparator 2 Output.
PMA0 I/O TTL/ST No Parallel Master Port Address Bit 0 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and
Output (Master modes).
PMA1 I/O TTL/ST No Parallel Master Port Address Bit 1 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and
Output (Master modes).
PMA2 -PMPA10 O — No Parallel Master Port Address (Demultiplexed Master Modes).
PMBE O — No Parallel Master Port Byte Enable Strobe.
PMCS1 O — No Parallel Master Port Chip Select 1 Strobe.
PMD0-PMPD7 I/O TTL/ST No Parallel Master Port Data (Demultiplexed Master mode) or Address/
Data (Multiplexed Master modes).
PMRD O — No Parallel Master Port Read Strobe.
PMWR O — No Parallel Master Port Write Strobe.
PGED1 I/O ST No Data I/O pin for programming/debugging communication channel 1.
PGEC1 I ST No Clock input pin for programming/debugging communication channel 1.
MCLR I/P ST No Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active-low Reset to the device.
AVDD P P No Positive supply for analog modules. This pin must be connected at all
times.
AVSS P P No Ground reference for analog modules.
VDD P — No Positive supply for peripheral logic and I/O pins.
VCAP P — No CPU logic filter capacitor connection.
VSS P — No Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
VREF+ I Analog No Analog voltage reference (high) input.
VREF- I Analog No Analog voltage reference (low) input.
Legend: CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output Analog = Analog input P = Power
ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels O = Output I = Input
PPS = Peripheral Pin Select TTL = TTL input buffer

2.0 GUIDELINES FOR GETTING 2.2 Decoupling Capacitors

STARTED WITH 16-BIT The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of
MICROCONTROLLERS power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and
AVSS is required.
Consider the following criteria when using decoupling
capacitors:
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 family of • Value and type of capacitor: Recommendation
devices. It is not intended to be a of 0.1 µF (100 nF), 10-20V. This capacitor should
comprehensive reference source. To be a low-ESR and have resonance frequency in
complement the information in this data the range of 20 MHz and higher. It is
sheet, refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H recommended that ceramic capacitors be used.
Family Reference Manual”. Please see • Placement on the printed circuit board: The
the Microchip web site decoupling capacitors should be placed as close
(www.microchip.com) for the latest to the pins as possible. It is recommended to
dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference place the capacitors on the same side of the
Manual sections. board as the device. If space is constricted, the
2: Some registers and associated bits capacitor can be placed on another layer on the
described in this section may not be PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace
available on all devices. Refer to length from the pin to the capacitor is within
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in one-quarter inch (6 mm) in length.
this data sheet for device-specific register • Handling high frequency noise: If the board is
and bit information. experiencing high frequency noise, upward of
tens of MHz, add a second ceramic-type capacitor
in parallel to the above described decoupling
2.1 Basic Connection Requirements
capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can
Getting started with the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, be in the range of 0.01 µF to 0.001 µF. Place this
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 second capacitor next to the primary decoupling
family of 16-bit Microcontrollers (MCUs) requires capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider
attention to a minimal set of device pin connections implementing a decade pair of capacitances as
before proceeding with development. The following is a close to the power and ground pins as possible.
list of pin names, which must always be connected: For example, 0.1 µF in parallel with 0.001 µF.
• All VDD and VSS pins • Maximizing performance: On the board layout
(see Section 2.2 “Decoupling Capacitors”) from the power supply circuit, run the power and
return traces to the decoupling capacitors first,
• All AVDD and AVSS pins (regardless if ADC module
and then to the device pins. This ensures that the
is not used)
decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain.
(see Section 2.2 “Decoupling Capacitors”)
Equally important is to keep the trace length
• VCAP between the capacitor and the power pins to a
(see Section 2.3 “CPU Logic Filter Capacitor minimum thereby reducing PCB track inductance.
Connection (VCAP)”)
• MCLR pin
(see Section 2.4 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”)
• PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial
Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes
(see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”)
• OSC1 and OSC2 pins when external oscillator
source is used
(see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”)
Additionally, the following pins may be required:
• VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage
reference for ADC module is implemented
Note: The AVDD and AVSS pins must be
connected independent of the ADC
voltage reference source.

FIGURE 2-1: RECOMMENDED The placement of this capacitor should be close to the
MINIMUM CONNECTION VCAP. It is recommended that the trace length not
exceed one-quarter inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 25.2
0.1 µF “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details.
10 µF Ceramic
VDD
Tantalum
2.4 Master Clear (MCLR) Pin
VDD
VSS
VCAP
R
R1 The MCLR pin provides for two specific device
MCLR functions:
• Device Reset
C
• Device programming and debugging
PIC24H
During device programming and debugging, the
VSS VDD
resistance and capacitance that can be added to the
pin must be considered. Device programmers and
VDD VSS
0.1 µF 0.1 µF debuggers drive the MCLR pin. Consequently,
AVDD
AVSS
VDD
Ceramic
VSS
Ceramic specific voltage levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal
transitions must not be adversely affected. Therefore,
0.1 µF 0.1 µF specific values of R and C will need to be adjusted
Ceramic Ceramic based on the application and PCB requirements.
L1(1)
For example, as shown in Figure 2-2, it is
Note 1: As an option, instead of a hard-wired connection, an recommended that the capacitor C, be isolated from
inductor (L1) can be substituted between VDD and the MCLR pin during programming and debugging
AVDD to improve ADC noise rejection. The inductor operations.
impedance should be less than 1Ω and the inductor
capacity greater than 10 mA. Place the components shown in Figure 2-2 within
Where: one-quarter inch (6 mm) from the MCLR pin.
f = F CNV
-------------
- (i.e., ADC conversion rate/2) FIGURE 2-2: EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN
2
CONNECTIONS
1 -
f = ----------------------
( 2π LC ) VDD
1 2
L = ⎛ ---------------------⎞
⎝ ( 2πf C )⎠ R(1)
R1(2)
MCLR
2.2.1 TANK CAPACITORS
JP PIC24H
On boards with power traces running longer than six
inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor C
for integrated circuits including MCUs to supply a local
power source. The value of the tank capacitor should
be determined based on the trace resistance that Note 1: R ≤ 10 kΩ is recommended. A suggested
connects the power supply source to the device, and starting value is 10 kΩ. Ensure that the MCLR
the maximum current drawn by the device in the pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.
application. In other words, select the tank capacitor so 2: R1 ≤ 470Ω will limit any current flowing into
that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at the device. MCLR from the external capacitor C, in the
Typical values range from 4.7 µF to 47 µF. event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
2.3 CPU Logic Filter Capacitor Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin
VIH and VIL specifications are met.
Connection (VCAP)
A low-ESR (< 5 Ohms) capacitor is required on the
VCAP pin, which is used to stabilize the voltage
regulator output voltage. The VCAP pin must not be
connected to VDD, and must have a capacitor between
4.7 µF and 10 µF, preferably surface mount connected
within one-eights inch of the VCAP pin connected to
ground. The type can be ceramic or tantalum. Refer to
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for
additional information.

2.5 ICSP Pins 2.6 External Oscillator Pins

The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit Many MCUs have options for at least two oscillators: a
Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging high-frequency primary oscillator and a low-frequency
purposes. It is recommended to keep the trace length secondary oscillator (refer to Section 9.0 “Oscillator
between the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the Configuration” for details).
device as short as possible. If the ICSP connector is The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same
expected to experience an ESD event, a series resistor side of the board as the device. Also, place the
is recommended, with the value in the range of a few oscillator circuit close to the respective oscillator pins,
tens of Ohms, not to exceed 100 Ohms. not exceeding one-half inch (12 mm) distance
Pull-up resistors, series diodes, and capacitors on the between them. The load capacitors should be placed
PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they next to the oscillator itself, on the same side of the
will interfere with the programmer/debugger board. Use a grounded copper pour around the
communications to the device. If such discrete oscillator circuit to isolate them from surrounding
components are an application requirement, they circuits. The grounded copper pour should be routed
should be removed from the circuit during directly to the MCU ground. Do not run any signal
programming and debugging. Alternatively, refer to the traces or power traces inside the ground pour. Also, if
AC/DC characteristics and timing requirements using a two-sided board, avoid any traces on the
information in the respective device Flash other side of the board where the crystal is placed. A
programming specification for information on suggested layout is shown in Figure 2-3.
capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high (VIH) Recommendations for crystals and ceramic
and input low (VIL) requirements. resonators are provided in Table 2-1 and Table 2-2,
Ensure that the “Communication Channel Select” respectively.
(i.e., PGECx/PGEDx pins) programmed into the device
matches the physical connections for the ICSP to FIGURE 2-3: SUGGESTED PLACEMENT
MPLAB® ICD 3 or MPLAB REAL ICE™. OF THE OSCILLATOR
For more information on ICD 3 and REAL ICE CIRCUIT
connection requirements, refer to the following
documents that are available on the Microchip web Main Oscillator
site. 13
®
• “Using MPLAB ICD 3” (poster) DS51765 Guard Ring 14
• “MPLAB® ICD 3 Design Advisory” DS51764 15
• “MPLAB® REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator User’s Guard Trace
16
Guide” DS51616
Secondary 17
• “Using MPLAB® REAL ICE™” (poster) DS51749 Oscillator
18
19
20
TABLE 2-1: CRYSTAL RECOMMENDATIONS

Part Load Package Frequency Mounting Operating
Vendor Freq.
Number Cap. Case Tolerance Type Temperature
ECS-40-20-4DN ECS Inc. 4 MHz 20 pF HC49/US ±30 ppm TH -40°C to +85°C

ECS-100-18-4-DN ECS Inc. 10 MHz 18 pF HC49/US ±30 ppm TH -40°C to +85°C
ECS-40-20-5G3XDS-TR ECS Inc. 4 MHz 20 pF HC49/US ±30 ppm SM -40°C to +125°C
ECS-200-20-5G3XDS-TR ECS Inc. 20 MHz 20 pF HC49/US ±30 ppm SM -40°C to 125°C
NX3225SA 20MHZ AT-W NDK 20 MHz 8 pF 3.2 mm x 2.5 mm ±50 ppm SM -40°C to 125°C
Legend: TH = Through Hole SM = Surface Mount

TABLE 2-2: RESONATOR RECOMMENDATIONS

Part Load Package Frequency Mounting Operating
Vendor Freq.
Number Cap. Case Tolerance Type Temperature
FCR4.0M5T TDK Corp. 4 MHz N/A Radial ±0.5% TH -40°C to +85°C

FCR8.0M5 TDK Corp. 8 MHz N/A Radial ±0.5% TH -40°C to +85°C
HWZT-10.00MD TDK Corp. 10 MHz N/A Radial ±0.5% TH -40°C to +85°C
HWZT-20.00MD TDK Corp. 20 MHz N/A Radial ±0.5% TH -40°C to +85°C
Legend: TH = Through Hole
2.7 Oscillator Value Conditions on 2.9 Unused I/Os

Device Start-up Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and
If the PLL of the target device is enabled and driven to a logic-low state.
configured for the device start-up oscillator, the Alternatively, connect a 1k to 10k resistor between VSS
maximum oscillator source frequency must be limited and the unused pins.
to ≤8 MHz for start-up with the PLL enabled to comply
with device PLL start-up conditions. This means that if
the external oscillator frequency is outside this range,
the application must start-up in the FRC mode first. The
default PLL settings after a POR with an oscillator
frequency outside this range will violate the device
operating speed.
Once the device powers up, the application firmware
can initialize the PLL SFRs, CLKDIV and PLLDBF to a
suitable value, and then perform a clock switch to the
Oscillator + PLL clock source. Note that clock switching
must be enabled in the device Configuration word.
2.8 Configuration of Analog and

Digital Pins During ICSP
Operations
If MPLAB ICD 3 or REAL ICE is selected as a debug-
ger, it automatically initializes all of the A/D input pins
(ANx) as “digital” pins, by setting all bits in the
AD1PCFGL register.
The bits in this register that correspond to the A/D pins
that are initialized by MPLAB ICD 3 or REAL ICE, must
not be cleared by the user application firmware;
otherwise, communication errors will result between
the debugger and the device.
If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as
analog input pins during the debug session, the user
application must clear the corresponding bits in the
AD1PCFGL register during initialization of the ADC
module.
When MPLAB ICD 3 or REAL ICE is used as a
programmer, the user application firmware must
correctly configure the AD1PCFGL register. Automatic
initialization of this register is only done during
debugger operation. Failure to correctly configure the
register(s) will result in all A/D pins being recognized as
analog input pins, resulting in the port value being read
as a logic ‘0’, which may affect user application
functionality.

3.0 CPU The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices have sixteen,
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features 16-bit working registers in the programmer’s model.
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, Each of the working registers can serve as a data,
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and address or address offset register. The 16th working
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of register (W15) operates as a software Stack Pointer
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- (SP) for interrupts and calls.
hensive reference source. To comple- The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
ment the information in this data sheet, and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 instruction set includes
refer to Section 2. “CPU” (DS70204) of many addressing modes and is designed for optimum
the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference C compiler efficiency. For most instructions, the
Manual”, which is available from the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 is capable of executing a data
2: Some registers and associated bits (or program data) memory read, a working register
described in this section may not be (data) read, a data memory write and a program
available on all devices. Refer to (instruction) memory read per instruction cycle. As a
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in result, three parameter instructions can be supported,
this data sheet for device-specific register allowing A + B = C operations to be executed in a single
and bit information. cycle.
A block diagram of the CPU is shown in Figure 3-1, and
3.1 Overview the programmer’s model for the PIC24HJ32GP302/
304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 X04 is shown in Figure 3-2.
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU module has a 16-bit
(data) modified Harvard architecture with an enhanced
instruction set and addressing modes. The CPU has a
3.2 Data Addressing Overview
24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode The data space can be linearly addressed as 32K words
field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and or 64 Kbytes using an Address Generation Unit (AGU).
addresses up to 4M x 24 bits of user program memory The upper 32 Kbytes of the data space memory map can
space. The actual amount of program memory optionally be mapped into program space at any 16K
implemented varies by device. A single-cycle program word boundary defined by the 8-bit Program
instruction prefetch mechanism is used to help Space Visibility Page (PSVPAG) register. The program to
maintain throughput and provides predictable data space mapping feature lets any instruction access
execution. All instructions execute in a single cycle, program space as if it were data space.
with the exception of instructions that change the
The data space also includes 2 Kbytes of DMA RAM,
program flow, the double word move (MOV.D)
which is primarily used for DMA data transfers, but may
instruction and the table instructions. Overhead-free,
be used as general purpose RAM.
single-cycle program loop constructs are supported
using the REPEAT instruction, which is interruptible at
any point.

3.3 Special MCU Features The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices support 16/16
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and 32/16 integer divide operations. All divide
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 features a 17-bit by 17- instructions are iterative operations. They must be
bit, single-cycle multiplier. The multiplier can perform executed within a REPEAT loop, resulting in a total
signed, unsigned and mixed-sign multiplication. Using execution time of 19 instruction cycles. The divide
a 17-bit by 17-bit multiplier for 16-bit by 16-bit operation can be interrupted during any of those
multiplication makes mixed-sign multiplication 19 cycles without loss of data.
possible.
A multi-bit data shifter is used to perform up to a 16-bit,
left or right shift in a single cycle.
FIGURE 3-1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU

CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM
PSV and Table

Data Access
Control Block
Interrupt X Data Bus

Controller
16 16 16
8
Data Latch
23 DMA
PCU PCH PCL X RAM 16
23 RAM
Program Counter
Stack Loop Address
Control Control Latch
Logic Logic
23
16 DMA
Address Generator Units Controller

Address Latch
Program Memory
EA MUX
Data Latch ROM Latch

24
16 16
Literal Data
Instruction
Decode and
Control Instruction Reg
16
Control Signals 17 x 17 Multiplier

to Various Blocks
16 x 16
W Register Array
Divide Support 16
16-bit ALU
16
To Peripheral Modules

FIGURE 3-2: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

PROGRAMMER’S MODEL
D15 D0
W0/WREG
PUSH.S Shadow
W1
Legend
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
Working Registers
W8
W9
W10
W11
W12
W13
W14/Frame Pointer
W15/Stack Pointer
SPLIM Stack Pointer Limit Register
PC22 PC0
0 Program Counter
7 0
TBLPAG Data Table Page Address
7 0
PSVPAG Program Space Visibility Page Address
15 0
RCOUNT REPEAT Loop Counter
15 0
CORCON Core Configuration Register
— — — — — — — DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C STATUS Register
SRH SRL

3.4 CPU Resources

Many useful resources related to the CPU are provided
on the main product page of the Microchip web site for
the devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,
which can be accessed using this link, contains the
latest updates and additional information.
Note: In the event you are not able to access the
product page using the link above, enter
this URL in your browser:
http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/
Devices.aspx?dDocName=en534555
3.4.1 KEY RESOURCES

• Section 2. “CPU” (DS70204)
• Code Samples
• Application Notes
• Software Libraries
• Webinars
• All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
Manuals Sections
• Development Tools

3.5 CPU Control Registers

REGISTER 3-1: SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — — DC
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0(1) R/W-0(2) R/W-0(2) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

IPL<2:0>(2) RA N OV Z C
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
C = Clear only bit R = Readable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Set only bit W = Writable bit -n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 8 DC: MCU ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized data)
of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized
data) of the result occurred
bit 7-5 IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2)
111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15), user interrupts disabled
110 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 6 (14)
bit 4 RA: REPEAT Loop Active bit
1 = REPEAT loop in progress
0 = REPEAT loop not in progress
bit 3 N: MCU ALU Negative bit
1 = Result was negative
0 = Result was non-negative (zero or positive)
bit 2 OV: MCU ALU Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (two’s complement). It indicates an overflow of a magnitude that
causes the sign bit to change state.
1 = Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 1 Z: MCU ALU Zero bit
1 = An operation that affects the Z bit has set it at some time in the past
0 = The most recent operation that affects the Z bit has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result)
bit 0 C: MCU ALU Carry/Borrow bit
1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note 1: The IPL<2:0> bits are concatenated with the IPL<3> bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority
Level. The value in parentheses indicates the IPL if IPL<3> = 1. User interrupts are disabled when
IPL<3> = 1.
2: The IPL<2:0> Status bits are read only when the NSTDIS bit (INTCON1<15>) = 1.

REGISTER 3-2: CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — IPL3(1) PSV — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Clear only bit

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set
0’ = Bit is cleared ‘x = Bit is unknown U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

bit 3 IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit 3(1)
1 = CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7
0 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less
bit 2 PSV: Program Space Visibility in Data Space Enable bit
1 = Program space visible in data space
0 = Program space not visible in data space
Note 1: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level.

3.6 Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) 3.6.2 DIVIDER

The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 The divide block supports 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 ALU is 16 bits wide and signed and unsigned integer divide operations with the
is capable of addition, subtraction, bit shifts and logic following data sizes:
operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic • 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
operations are two’s complement in nature. Depending • 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
on the operation, the ALU can affect the values of the • 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide
Carry (C), Zero (Z), Negative (N), Overflow (OV) and • 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide
Digit Carry (DC) Status bits in the SR register. The C
and DC Status bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0
bits, respectively, for subtraction operations. and the remainder in W1. 16-bit signed and unsigned
DIV instructions can specify any W register for both
The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations, the 16-bit divisor (Wn) and any W register (aligned)
depending on the mode of the instruction that is used. pair (W(m + 1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend. The divide
Data for the ALU operation can come from the W algorithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor, so both
register array or data memory, depending on the 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take the
addressing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output same number of cycles to execute.
data from the ALU can be written to the W register array
or a data memory location. 3.6.3 MULTI-BIT DATA SHIFTER
For information on the SR bits affected by each instruc- The multi-bit data shifter is capable of performing up to
tion, refer to the “16-bit MCU and DSC Programmer’s 16-bit arithmetic or logic right shifts, or up to 16-bit left
Reference Manual” (DS70157). shifts in a single cycle. The source can be either a
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 working register or a memory location.
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU incorporates The shifter requires a signed binary value to determine
hardware support for both multiplication and division. both the magnitude (number of bits) and direction of the
This includes a dedicated hardware multiplier and shift operation. A positive value shifts the operand right.
support hardware for 16-bit-divisor division. A negative value shifts the operand left. A value of ‘0’
does not modify the operand.
3.6.1 MULTIPLIER
Using the high-speed 17-bit x 17-bit multiplier, the ALU
supports unsigned, signed or mixed-sign operation in
several MCU multiplication modes:
• 16-bit x 16-bit signed
• 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned
• 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned
• 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed
• 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned

NOTES:

4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION 4.1 Program Address Space

Note: This data sheet summarizes the features The program address memory space of the
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices is 4M instructions.
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of The space is addressable by a 24-bit value derived
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- either from the 23-bit Program Counter (PC) during
hensive reference source. To complement program execution, or from table operation or data
the information in this data sheet, refer to space remapping as described in Section 4.6
Section 4. “Program Memory” “Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces”.
(DS70203) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H
User application access to the program memory space
Family Reference Manual”, which is avail-
is restricted to the lower half of the address range
able from the Microchip web site
(0x000000 to 0x7FFFFF). The exception is the use of
(www.microchip.com).
TBLRD/TBLWT operations, which use TBLPAG<7> to
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 permit access to the Configuration bits and Device ID
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 architecture features sections of the configuration memory space.
separate program and data memory spaces and The memory map for the PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
buses. This architecture also allows the direct access PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
of program memory from the data space during code devices is shown in Figure 4-1.
execution.
FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 DEVICES
PIC24HJ32GP302/304 PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
GOTO Instruction GOTO Instruction GOTO Instruction 0x000000
Reset Address Reset Address Reset Address 0x000002
0x000004
Interrupt Vector Table Interrupt Vector Table Interrupt Vector Table
0x0000FE
Reserved Reserved Reserved 0x000100
Alternate Vector Table Alternate Vector Table Alternate Vector Table 0x000104
0x0001FE
0x000200
User Program
Flash Memory
(11264 instructions)
User Memory Space
User Program
Flash Memory 0x0057FE
(22016 instructions) 0x005800
User Program
Flash Memory
(44032 instructions)
0x00ABFE
0x00AC00
Unimplemented
(Read ‘0’s) Unimplemented 0x0157FE
(Read ‘0’s) 0x015800
Unimplemented
(Read ‘0’s)
0x7FFFFE
0x800000
Reserved Reserved Reserved

Configuration Memory Space
0xF7FFFE
Device Configuration Device Configuration Device Configuration 0xF80000
Registers Registers Registers 0xF80017
0xF80018
0xFEFFFE
DEVID (2) DEVID (2) DEVID (2) 0xFF0000
0xFF0002
0xFFFFFE
Note: Memory areas are not shown to scale.

4.1.1 PROGRAM MEMORY 4.1.2 INTERRUPT AND TRAP VECTORS

ORGANIZATION All PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
The program memory space is organized in and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices reserve the
word-addressable blocks. Although it is treated as addresses between 0x00000 and 0x000200 for
24 bits wide, it is more appropriate to think of each hard-coded program execution vectors. A hardware
address of the program memory as a lower and upper Reset vector is provided to redirect code execution
word, with the upper byte of the upper word being from the default value of the PC on device Reset to the
unimplemented. The lower word always has an even actual start of code. A GOTO instruction is programmed
address, while the upper word has an odd address, as by the user application at 0x000000, with the actual
shown in Figure 4-2. address for the start of code at 0x000002.
Program memory addresses are always word-aligned PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
on the lower word, and addresses are incremented or PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices also have two
decremented by two during code execution. This interrupt vector tables, located from 0x000004 to
arrangement provides compatibility with data memory 0x0000FF and 0x000100 to 0x0001FF. These vector
space addressing and makes data in the program tables allow each of the device interrupt sources to be
memory space accessible. handled by separate Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs).
A more detailed discussion of the interrupt vector
tables is provided in Section 7.1 “Interrupt Vector
Table”.
FIGURE 4-2: PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION
msw most significant word least significant word PC Address

Address (lsw Address)
23 16 8 0
0x000001 00000000 0x000000
0x000003 00000000 0x000002
0x000005 00000000 0x000004
0x000007 00000000 0x000006
Program Memory Instruction Width

‘Phantom’ Byte
(read as ‘0’)

4.2 Data Address Space All word accesses must be aligned to an even address.
Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 care must be taken when mixing byte and word
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU has a separate operations, or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a
16-bit wide data memory space. The data space is misaligned read or write is attempted, an address error
accessed using separate Address Generation Units trap is generated. If the error occurred on a read, the
(AGUs) for read and write operations. The data instruction underway is completed. If the error occurred
memory maps are shown in Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4. on a write, the instruction is executed but the write does
All Effective Addresses (EAs) in the data memory space not occur. In either case, a trap is then executed,
are 16 bits wide and point to bytes within the data space. allowing the system and/or user application to examine
This arrangement gives a data space address range of the machine state prior to execution of the address
64 Kbytes or 32K words. The lower half of the data Fault.
memory space (that is, when EA<15> = 0) is used for All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the
implemented memory addresses, while the upper half Least Significant Byte. The Most Significant Byte is not
(EA<15> = 1) is reserved for the Program Space modified.
Visibility area (see Section 4.6.3 “Reading Data from
Program Memory Using Program Space Visibility”). A sign-extend instruction (SE) is provided to allow user
applications to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and signed values. Alternatively, for 16-bit unsigned data,
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices implement up to user applications can clear the MSB of any W register
8 Kbytes of data memory. Should an EA point to a by executing a zero-extend (ZE) instruction on the
location outside of this area, an all-zero word or byte is appropriate address.
returned.
4.2.3 SFR SPACE
4.2.1 DATA SPACE WIDTH
The first 2 Kbytes of the Near Data Space, from 0x0000
The data memory space is organized in byte to 0x07FF, is primarily occupied by Special Function
addressable, 16-bit wide blocks. Data is aligned in data Registers (SFRs). These are used by the
memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all data PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 core and peripheral modules
Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while for controlling the operation of the device.
the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd
addresses. SFRs are distributed among the modules that they
control, and are generally grouped together by module.
4.2.2 DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION Much of the SFR space contains unused addresses;
AND ALIGNMENT these are read as ‘0’.
To maintain backward compatibility with PIC® MCU Note: The actual set of peripheral features and
devices and improve data space memory usage interrupts varies by the device. Refer to
efficiency, the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, the corresponding device tables and
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 pinout diagrams for device-specific
instruction set supports both word and byte operations. information.
As a consequence of byte accessibility, all effective
address calculations are internally scaled to step 4.2.4 NEAR DATA SPACE
through word-aligned memory. For example, the core The 8 Kbyte area between 0x0000 and 0x1FFF is
recognizes that Post-Modified Register Indirect referred to as the near data space. Locations in this
Addressing mode [Ws++] results in a value of Ws + 1 space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute
for byte operations and Ws + 2 for word operations. address field within all memory direct instructions.
A data byte read, reads the complete word that Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using
contains the byte, using the LSB of any EA to MOV instructions, which support Memory Direct
determine which byte to select. The selected byte is Addressing mode with a 16-bit address field, or by
placed onto the LSB of the data path. That is, data using Indirect Addressing mode using a working
memory and registers are organized as two parallel register as an address pointer.
byte-wide entities with shared (word) address decode
but separate write lines. Data byte writes only write to
the corresponding side of the array or register that
matches the byte address.

4.2.5 DMA RAM When the CPU and the DMA controller attempt to
concurrently write to the same DMA RAM location, the
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304 devices contain 1 Kbytes
hardware ensures that the CPU is given precedence in
of dual ported DMA RAM located at the end of X data
accessing the DMA RAM location. Therefore, the DMA
space. The PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
RAM provides a reliable means of transferring DMA
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices contain 2 Kbytes of
data without ever having to stall the CPU.
dual ported DMA RAM located at the end of X data
space, and is a part of X data space. Memory Note: DMA RAM can be used for general
locations in the DMA RAM space are accessible purpose data storage if the DMA function
simultaneously by the CPU and the DMA controller is not required in an application.
module. DMA RAM is utilized by the DMA controller to
store data to be transferred to various peripherals
using DMA, as well as data transferred from various
peripherals using DMA. The DMA RAM can be
accessed by the DMA controller without having to
steal cycles from the CPU.
FIGURE 4-3: DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24HJ32GP302/304 DEVICES WITH 4 KB RAM
MSb LSb
Address 16 bits Address
MSb LSb
0x0000 0x0000
2 Kbyte SFR Space
SFR Space 0x07FF 0x07FE
0x0801 0x0800
6 Kbyte
X Data RAM (X) Near
Data
4 Kbyte Space
SRAM Space
0x13FF 0x13FE
0x1401 0x1400
DMA RAM
0x17FF 0x17FE
0x1801 0x1800
0x8001 0x8000
Optionally X Data
Mapped
Unimplemented (X)
into Program
Memory
0xFFFF 0xFFFE

FIGURE 4-4: DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP202/204, PIC24HJ64GP202/204,

PIC24HJ128GP502/504 AND PIC24HJ64GP502/504 DEVICES WITH 8 KB RAM
MSb LSb
Address 16 bits Address
MSb LSb
0x0001 0x0000
2 Kbyte
SFR Space
SFR Space 0x07FE
0x07FF
0x0801 0x0800
8 Kbyte
X Data RAM (X) Near
Data
8 Kbyte Space
SRAM Space 0x1FFF 0x1FFE
0x2001 0x2000
DMA RAM
0x27FF 0x27FE
0x2801 0x2800
0x8001 0x8000
X Data
Optionally Unimplemented (X)
Mapped
into Program
Memory
0xFFFF 0xFFFE
4.3 Memory Organization Resources 4.3.1 KEY RESOURCES

Many useful resources related to Memory Organization • Section 4. “Program Memory” (DS70203)
are provided on the main product page of the Microchip • Code Samples
web site for the devices listed in this data sheet. This • Application Notes
product page, which can be accessed using this link, • Software Libraries
contains the latest updates and additional information.
• Webinars
Note: In the event you are not able to access the • All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
product page using the link above, enter Manuals Sections
this URL in your browser: • Development Tools
http://www.microchip.com/wwwprod-
ucts/Devices.aspx?dDoc-
Name=en534555

4.4 Special Function Register Maps
DS70293G-page 30

TABLE 4-1: CPU CORE REGISTERS MAP
SFR SFR All
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Name Addr Resets
WREG0 0000 Working Register 0 0000

WREG5 000A Working Register 5 0000
WREG6 000C Working Register 6 0000
WREG7 000E Working Register 7 0000
WREG13 001A Working Register 13 0000
WREG14 001C Working Register 14 0000
WREG15 001E Working Register 15 0800
SPLIM 0020 Stack Pointer Limit Register xxxx
PCL 002E Program Counter Low Word Register 0000
PCH 0030 — — — — — — — — Program Counter High Byte Register 0000
TBLPAG 0032 — — — — — — — — Table Page Address Pointer Register 0000
PSVPAG 0034 — — — — — — — — Program Memory Visibility Page Address Pointer Register 0000
RCOUNT 0036 Repeat Loop Counter Register xxxx
SR 0042 — — — — — — — DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C 0000
CORCON 0044 — — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — — 0000
© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.
DISICNT 0052 — — Disable Interrupts Counter Register xxxx

Legend: x = unknown value on Reset, — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-2: CHANGE NOTIFICATION REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP202/502, PIC24HJ64GP202/502 AND PIC24HJ32GP302
SFR SFR All
Name Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Addr Resets
CNEN1 0060 CN15IE CN14IE CN13IE CN12IE CN11IE —- — — CN7IE CN6IE CN5IE CN4IE CN3IE CN2IE CN1IE CN0IE 0000

CNEN2 0062 — CN30IE CN29IE — CN27IE — — CN24IE CN23IE CN22IE CN21IE — — — — CN16IE 0000
CNPU1 0068 CN15PUE CN14PUE CN13PUE CN12PUE CN11PUE — — — CN7PUE CN6PUE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE 0000
CNPU2 006A — CN30PUE CN29PUE — CN27PUE — — CN24PUE CN23PUE CN22PUE CN21PUE — — — — CN16PUE 0000
TABLE 4-3: CHANGE NOTIFICATION REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP204/504, PIC24HJ64GP204/504 AND PIC24HJ32GP304
SFR SFR All
Addr Resets
CNEN1 0060 CN15IE CN14IE CN13IE CN12IE CN11IE CN10IE CN9IE CN8IE CN7IE CN6IE CN5IE CN4IE CN3IE CN2IE CN1IE CN0IE 0000
CNEN2 0062 — CN30IE CN29IE CN28IE CN27IE CN26IE CN25IE CN24IE CN23IE CN22IE CN21IE CN20IE CN19IE CN18IE CN17IE CN16IE 0000
CNPU1 0068 CN15PUE CN14PUE CN13PUE CN12PUE CN11PUE CN10PUE CN9PUE CN8PUE CN7PUE CN6PUE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE 0000
CNPU2 006A — CN30PUE CN29PUE CN28PUE CN27PUE CN26PUE CN25PUE CN24PUE CN23PUE CN22PUE CN21PUE CN20PUE CN19PUE CN18PUE CN17PUE CN16PUE 0000
DS70293G-page 31
DS70293G-page 32

TABLE 4-4: INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP
SFR SFR All
Name Addr Resets
INTCON1 0080 NSTDIS — — — — — — — — DIV0ERR DMACERR MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL — 0000
INTCON2 0082 ALTIVT DISI — — — — — — — — — — — INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP 0000
IFS0 0084 — DMA1IF AD1IF U1TXIF U1RXIF SPI1IF SPI1EIF T3IF T2IF OC2IF IC2IF DMA0IF T1IF OC1IF IC1IF INT0IF 0000
IFS1 0086 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF DMA2IF IC8IF IC7IF — INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF 0000
IFS2 0088 — DMA4IF PMPIF — — — — — — — — DMA3IF C1IF(1) C1RXIF(1) SPI2IF SPI2EIF 0000
IFS3 008A — RTCIF DMA5IF — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0000
IFS4 008C — — — — — — — — — C1TXIF(1) DMA7IF DMA6IF CRCIF U2EIF U1EIF — 0000
IEC0 0094 — DMA1IE AD1IE U1TXIE U1RXIE SPI1IE SPI1EIE T3IE T2IE OC2IE IC2IE DMA0IE T1IE OC1IE IC1IE INT0IE 0000
IEC1 0096 U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE DMA2IE IC8IE IC7IE — INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE 0000
IEC2 0098 — DMA4IE PMPIE — — — — — — — — DMA3IE C1IE(1) C1RXIE(1) SPI2IE SPI2EIE 0000
IEC3 009A — RTCIE DMA5IE — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0000
IEC4 009C — — — — — — — — — C1TXIE(1) DMA7IE DMA6IE CRCIE U2EIE U1EIE — 0000
IPC0 00A4 — T1IP<2:0> — OC1IP<2:0> — IC1IP<2:0> — INT0IP<2:0> 4444
IPC1 00A6 — T2IP<2:0> — OC2IP<2:0> — IC2IP<2:0> — DMA0IP<2:0> 4444
IPC2 00A8 — U1RXIP<2:0> — SPI1IP<2:0> — SPI1EIP<2:0> — T3IP<2:0> 4444
IPC3 00AA — — — — — DMA1IP<2:0> — AD1IP<2:0> — U1TXIP<2:0> 0444
IPC4 00AC — CNIP<2:0> — CMIP<2:0> — MI2C1IP<2:0> — SI2C1IP<2:0> 4444
IPC5 00AE — IC8IP<2:0> — IC7IP<2:0> — — — — — INT1IP<2:0> 4404
IPC6 00B0 — T4IP<2:0> — OC4IP<2:0> — OC3IP<2:0> — DMA2IP<2:0> 4444
IPC7 00B2 — U2TXIP<2:0> — U2RXIP<2:0> — INT2IP<2:0> — T5IP<2:0> 4444
IPC8 00B4 — C1IP<2:0>(1) — C1RXIP<2:0>(1) — SPI2IP<2:0> — SPI2EIP<2:0> 4444
IPC9 00B6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — DMA3IP<2:0> 0004
IPC11 00BA — — — — — DMA4IP<2:0> — PMPIP<2:0> — — — — 0440
IPC15 00C2 — — — — — RTCIP<2:0> — DMA5IP<2:0> — — — — 0440
IPC16 00C4 — CRCIP<2:0> — U2EIP<2:0> — U1EIP<2:0> — — — — 4440

IPC17 00C6 — — — — — C1TXIP<2:0>(1) — DMA7IP<2:0> — DMA6IP<2:0> 0444
INTTREG 00E0 — — — — ILR<3:0> — VECNUM<6:0> 4444
Note 1: Interrupts disabled on devices without ECAN™ modules.
TABLE 4-5: TIMER REGISTER MAP

SFR SFR All
Addr Resets
TMR1 0100 Timer1 Register 0000

PR1 0102 Period Register 1 FFFF
T1CON 0104 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS<1:0> — TSYNC TCS — 0000
TMR3HLD 0108 Timer3 Holding Register (for 32-bit timer operations only) xxxx
TMR3 010A Timer3 Register 0000
PR2 010C Period Register 2 FFFF
PR3 010E Period Register 3 FFFF
T2CON 0110 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS<1:0> T32 — TCS — 0000
T3CON 0112 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS<1:0> — — TCS — 0000
TMR5HLD 0116 Timer5 Holding Register (for 32-bit timer operations only) xxxx
PR4 011A Period Register 4 FFFF
PR5 011C Period Register 5 FFFF
T4CON 011E TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS<1:0> T32 — TCS — 0000
T5CON 0120 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS<1:0> — — TCS — 0000
TABLE 4-6: INPUT CAPTURE REGISTER MAP

SFR SFR All
Name Addr Resets
IC1BUF 0140 Input 1 Capture Register xxxx

IC1CON 0142 — — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR ICI<1:0> ICOV ICBNE ICM<2:0> 0000
IC2CON 0146 — — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR ICI<1:0> ICOV ICBNE ICM<2:0> 0000
IC7CON 015A — — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR ICI<1:0> ICOV ICBNE ICM<2:0> 0000
IC8BUF 015C Input 8Capture Register xxxx
IC8CON 015E — — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR ICI<1:0> ICOV ICBNE ICM<2:0> 0000
DS70293G-page 33
DS70293G-page 34

TABLE 4-7: OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP
SFR All
SFR Name Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Addr Resets
OC1RS 0180 Output Compare 1 Secondary Register xxxx

OC1R 0182 Output Compare 1 Register xxxx
OC1CON 0184 — — OCSIDL — — — — — — — — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM<2:0> 0000
OC2CON 018A — — OCSIDL — — — — — — — — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM<2:0> 0000
OC3RS 018C Output Compare 3 Secondary Register xxxx
OC3R 018E Output Compare 3 Register xxxx
TABLE 4-8: I2C1 REGISTER MAP

SFR All
Addr Resets
I2C1RCV 0200 — — — — — — — — Receive Register 0000

I2C1TRN 0202 — — — — — — — — Transmit Register 00FF
I2C1BRG 0204 — — — — — — — Baud Rate Generator Register 0000
I2C1CON 0206 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 1000
I2C1STAT 0208 ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D_A P S R_W RBF TBF 0000
I2C1ADD 020A — — — — — — Address Register 0000
I2C1MSK 020C — — — — — — Address Mask Register 0000
TABLE 4-9: UART1 REGISTER MAP

SFR All
Addr Resets
U1MODE 0220 UARTEN — USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD URXINV BRGH PDSEL<1:0> STSEL 0000
U1STA 0222 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL<1:0> ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U1TXREG 0224 — — — — — — — UTX8 UART Transmit Register xxxx
U1RXREG 0226 — — — — — — — URX8 UART Received Register 0000
U1BRG 0228 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler 0000
TABLE 4-10: UART2 REGISTER MAP

SFR All
Addr Resets
U2MODE 0230 UARTEN — USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD URXINV BRGH PDSEL<1:0> STSEL 0000

U2STA 0232 UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT URXISEL<1:0> ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110
U2TXREG 0234 — — — — — — — UTX8 UART Transmit Register xxxx
U2RXREG 0236 — — — — — — — URX8 UART Receive Register 0000
U2BRG 0238 Baud Rate Generator Prescaler 0000
TABLE 4-11: SPI1 REGISTER MAP

SFR All
Addr Resets
SPI1STAT 0240 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — — — — — SPIROV — — — — SPITBF SPIRBF 0000

SPI1CON1 0242 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE<2:0> PPRE<1:0> 0000
SPI1CON2 0244 FRMEN SPIFSD FRMPOL — — — — — — — — — — — FRMDLY — 0000
SPI1BUF 0248 SPI1 Transmit and Receive Buffer Register 0000
TABLE 4-12: SPI2 REGISTER MAP

SFR All
Addr Resets
SPI2STAT 0260 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — — — — — SPIROV — — — — SPITBF SPIRBF 0000

SPI2CON1 0262 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE<2:0> PPRE<1:0> 0000
SPI2CON2 0264 FRMEN SPIFSD FRMPOL — — — — — — — — — — — FRMDLY — 0000
SPI2BUF 0268 SPI2 Transmit and Receive Buffer Register 0000
DS70293G-page 35
DS70293G-page 36

TABLE 4-13: ADC1 REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ64GP202/502, PIC24HJ128GP202/502 AND PIC24HJ32GP302
All
File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Resets
ADC1BUF0 0300 ADC Data Buffer 0 xxxx

AD1CON1 0320 ADON — ADSIDL ADDMABM — AD12B FORM<1:0> SSRC<2:0> — SIMSAM ASAM SAMP DONE 0000
AD1CON2 0322 VCFG<2:0> — — CSCNA CHPS<1:0> BUFS — SMPI<3:0> BUFM ALTS 0000
AD1CON3 0324 ADRC — — SAMC<4:0> ADCS<7:0> 0000
AD1CHS123 0326 — — — — — CH123NB<1:0> CH123SB — — — — — CH123NA<1:0> CH123SA 0000
AD1CHS0 0328 CH0NB — — CH0SB<4:0> CH0NA — — CH0SA<4:0> 0000
AD1PCFGL 032C — — — PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 — — — PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 0000
AD1CSSL 0330 — — — CSS12 CSS11 CSS10 CSS9 — — — CSS5 CSS4 CSS3 CSS2 CSS1 CSS0 0000
AD1CON4 0332 — — — — — — — — — — — — — DMABL<2:0> 0000
TABLE 4-14: ADC1 REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ64GP204/504, PIC24HJ128GP204/504 AND PIC24HJ32GP304
All
Resets
ADC1BUF0 0300 ADC Data Buffer 0 xxxx

AD1CON1 0320 ADON — ADSIDL ADDMABM — AD12B FORM<1:0> SSRC<2:0> — SIMSAM ASAM SAMP DONE 0000
AD1CON2 0322 VCFG<2:0> — — CSCNA CHPS<1:0> BUFS — SMPI<3:0> BUFM ALTS 0000
AD1CON3 0324 ADRC — — SAMC<4:0> ADCS<7:0> 0000
AD1CHS123 0326 — — — — — CH123NB<1:0> CH123SB — — — — — CH123NA<1:0> CH123SA 0000
AD1CHS0 0328 CH0NB — — CH0SB<4:0> CH0NA — — CH0SA<4:0> 0000
AD1PCFGL 032C — — — PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8 PCFG7 PCFG6 PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 0000
AD1CSSL 0330 — — — CSS12 CSS11 CSS10 CSS9 CSS8 CSS7 CSS6 CSS5 CSS4 CSS3 CSS2 CSS1 CSS0 0000
AD1CON4 0332 — — — — — — — — — — — — — DMABL<2:0> 0000
TABLE 4-15: DMA REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
DMA0CON 0380 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000

DMA0REQ 0382 FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA0STA 0384 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA0STB 0386 STB<15:0> 0000
DMA0PAD 0388 PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA0CNT 038A — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA1CON 038C CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA1REQ 038E FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA1STA 0390 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA1STB 0392 STB<15:0> 0000
DMA1PAD 0394 PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA1CNT 0396 — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA2CON 0398 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA2REQ 039A FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA2STA 039C STA<15:0> 0000
DMA2STB 039E STB<15:0> 0000
DMA2PAD 03A0 PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA2CNT 03A2 — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA3CON 03A4 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA3REQ 03A6 FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA3STA 03A8 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA3STB 03AA STB<15:0> 0000
DMA3PAD 03AC PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA3CNT 03AE — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA4CON 03B0 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA4REQ 03B2 FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA4STA 03B4 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA4STB 03B6 STB<15:0> 0000
DMA4PAD 03B8 PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA4CNT 03BA — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DS70293G-page 37
DMA5CON 03BC CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA5REQ 03BE FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA5STA 03C0 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA5STB 03C2 STB<15:0> 0000
Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal.
TABLE 4-15: DMA REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
DS70293G-page 38

All
Resets
DMA5PAD 03C4 PAD<15:0> 0000

DMA5CNT 03C6 — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA6CON 03C8 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA6REQ 03CA FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA6STA 03CC STA<15:0> 0000
DMA6STB 03CE STB<15:0> 0000
DMA6PAD 03D0 PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA6CNT 03D2 — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMA7CON 03D4 CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — — — — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0> 0000
DMA7REQ 03D6 FORCE — — — — — — — — IRQSEL<6:0> 0000
DMA7STA 03D8 STA<15:0> 0000
DMA7STB 03DA STB<15:0> 0000
DMA7PAD 03DC PAD<15:0> 0000
DMA7CNT 03DE — — — — — — CNT<9:0> 0000
DMACS0 03E0 PWCOL7 PWCOL6 PWCOL5 PWCOL4 PWCOL3 PWCOL2 PWCOL1 PWCOL0 XWCOL7 XWCOL6 XWCOL5 XWCOL4 XWCOL3 XWCOL2 XWCOL1 XWCOL0 0000
DMACS1 03E2 — — — — LSTCH<3:0> PPST7 PPST6 PPST5 PPST4 PPST3 PPST2 PPST1 PPST0 0000
DSADR 03E4 DSADR<15:0> 0000
TABLE 4-16: ECAN1 REGISTER MAP WHEN C1CTRL1.WIN = 0 OR 1 (FOR PIC24HJ128GP502/504 AND PIC24HJ64GP502/504)
All
Resets
C1CTRL1 0400 — — CSIDL ABAT — REQOP<2:0> OPMODE<2:0> — CANCAP — — WIN 0480

C1CTRL2 0402 — — — — — — — — — — — DNCNT<4:0> 0000

C1VEC 0404 — — — FILHIT<4:0> — ICODE<6:0> 0000
C1FCTRL 0406 DMABS<2:0> — — — — — — — — FSA<4:0> 0000
C1FIFO 0408 — — FBP<5:0> — — FNRB<5:0> 0000
C1INTF 040A — — TXBO TXBP RXBP TXWAR RXWAR EWARN IVRIF WAKIF ERRIF — FIFOIF RBOVIF RBIF TBIF 0000
C1INTE 040C — — — — — — — — IVRIE WAKIE ERRIE — FIFOIE RBOVIE RBIE TBIE 0000
C1EC 040E TERRCNT<7:0> RERRCNT<7:0> 0000
C1CFG1 0410 — — — — — — — — SJW<1:0> BRP<5:0> 0000
C1CFG2 0412 — WAKFIL — — — SEG2PH<2:0> SEG2PHTS SAM SEG1PH<2:0> PRSEG<2:0> 0000
C1FEN1 0414 FLTEN15 FLTEN14 FLTEN13 FLTEN12 FLTEN11 FLTEN10 FLTEN9 FLTEN8 FLTEN7 FLTEN6 FLTEN5 FLTEN4 FLTEN3 FLTEN2 FLTEN1 FLTEN0 FFFF
C1FMSKSEL1 0418 F7MSK<1:0> F6MSK<1:0> F5MSK<1:0> F4MSK<1:0> F3MSK<1:0> F2MSK<1:0> F1MSK<1:0> F0MSK<1:0> 0000
C1FMSKSEL2 041A F15MSK<1:0> F14MSK<1:0> F13MSK<1:0> F12MSK<1:0> F11MSK<1:0> F10MSK<1:0> F9MSK<1:0> F8MSK<1:0> 0000
TABLE 4-17: ECAN1 REGISTER MAP WHEN C1CTRL1.WIN = 0 (FOR PIC24HJ128GP502/504 AND PIC24HJ64GP502/504)
All
Resets
0400- See definition when WIN = x

041E
C1RXFUL1 0420 RXFUL15 RXFUL14 RXFUL13 RXFUL12 RXFUL11 RXFUL10 RXFUL9 RXFUL8 RXFUL7 RXFUL6 RXFUL5 RXFUL4 RXFUL3 RXFUL2 RXFUL1 RXFUL0 0000
C1RXFUL2 0422 RXFUL31 RXFUL30 RXFUL29 RXFUL28 RXFUL27 RXFUL26 RXFUL25 RXFUL24 RXFUL23 RXFUL22 RXFUL21 RXFUL20 RXFUL19 RXFUL18 RXFUL17 RXFUL16 0000
C1RXOVF1 0428 RXOVF15 RXOVF14 RXOVF13 RXOVF12 RXOVF11 RXOVF10 RXOVF9 RXOVF8 RXOVF7 RXOVF6 RXOVF5 RXOVF4 RXOVF3 RXOVF2 RXOVF1 RXOVF0 0000
C1RXOVF2 042A RXOVF31 RXOVF30 RXOVF29 RXOVF28 RXOVF27 RXOVF26 RXOVF25 RXOVF24 RXOVF23 RXOVF22 RXOVF21 RXOVF20 RXOVF19 RXOVF18 RXOVF17 RXOVF16 0000
C1TR01CON 0430 TXEN1 TXABT1 TXLARB1 TXERR1 TXREQ1 RTREN1 TX1PRI<1:0> TXEN0 TXABT0 TXLARB0 TXERR0 TXREQ0 RTREN0 TX0PRI<1:0> 0000
C1RXD 0440 Received Data Word xxxx
C1TXD 0442 Transmit Data Word xxxx
DS70293G-page 39
DS70293G-page 40

TABLE 4-18: ECAN1 REGISTER MAP WHEN C1CTRL1.WIN = 1 (FOR PIC24HJ128GP502/504 AND PIC24HJ64GP502/504)
All
Resets
0400- See definition when WIN = x

041E
C1BUFPNT1 0420 F3BP<3:0> F2BP<3:0> F1BP<3:0> F0BP<3:0> 0000
C1RXM0SID 0430 SID<10:3> SID<2:0> — MIDE — EID<17:16> xxxx
C1RXM0EID 0432 EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXM1EID 0436 EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXM2EID 043A EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXF0SID 0440 SID<10:3> SID<2:0> — EXIDE — EID<17:16> xxxx
C1RXF0EID 0442 EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXF2EID 044A EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXF3SID 044C SID<10:3> SID<2:0> — EXIDE — EID<17:16> xxxx
C1RXF3EID 044E EID<15:8> EID<7:0> xxxx
C1RXF6SID 0458 SID<10:3> SID<2:0> — EXIDE — EID<17:16>
xxxx
TABLE 4-18: ECAN1 REGISTER MAP WHEN C1CTRL1.WIN = 1 (FOR PIC24HJ128GP502/504 AND PIC24HJ64GP502/504) (CONTINUED)
All
Resets

TABLE 4-19: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
RPINR0 0680 — — — INT1R<4:0> — — — — — — — — 1F00

RPINR1 0682 — — — — — — — — — — — INT2R<4:0> 001F
RPINR3 0686 — — — T3CKR<4:0> — — — T2CKR<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR4 0688 — — — T5CKR<4:0> — — — T4CKR<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR7 068E — — — IC2R<4:0> — — — IC1R<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR10 0694 — — — IC8R<4:0> — — — IC7R<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR11 0696 — — — — — — — — — — — OCFAR<4:0> 001F
RPINR18 06A4 — — — U1CTSR<4:0> — — — U1RXR<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR19 06A6 — — — U2CTSR<4:0> — — — U2RXR<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR20 06A8 — — — SCK1R<4:0> — — — SDI1R<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR21 06AA — — — — — — — — — — — SS1R<4:0> 001F
RPINR22 06AC — — — SCK2R<4:0> — — — SDI2R<4:0> 1F1F
RPINR23 06AE — — — — — — — — — — — SS2R<4:0> 001F
RPINR26(1) 06B4 — — — — — — — — — — — C1RXR<4:0> 001F
DS70293G-page 41
Note 1: This register is present for PIC24HJ128GP502/504 and PIC24HJ64GP502/504 devices only.
DS70293G-page 42

TABLE 4-20: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP202/502, PIC24HJ64GP202/502 AND
PIC24HJ32GP302
All
Resets
RPOR0 06C0 — — — RP1R<4:0> — — — RP0R<4:0> 0000
RPOR1 06C2 — — — RP3R<4:0> — — — RP2R<4:0> 0000
RPOR2 06C4 — — — RP5R<4:0> — — — RP4R<4:0> 0000
RPOR3 06C6 — — — RP7R<4:0> — — — RP6R<4:0> 0000
RPOR4 06C8 — — — RP9R<4:0> — — — RP8R<4:0> 0000
RPOR5 06CA — — — RP11R<4:0> — — — RP10R<4:0> 0000
RPOR6 06CC — — — RP13R<4:0> — — — RP12R<4:0> 0000
RPOR7 06CE — — — RP15R<4:0> — — — RP14R<4:0> 0000
TABLE 4-21: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP204/504, PIC24HJ64GP204/504 AND
PIC24HJ32GP304
All
Resets
RPOR0 06C0 — — — RP1R<4:0> — — — RP0R<4:0> 0000
RPOR1 06C2 — — — RP3R<4:0> — — — RP2R<4:0> 0000
RPOR2 06C4 — — — RP5R<4:0> — — — RP4R<4:0> 0000
RPOR3 06C6 — — — RP7R<4:0> — — — RP6R<4:0> 0000
RPOR4 06C8 — — — RP9R<4:0> — — — RP8R<4:0> 0000
RPOR5 06CA — — — RP11R<4:0> — — — RP10R<4:0> 0000
RPOR6 06CC — — — RP13R<4:0> — — — RP12R<4:0> 0000
RPOR7 06CE — — — RP15R<4:0> — — — RP14R<4:0> 0000
RPOR8 06D0 — — — RP17R<4:0> — — — RP16R<4:0> 0000
RPOR9 06D2 — — — RP19R<4:0> — — — RP18R<4:0> 0000
RPOR10 06D4 — — — RP21R<4:0> — — — RP20R<4:0> 0000

RPOR11 06D6 — — — RP23R<4:0> — — — RP22R<4:0> 0000
RPOR12 06D8 — — — RP25R<4:0> — — — RP24R<4:0> 0000
TABLE 4-22: PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE PORT REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HPIC24HJ128GP202/502, PIC24HJ64GP202/502 AND
PIC24HJ32GP302
All
Resets

PMCON 0600 PMPEN — PSIDL ADRMUX<1:0> PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN CSF1 CSF0 ALP — CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP 0000
PMMODE 0602 BUSY IRQM<1:0> INCM<1:0> MODE16 MODE<1:0> WAITB<1:0> WAITM<3:0> WAITE<1:0> 0000
PMADDR ADDR15 CS1 ADDR<13:0> 0000
0604
PMDOUT1 Parallel Port Data Out Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000
PMDOUT2 0606 Parallel Port Data Out Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000
PMDIN1 0608 Parallel Port Data In Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000
PMPDIN2 060A Parallel Port Data In Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000
PMAEN 060C — PTEN14 — — — — — — — — — — — — PTEN<1:0> 0000
PMSTAT 060E IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E 008F
TABLE 4-23: PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE PORT REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP204/504, PIC24HJ64GP204/504 AND PIC24HJ32GP304
All
Resets
PMCON 0600 PMPEN — PSIDL ADRMUX<1:0> PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN CSF1 CSF0 ALP — CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP 0000
PMMODE 0602 BUSY IRQM<1:0> INCM<1:0> MODE16 MODE<1:0> WAITB<1:0> WAITM<3:0> WAITE<1:0> 0000
PMADDR ADDR15 CS1 ADDR<13:0> 0000
0604
PMDOUT1 Parallel Port Data Out Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000
PMDOUT2 0606 Parallel Port Data Out Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000
PMDIN1 0608 Parallel Port Data In Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000
PMPDIN2 060A Parallel Port Data In Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000
PMAEN 060C — PTEN14 — — — PTEN<10:0> 0000
PMSTAT 060E IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E 008F
DS70293G-page 43
DS70293G-page 44

TABLE 4-24: REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR REGISTER MAP
All
Resets
ALRMVAL 0620 Alarm Value Register Window based on APTR<1:0> xxxx

ALCFGRPT 0622 ALRMEN CHIME AMASK<3:0> ALRMPTR<1:0> ARPT<7:0> 0000
RTCVAL 0624 RTCC Value Register Window based on RTCPTR<1:0> xxxx
RCFGCAL 0626 RTCEN — RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC RTCOE RTCPTR<1:0> CAL<7:0> 0000
PADCFG1 02FC — — — — — — — — — — — — — — RTSECSEL PMPTTL 0000
TABLE 4-25: CRC REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
CRCCON 0640 — — CSIDL VWORD<4:0> CRCFUL CRCMPT — CRCGO PLEN<3:0> 0000

CRCXOR 0642 X<15:0> 0000
CRCDAT 0644 CRC Data Input Register 0000
CRCWDAT 0646 CRC Result Register 0000
TABLE 4-26: DUAL COMPARATOR REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
CMCON 0630 CMIDL — C2EVT C1EVT C2EN C1EN C2OUTEN C1OUTEN C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV C2NEG C2POS C1NEG C1POS 0000
CVRCON 0632 — — — — — — — — CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR<3:0> 0000
TABLE 4-27: PORTA REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP202/502, PIC24HJ64GP202/502 AND PIC24HJ32GP302
All
Resets
TRISA 02C0 — — — — — — — — — — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 001F

PORTA 02C2 — — — — — — — — — — — RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx
LATA 02C4 — — — — — — — — — — — LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 xxxx
ODCA 02C6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0000
TABLE 4-28: PORTA REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP204/504, PIC24HJ64GP204/504 AND PIC24HJ32GP304
All
Resets
TRISA 02C0 — — — — — TRISA10 TRISA9 TRISA8 TRISA7 — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 079F

PORTA 02C2 — — — — — RA10 RA9 RA8 RA7 — — RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 xxxx
LATA 02C4 — — — — — LATA10 LATA9 LATA8 LATA7 — — LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 xxxx
ODCA 02C6 — — — — — ODCA10 ODCA9 ODCA8 ODCA7 — — — — — — — 0000
TABLE 4-29: PORTB REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
TRISB 02C8 TRISB15 TRISB14 TRISB13 TRISB12 TRISB11 TRISB10 TRISB9 TRISB8 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 FFFF
PORTB 02CA RB15 RB14 RB13 RB12 RB11 RB10 RB9 RB8 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx
LATB 02CC LATB15 LATB14 LATB13 LATB12 LATB11 LATB10 LATB9 LATB8 LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 xxxx
ODCB 02CE — — — — ODCB11 ODCB10 ODCB9 ODCB8 ODCB7 ODCB6 ODCB5 — — — — — 0000
TABLE 4-30: PORTC REGISTER MAP FOR PIC24HJ128GP204/504, PIC24HJ64GP204/504 AND PIC24HJ32GP304
All
Resets
TRISC 02D0 — — — — — — TRISC9 TRISC8 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 03FF
PORTC 02D2 — — — — — — RC9 RC8 RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 xxxx
LATC 02D4 — — — — — — LATC9 LATC8 LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 xxxx
ODCC 02D6 — — — — — — ODCC9 ODCC8 ODCC7 ODCC6 ODCC5 ODCC4 ODCC3 — — — 0000
TABLE 4-31: SYSTEM CONTROL REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
RCON 0740 TRAPR IOPUWR — — — — CM VREGS EXTR SWR SWDTEN WDTO SLEEP IDLE BOR POR xxxx(1)
OSCCON 0742 — COSC<2:0> — NOSC<2:0> CLKLOCK IOLOCK LOCK — CF — LPOSCEN OSWEN 0300(2)
CLKDIV 0744 ROI DOZE<2:0> DOZEN FRCDIV<2:0> PLLPOST<1:0> — PLLPRE<4:0> 3040
DS70293G-page 45
PLLFBD 0746 — — — — — — — PLLDIV<8:0> 0030

OSCTUN 0748 — — — — — — — — — — TUN<5:0> 0000
Note 1: RCON register Reset values dependent on type of Reset.
2: OSCCON register Reset values dependent on the FOSC Configuration bits and by type of Reset.
SECURITY REGISTER MAP(1)
DS70293G-page 46

TABLE 4-32:
All
Resets
BSRAM 0750 — — — — — — — — — — — — — IW_BSR IR_BSR RL_BSR 0000

SSRAM 0752 — — — — — — — — — — — — — IW_ SSR IR_SSR RL_SSR 0000
Note 1: This register is not present in devices with 32K Flash (PIC24HJ32GP302/304).
TABLE 4-33: NVM REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
NVMCON 0760 WR WREN WRERR — — — — — — ERASE — — NVMOP<3:0> 0000

NVMKEY 0766 — — — — — — — — NVMKEY<7:0> 0000
TABLE 4-34: PMD REGISTER MAP

All
Resets
PMD1 0770 T5MD T4MD T3MD T2MD T1MD — — — I2C1MD U2MD U1MD SPI2MD SPI1MD — C1MD AD1MD 0000
PMD2 0772 IC8MD IC7MD — — — — IC2MD IC1MD — — — — OC4MD OC3MD OC2MD OC1MD 0000
PMD3 0774 — — — — — CMPMD RTCCMD PMPMD CRCMD — — — — — — — 0000
4.4.1 SOFTWARE STACK 4.4.2 DATA RAM PROTECTION FEATURE

In addition to its use as a working register, the W15 The PIC24H product family supports Data RAM
register in the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, protection features that enable segments of RAM to be
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 protected when used in conjunction with Boot and
devices is also used as a software Stack Pointer. The Secure Code Segment Security. BSRAM (Secure RAM
Stack Pointer always points to the first available free segment for BS) is accessible only from the Boot
word and grows from lower to higher addresses. It Segment Flash code when enabled. SSRAM (Secure
pre-decrements for stack pops and post-increments for RAM segment for RAM) is accessible only from the
stack pushes, as shown in Figure 4-5. For a PC push Secure Segment Flash code when enabled. See
during any CALL instruction, the MSb of the PC is Table 4-1 for an overview of the BSRAM and SSRAM
zero-extended before the push, ensuring that the MSb SFRs.
is always clear.
4.5 Instruction Addressing Modes
Note: A PC push during exception processing
concatenates the SRL register to the MSb The addressing modes shown in Table 4-35 form the
of the PC prior to the push. basis of the addressing modes optimized to support the
specific features of individual instructions. The
The Stack Pointer Limit register (SPLIM) associated
addressing modes provided in the MAC class of
with the Stack Pointer sets an upper address boundary
instructions differ from those in the other instruction
for the stack. SPLIM is uninitialized at Reset. As is the
types.
case for the Stack Pointer, SPLIM<0> is forced to ‘0’
because all stack operations must be word aligned.
4.5.1 FILE REGISTER INSTRUCTIONS
Whenever an EA is generated using W15 as a source
Most file register instructions use a 13-bit address field
or destination pointer, the resulting address is
(f) to directly address data present in the first 8192
compared with the value in SPLIM. If the contents of
bytes of data memory (near data space). Most file
the Stack Pointer (W15) and the SPLIM register are
register instructions employ a working register, W0,
equal and a push operation is performed, a stack error
which is denoted as WREG in these instructions. The
trap does not occur. The stack error trap occurs on a
destination is typically either the same file register or
subsequent push operation. For example, to cause a
WREG (with the exception of the MUL instruction),
stack error trap when the stack grows beyond address
which writes the result to a register or register pair. The
0x2000 in RAM, initialize the SPLIM with the value
MOV instruction allows additional flexibility and can
0x1FFE.
access the entire data space.
Similarly, a Stack Pointer underflow (stack error) trap is
generated when the Stack Pointer address is found to 4.5.2 MCU INSTRUCTIONS
be less than 0x0800. This prevents the stack from The three-operand MCU instructions are of the form:
interfering with the Special Function Register (SFR)
space. Operand 3 = Operand 1 <function> Operand 2
A write to the SPLIM register should not be immediately where:

followed by an indirect read operation using W15. Operand 1 is always a working register (that is, the
addressing mode can only be register direct), which is
FIGURE 4-5: CALL STACK FRAME referred to as Wb.
0x0000
Operand 2 can be a W register, fetched from data
15 0
memory, or a 5-bit literal. The result location can be
either a W register or a data memory location. The fol-
lowing addressing modes are supported by MCU
Stack Grows Toward
instructions:
Higher Address
• Register Direct
PC<15:0> W15 (before CALL) • Register Indirect
000000000 PC<22:16>
• Register Indirect Post-Modified
<Free Word> W15 (after CALL)
• Register Indirect Pre-Modified
POP : [--W15] • 5-bit or 10-bit Literal
PUSH : [W15++]
Note: Not all instructions support all the
addressing modes given above.
Individual instructions can support
different subsets of these addressing
modes.

TABLE 4-35: FUNDAMENTAL ADDRESSING MODES SUPPORTED

Addressing Mode Description
File Register Direct The address of the file register is specified explicitly.
Register Direct The contents of a register are accessed directly.
Register Indirect The contents of Wn forms the Effective Address (EA).
Register Indirect Post-Modified The contents of Wn forms the EA. Wn is post-modified (incremented
or decremented) by a constant value.
Register Indirect Pre-Modified Wn is pre-modified (incremented or decremented) by a signed constant value
to form the EA.
Register Indirect with Register Offset The sum of Wn and Wb forms the EA.
(Register Indexed)
Register Indirect with Literal Offset The sum of Wn and a literal forms the EA.
4.5.3 MOVE (MOV) INSTRUCTION 4.5.4 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

Move instructions provide a greater degree of address- Besides the addressing modes outlined previously, some
ing flexibility than other instructions. In addition to the instructions use literal constants of various sizes. For
Addressing modes supported by most MCU instruc- example, BRA (branch) instructions use 16-bit signed lit-
tions, MOV instructions also support Register Indirect erals to specify the branch destination directly, whereas
with Register Offset Addressing mode, also referred to the DISI instruction uses a 14-bit unsigned literal field. In
as Register Indexed mode. some instructions, such as ADD Acc, the source of an
operand or result is implied by the opcode itself. Certain
Note: For the MOV instructions, the addressing
operations, such as NOP, do not have any operands.
mode specified in the instruction can differ
for the source and destination EA.
However, the 4-bit Wb (Register Offset)
field is shared by both source and
destination (but typically only used by
one).
In summary, the following addressing modes are
supported by move instructions:
• Register Direct
• Register Indirect
• Register Indirect Post-modified
• Register Indirect Pre-modified
• Register Indirect with Register Offset (Indexed)
• Register Indirect with Literal Offset
• 8-bit Literal
• 16-bit Literal
Note: Not all instructions support all the
addressing modes given above. Individual
instructions may support different subsets
of these addressing modes.

4.6 Interfacing Program and Data 4.6.1 ADDRESSING PROGRAM SPACE

Memory Spaces Since the address ranges for the data and program
spaces are 16 and 24 bits, respectively, a method is
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
needed to create a 23-bit or 24-bit program address
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 architecture uses a
from 16-bit data registers. The solution depends on the
24-bit-wide program space and a 16-bit-wide data
interface method to be used.
space. The architecture is also a modified Harvard
scheme, meaning that data can also be present in the For table operations, the 8-bit Table Page register
program space. To use this data successfully, it must (TBLPAG) is used to define a 32K word region within
be accessed in a way that preserves the alignment of the program space. This is concatenated with a 16-bit
information in both spaces. EA to arrive at a full 24-bit program space address. In
this format, the Most Significant bit (MSb) of TBLPAG
Aside from normal execution, the
is used to determine if the operation occurs in the user
memory (TBLPAG<7> = 0) or the configuration mem-
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 architecture provides two
ory (TBLPAG<7> = 1).
methods by which program space can be accessed
during operation: For remapping operations, the 8-bit Program Space
Visibility register (PSVPAG) is used to define a
• Using table instructions to access individual bytes
16K word page in the program space. When the MSb
or words anywhere in the program space
of the EA is ‘1’, PSVPAG is concatenated with the lower
• Remapping a portion of the program space into 15 bits of the EA to form a 23-bit program space
the data space (Program Space Visibility) address. Unlike table operations, this limits remapping
Table instructions allow an application to read or write operations strictly to the user memory area.
to small areas of the program memory. This capability Table 4-36 and Figure 4-6 show how the program EA is
makes the method ideal for accessing data tables that created for table operations and remapping accesses
need to be updated periodically. It also allows access from the data EA. Here, P<23:0> refers to a program
to all bytes of the program word. The remapping space word, and D<15:0> refers to a data space word.
method allows an application to access a large block of
data on a read-only basis, which is ideal for look-ups
from a large table of static data. The application can
only access the least significant word of the program
word.
TABLE 4-36: PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION

Access Program Space Address
Access Type
Space <23> <22:16> <15> <14:1> <0>
Instruction Access User 0 PC<22:1> 0
(Code Execution) 0xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0
TBLRD/TBLWT User TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0>
(Byte/Word Read/Write) 0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Configuration TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0>
1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Program Space Visibility User 0 PSVPAG<7:0> Data EA<14:0>(1)
(Block Remap/Read) 0 xxxx xxxx xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Note 1: Data EA<15> is always ‘1’ in this case, but is not used in calculating the program space address. Bit 15 of
the address is PSVPAG<0>.

FIGURE 4-6: DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS GENERATION
Program Counter(1) 0 Program Counter 0
23 bits
EA 1/0
Table Operations(2) 1/0 TBLPAG
8 bits 16 bits
24 bits
Select
1 EA 0
Program Space Visibility(1)
0 PSVPAG
(Remapping)
8 bits 15 bits
23 bits
User/Configuration Byte Select

Space Select
Note 1: The Least Significant bit (LSb) of program space addresses is always fixed as ‘0’ to maintain
word alignment of data in the program and data spaces.
2: Table operations are not required to be word aligned. Table read operations are permitted
in the configuration memory space.

4.6.2 DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM - In Byte mode, either the upper or lower byte
MEMORY USING TABLE of the lower program word is mapped to the
INSTRUCTIONS lower byte of a data address. The upper byte
is selected when Byte Select is ‘1’; the lower
The TBLRDL and TBLWTL instructions offer a direct byte is selected when it is ‘0’.
method of reading or writing the lower word of any
• TBLRDH (Table Read High):
address within the program space without going
through data space. The TBLRDH and TBLWTH - In Word mode, this instruction maps the entire
instructions are the only method to read or write the upper word of a program address (P<23:16>)
upper 8 bits of a program space word as data. to a data address. The ‘phantom’ byte
(D<15:8>), is always ‘0’.
The PC is incremented by two for each successive
- In Byte mode, this instruction maps the upper
24-bit program word. This allows program memory
or lower byte of the program word to D<7:0>
addresses to directly map to data space addresses.
of the data address, in the TBLRDL instruc-
Program memory can thus be regarded as two 16-bit
tion. The data is always ‘0’ when the upper
wide word address spaces, residing side by side, each
‘phantom’ byte is selected (Byte Select = 1).
with the same address range. TBLRDL and TBLWTL
access the space that contains the least significant Similarly, two table instructions, TBLWTH and TBLWTL,
data word. TBLRDH and TBLWTH access the space that are used to write individual bytes or words to a pro-
contains the upper data byte. gram space address. The details of their operation are
explained in Section 5.0 “Flash Program Memory”.
Two table instructions are provided to move byte or
word-sized (16-bit) data to and from program space. For all table operations, the area of program memory
Both function as either byte or word operations. space to be accessed is determined by the Table Page
register (TBLPAG). TBLPAG covers the entire program
• TBLRDL (Table Read Low):
memory space of the device, including user application
- In Word mode, this instruction maps the and configuration spaces. When TBLPAG<7> = 0, the
lower word of the program space table page is located in the user memory space. When
location (P<15:0>) to a data address TBLPAG<7> = 1, the page is located in configuration
(D<15:0>). space.
FIGURE 4-7: ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY WITH TABLE INSTRUCTIONS
Program Space
TBLPAG
02
23 15 0
0x000000 23 16 8 0
00000000
00000000
0x020000 00000000
0x030000 00000000
‘Phantom’ Byte
TBLRDH.B (Wn<0> = 0)
TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 1)
TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 0)
TBLRDL.W
The address for the table operation is determined by the data EA

0x800000 within the page defined by the TBLPAG register.
Only read operations are shown; write operations are also valid in
the user memory area.

4.6.3 READING DATA FROM PROGRAM 24-bit program word are used to contain the data. The
MEMORY USING PROGRAM SPACE upper 8 bits of any program space location used as
VISIBILITY data should be programmed with ‘1111 1111’ or
‘0000 0000’ to force a NOP. This prevents possible
The upper 32 Kbytes of data space may optionally be issues should the area of code ever be accidentally
mapped into any 16K word page of the program space. executed.
This option provides transparent access to stored
constant data from the data space without the need to Note: PSV access is temporarily disabled during
use special instructions, such as TBLRDL/TBLRDH. table reads/writes.
Program space access through the data space occurs For operations that use PSV and are executed outside
if the MSb of the data space EA is ‘1’ and program a REPEAT loop, the MOV and MOV.D instructions
space visibility is enabled by setting the PSV bit in the require one instruction cycle in addition to the specified
Core Control register (CORCON<2>). The location of execution time. All other instructions require two
the program memory space to be mapped into the data instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution
space is determined by the Program Space Visibility time.
Page register (PSVPAG). This 8-bit register defines
For operations that use PSV, and are executed inside
any one of 256 possible pages of 16K words in
a REPEAT loop, these instances require two instruction
program space. In effect, PSVPAG functions as the
cycles in addition to the specified execution time of the
upper 8 bits of the program memory address, with the
instruction:
15 bits of the EA functioning as the lower bits. By
incrementing the PC by 2 for each program memory • Execution in the first iteration
word, the lower 15 bits of data space addresses directly • Execution in the last iteration
map to the lower 15 bits in the corresponding program • Execution prior to exiting the loop due to an
space addresses. interrupt
Data reads to this area add a cycle to the instruction • Execution upon re-entering the loop after an
being executed, since two program memory fetches interrupt is serviced
are required. Any other iteration of the REPEAT loop allows the
Although each data space address 0x8000 and higher instruction using PSV to access data, to execute in a
maps directly into a corresponding program memory single cycle.
address (see Figure 4-8), only the lower 16 bits of the
FIGURE 4-8: PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY OPERATION

When CORCON<2> = 1 and EA<15> = 1:
Program Space Data Space

PSVPAG 23 15 0
0x000000 0x0000
02 Data EA<14:0>
0x010000
0x018000
The data in the page
designated by
PSVPAG is mapped
into the upper half of
the data memory 0x8000
space...
PSV Area
...while the lower 15 bits
of the EA specify an
exact address within
0xFFFF the PSV area. This
corresponds exactly to
the same lower 15 bits
of the actual program
space address.
0x800000

5.0 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY PGEC2/PGED2 or PGEC3/PGED3), and three other

lines for power (VDD), ground (VSS) and Master Clear
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features (MCLR). This allows customers to manufacture boards
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, with unprogrammed devices and then program the
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and microcontroller just before shipping the product. This
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of also allows the most recent firmware or a custom
devices. It is not intended to be a firmware to be programmed.
comprehensive reference source. To RTSP is accomplished using TBLRD (table read) and
complement the information in this data TBLWT (table write) instructions. With RTSP, the user
sheet, refer to Section 5. “Flash Pro- application can write program memory data either in
gramming” (DS70191) of the blocks or ‘rows’ of 64 instructions (192 bytes) at a time
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference or a single program memory word, and erase program
Manual”, which is available from the memory in blocks or ‘pages’ of 512 instructions (1536
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). bytes) at a time.
described in this section may not be 5.1 Table Instructions and Flash
available on all devices. Refer to Programming
this data sheet for device-specific register Regardless of the method used, all programming of
and bit information. Flash memory is done with the table read and table
write instructions. These allow direct read and write
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 access to the program memory space from the data
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices contain internal memory while the device is in normal operating mode.
Flash program memory for storing and executing The 24-bit target address in the program memory is
application code. The memory is readable, writable and formed using bits <7:0> of the TBLPAG register and the
erasable during normal operation over the entire VDD Effective Address (EA) from a W register specified in
range. the table instruction, as shown in Figure 5-1.
Flash memory can be programmed in two ways: The TBLRDL and the TBLWTL instructions are used to
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) read or write to bits <15:0> of program memory.
programming capability TBLRDL and TBLWTL can access program memory in
• Run-Time Self-Programming (RTSP) both Word and Byte modes.
ICSP allows the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instructions are used to read
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 or write to bits <23:16> of program memory. TBLRDH
devices to be serially programmed while in the end and TBLWTH can also access program memory in Word
application circuit. This is done with two lines for or Byte mode.
programming clock and programming data (one of the
alternate programming pin pairs: PGEC1/PGED1,
FIGURE 5-1: ADDRESSING FOR TABLE REGISTERS
24 bits
Using
0 Program Counter 0
Program Counter
Working Reg EA
Using
1/0 TBLPAG Reg
Table Instruction
8 bits 16 bits
User/Configuration Byte
Space Select 24-bit EA Select

5.2 RTSP Operation EQUATION 5-2: MINIMUM ROW WRITE

TIME
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 Flash program memory
11064 Cycles
array is organized into rows of 64 instructions or 192 T RW = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 1.435ms
7.37 MHz × ( 1 + 0.05 ) × ( 1 – 0.00375 )
bytes. RTSP allows the user application to erase a
page of memory, which consists of eight rows (512
instructions) at a time, and to program one row or one
The maximum row write time is equal to Equation 5-3.
word at a time. Table 28-12 shows typical erase and
programming times. The 8-row erase pages and single
row write rows are edge-aligned from the beginning of EQUATION 5-3: MAXIMUM ROW WRITE
program memory, on boundaries of 1536 bytes and TIME
192 bytes, respectively.
11064 Cycles
The program memory implements holding buffers that T RW = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 1.586ms
7.37 MHz × ( 1 – 0.05 ) × ( 1 – 0.00375 )
can contain 64 instructions of programming data. Prior
to the actual programming operation, the write data
must be loaded into the buffers sequentially. The
instruction words loaded must always be from a group Setting the WR bit (NVMCON<15>) starts the opera-
of 64 boundary. tion, and the WR bit is automatically cleared when the
operation is finished.
The basic sequence for RTSP programming is to set up
a Table Pointer, then do a series of TBLWT instructions
5.4 Control Registers
to load the buffers. Programming is performed by
setting the control bits in the NVMCON register. A total Two SFRs are used to read and write the program
of 64 TBLWTL and TBLWTH instructions are required Flash memory: NVMCON and NVMKEY.
to load the instructions.
The NVMCON register (Register 5-1) controls which
All of the table write operations are single-word writes blocks are to be erased, which memory type is to be
(two instruction cycles) because only the buffers are programmed and the start of the programming cycle.
written. A programming cycle is required for
NVMKEY (Register 5-2) is a write-only register that is
programming each row.
used for write protection. To start a programming or erase
sequence, the user application must consecutively write
5.3 Programming Operations 0x55 and 0xAA to the NVMKEY register. Refer to
A complete programming sequence is necessary for Section 5.3 “Programming Operations” for further
programming or erasing the internal Flash in RTSP details.
mode. The processor stalls (waits) until the
programming operation is finished. 5.5 Flash Programming Resources
The programming time depends on the FRC accuracy Many useful resources related to Flash Programming
(see Table 28-19) and the value of the FRC Oscillator are provided on the main product page of the Microchip
Tuning register (see Register 9-4). Use the following web site for the devices listed in this data sheet. This
formula to calculate the minimum and maximum values product page, which can be accessed using this link,
for the Row Write Time, Page Erase Time, and Word contains the latest updates and additional information.
Write Cycle Time parameters (see Table 28-12).
EQUATION 5-1: PROGRAMMING TIME
T Devices.aspx?dDocName=en534555
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
7.37 MHz × ( FRC Accuracy )% × ( FRC Tuning )%
5.5.1 KEY RESOURCES
For example, if the device is operating at +125°C, • Section 5. “Flash Programming” (DS70191)
the FRC accuracy will be ±5%. If the TUN<5:0> bits • Code Samples
(see Register 9-4) are set to ‘b111111, the • Application Notes
minimum row write time is equal to Equation 5-2. • Software Libraries
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

5.6 Flash Memory Control Registers

REGISTER 5-1: NVMCON: FLASH MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER
R/SO-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
WR WREN WRERR — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0(1) U-0 U-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1)

— ERASE — — NVMOP<3:0>(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: SO = Settable only bit

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
-n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 15 WR: Write Control bit

1 = Initiates a Flash memory program or erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is
cleared by hardware once operation is complete
0 = Program or erase operation is complete and inactive
bit 14 WREN: Write Enable bit
1 = Enable Flash program/erase operations
0 = Inhibit Flash program/erase operations
bit 13 WRERR: Write Sequence Error Flag bit
1 = An improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination has occurred (bit is set
automatically on any set attempt of the WR bit)
0 = The program or erase operation completed normally
bit 6 ERASE: Erase/Program Enable bit
1 = Perform the erase operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command
0 = Perform the program operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command
bit 3-0 NVMOP<3:0>: NVM Operation Select bits(2)
If ERASE = 1:
1111 = Memory bulk erase operation
1110 = Reserved
1101 = Erase General Segment
1100 = Erase Secure Segment
1011 = Reserved
0011 = No operation
0010 = Memory page erase operation
0001 = No operation
0000 = Erase a single Configuration register byte
If ERASE = 0:
1111 = No operation
1110 = Reserved
1101 = No operation
1100 = No operation
1011 = Reserved
0011 = Memory word program operation
0010 = No operation
0001 = Memory row program operation
0000 = Program a single Configuration register byte
Note 1: These bits can only be reset on a POR.

2: All other combinations of NVMOP<3:0> are unimplemented.

REGISTER 5-2: NVMKEY: NONVOLATILE MEMORY KEY REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
W-0 W-0 W-0 W-0 W-0 W-0 W-0 W-0

NVMKEY<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 7-0 NVMKEY<7:0>: Key Register (write-only) bits

5.6.1 PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM FOR 4. Write the first 64 instructions from data RAM into
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY the program memory buffers (see Example 5-2).
Programmers can program one row of program Flash 5. Write the program block to Flash memory:
memory at a time. To do this, it is necessary to erase a) Set the NVMOP bits to ‘0001’ to configure
the 8-row erase page that contains the desired row. for row programming. Clear the ERASE bit
The general process is: and set the WREN bit.
1. Read eight rows of program memory b) Write 0x55 to NVMKEY.
(512 instructions) and store in data RAM. c) Write 0xAA to NVMKEY.
2. Update the program data in RAM with the d) Set the WR bit. The programming cycle
desired new data. begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of
3. Erase the block (see Example 5-1): the write cycle. When the write to Flash mem-
ory is done, the WR bit is cleared
a) Set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to
automatically.
‘0010’ to configure for block erase. Set the
ERASE (NVMCON<6>) and WREN 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5, using the next available
(NVMCON<14>) bits. 64 instructions from the block in data RAM by
incrementing the value in TBLPAG, until all
b) Write the starting address of the page to be
512 instructions are written back to Flash memory.
erased into the TBLPAG and W registers.
c) Write 0x55 to NVMKEY. For protection against accidental operations, the write
initiate sequence for NVMKEY must be used to allow
d) Write 0xAA to NVMKEY.
any erase or program operation to proceed. After the
e) Set the WR bit (NVMCON<15>). The erase programming command has been executed, the user
cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the dura- application must wait for the programming time until
tion of the erase cycle. When the erase is programming is complete. The two instructions
done, the WR bit is cleared automatically. following the start of the programming sequence
should be NOPs, as shown in Example 5-3.
EXAMPLE 5-1: ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY PAGE

; Set up NVMCON for block erase operation
MOV #0x4042, W0 ;
MOV W0, NVMCON ; Initialize NVMCON
; Init pointer to row to be ERASED
MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 ;
MOV W0, TBLPAG ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 ; Initialize in-page EA[15:0] pointer
TBLWTL W0, [W0] ; Set base address of erase block
DISI #5 ; Block all interrupts with priority <7
; for next 5 instructions
MOV #0x55, W0
MOV W0, NVMKEY ; Write the 55 key
MOV #0xAA, W1 ;
MOV W1, NVMKEY ; Write the AA key
BSET NVMCON, #WR ; Start the erase sequence
NOP ; Insert two NOPs after the erase
NOP ; command is asserted

EXAMPLE 5-2: LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS

; Set up NVMCON for row programming operations
MOV #0x4001, W0 ;
MOV W0, NVMCON ; Initialize NVMCON
; Set up a pointer to the first program memory location to be written
; program memory selected, and writes enabled
MOV #0x0000, W0 ;
MOV W0, TBLPAG ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR
MOV #0x6000, W0 ; An example program memory address
; Perform the TBLWT instructions to write the latches
; 0th_program_word
MOV #LOW_WORD_0, W2 ;
MOV #HIGH_BYTE_0, W3 ;
TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch
TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch
; 1st_program_word
; 2nd_program_word
•
•
•
; 63rd_program_word
EXAMPLE 5-3: INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE

DISI #5 ; Block all interrupts with priority <7
; for next 5 instructions
MOV #0x55, W0
MOV W0, NVMKEY ; Write the 55 key
MOV #0xAA, W1 ;
MOV W1, NVMKEY ; Write the AA key
BSET NVMCON, #WR ; Start the erase sequence
NOP ; Insert two NOPs after the
NOP ; erase command is asserted

6.0 RESETS A simplified block diagram of the Reset module is

shown in Figure 6-1.
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features Any active source of reset will make the SYSRST
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, signal active. On system Reset, some of the registers
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and associated with the CPU and peripherals are forced to
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of a known Reset state and some are unaffected.
hensive reference source. To comple- Note: Refer to the specific peripheral section or
ment the information in this data sheet, Section 3.0 “CPU” of this manual for
refer to Section 8. “Reset” (DS70192) of register Reset states.
the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
All types of device Reset sets a corresponding status
Manual”, which is available from the
bit in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com).
(see Register 6-1).
A POR clears all the bits, except for the POR bit
(RCON<0>), that are set. The user application can set
or clear any bit at any time during code execution. The
RCON bits only serve as status bits. Setting a particular
Reset status bit in software does not cause a device
Reset to occur.
The Reset module combines all reset sources and The RCON register also has other bits associated with
controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The the Watchdog Timer and device power-saving states.
following is a list of device Reset sources: The function of these bits is discussed in other sections
• POR: Power-on Reset of this manual.
• BOR: Brown-out Reset Note: The status bits in the RCON register
• MCLR: Master Clear Pin Reset should be cleared after they are read so
that the next RCON register value after a
• SWR: RESET Instruction
device Reset is meaningful.
• WDTO: Watchdog Timer Reset
• CM: Configuration Mismatch Reset
• TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset
• IOPUWR: Illegal Condition Device Reset
- Illegal Opcode Reset
- Uninitialized W Register Reset
- Security Reset
FIGURE 6-1: RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
RESET Instruction
Glitch Filter
MCLR
WDT
Module
Sleep or Idle
BOR
Internal
Regulator SYSRST
VDD
VDD Rise POR

Detect
Trap Conflict
Illegal Opcode
Uninitialized W Register
Configuration Mismatch

6.1 Reset Resources

Many useful resources related to Resets are provided
6.1.1 KEY RESOURCES

• Section 8. “Resets” (DS70192)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

6.2 Reset Control Registers

REGISTER 6-1: RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1)
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
TRAPR IOPUWR — — — — CM VREGS
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 R/W-1

EXTR SWR SWDTEN(2) WDTO SLEEP IDLE BOR POR
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit

1 = A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred
0 = A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred
bit 14 IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit
1 = An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register used as an
Address Pointer caused a Reset
0 = An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred
bit 9 CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit
1 = A configuration mismatch Reset has occurred.
0 = A configuration mismatch Reset has NOT occurred
bit 8 VREGS: Voltage Regulator Standby During Sleep bit
1 = Voltage regulator is active during Sleep
0 = Voltage regulator goes into Standby mode during Sleep
bit 7 EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit
1 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred
0 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred
bit 6 SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit
1 = A RESET instruction has been executed
0 = A RESET instruction has not been executed
bit 5 SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit(2)
1 = WDT is enabled
0 = WDT is disabled
bit 4 WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit
1 = WDT time-out has occurred
0 = WDT time-out has not occurred
bit 3 SLEEP: Wake-up from Sleep Flag bit
1 = Device has been in Sleep mode
0 = Device has not been in Sleep mode
bit 2 IDLE: Wake-up from Idle Flag bit
1 = Device was in Idle mode
0 = Device was not in Idle mode
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits can be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.

REGISTER 6-1: RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED)

bit 1 BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit
1 = A Brown-out Reset has occurred
0 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred
bit 0 POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit
1 = A Power-on Reset has occurred
0 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred
Note 1: All of the Reset status bits can be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not
cause a device Reset.
2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the
SWDTEN bit setting.

6.3 System Reset A warm Reset is the result of all other reset sources,
including the RESET instruction. On warm Reset, the
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 device will continue to operate from the current clock
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 family of devices have source as indicated by the Current Oscillator Selection
two types of Reset: bits (COSC<2:0>) in the Oscillator Control register
• Cold Reset (OSCCON<14:12>).
• Warm Reset The device is kept in a Reset state until the system
A cold Reset is the result of a Power-on Reset (POR) power supplies have stabilized at appropriate levels
or a Brown-out Reset (BOR). On a cold Reset, the and the oscillator clock is ready. A description of the
FNOSC configuration bits in the FOSC device sequence in which this occurs and is shown in
configuration register selects the device clock source. Figure 6-2.
TABLE 6-1: OSCILLATOR DELAY

Oscillator Oscillator Startup
Oscillator Mode PLL Lock Time Total Delay
Startup Delay Timer
FRC, FRCDIV16, TOSCD — — TOSCD
FRCDIVN
FRCPLL TOSCD — TLOCK TOSCD + TLOCK
XT TOSCD TOST — TOSCD + TOST
HS TOSCD TOST — TOSCD + TOST
EC — — — —
XTPLL TOSCD TOST TLOCK TOSCD + TOST + TLOCK
HSPLL TOSCD TOST TLOCK TOSCD + TOST + TLOCK
ECPLL — — TLOCK TLOCK
SOSC TOSCD TOST — TOSCD + TOST
LPRC TOSCD — — TOSCD
Note 1: TOSCD = Oscillator Start-up Delay (1.1 μs max for FRC, 70 μs max for LPRC). Crystal Oscillator start-up
times vary with crystal characteristics, load capacitance, etc.
2: TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer Delay (1024 oscillator clock period). For example, TOST = 102.4 μs for a
10 MHz crystal and TOST = 32 ms for a 32 kHz crystal.
3: TLOCK = PLL lock time (1.5 ms nominal), if PLL is enabled.

FIGURE 6-2: SYSTEM RESET TIMING
Vbor
VBOR
VPOR
VDD
TPOR
1
POR TBOR
2
BOR 3
TPWRT
SYSRST
4
Oscillator Clock
TOSCD TOST TLOCK
6
TFSCM
FSCM
5
Device Status Reset Run
Time
Note 1: POR: A POR circuit holds the device in Reset when the power supply is turned on. The POR circuit is active
until VDD crosses the VPOR threshold and the delay TPOR has elapsed.
2: BOR: The on-chip voltage regulator has a BOR circuit that keeps the device in Reset until VDD crosses the
VBOR threshold and the delay TBOR has elapsed. The delay TBOR ensures the voltage regulator output
becomes stable.
3: PWRT Timer: The programmable power-up timer continues to hold the processor in Reset for a specific
period of time (TPWRT) after a BOR. The delay TPWRT ensures that the system power supplies have stabilized
at the appropriate level for full-speed operation. After the delay TPWRT has elapsed, the SYSRST becomes
inactive, which in turn enables the selected oscillator to start generating clock cycles.
4: Oscillator Delay: The total delay for the clock to be ready for various clock source selections are given in
Table 6-1. Refer to Section 9.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for more information.
5: When the oscillator clock is ready, the processor begins execution from location 0x000000. The user
application programs a GOTO instruction at the reset address, which redirects program execution to the
appropriate start-up routine.
6: The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM), if enabled, begins to monitor the system clock when the system clock
is ready and the delay TFSCM elapsed.

TABLE 6-2: OSCILLATOR DELAY

Symbol Parameter Value
VPOR POR threshold 1.8V nominal
TPOR POR extension time 30 μs maximum
VBOR BOR threshold 2.5V nominal
TBOR BOR extension time 100 μs maximum
TPWRT Programmable power-up time delay 0-128 ms nominal
TFSCM Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Delay 900 μs maximum
Note: When the device exits the Reset

6.4.1 Brown-out Reset (BOR) and
condition (begins normal operation), the Power-up timer (PWRT)
device operating parameters (voltage, The on-chip regulator has a Brown-out Reset (BOR)
frequency, temperature, etc.) must be circuit that resets the device when the VDD is too low
within their operating ranges, otherwise (VDD < VBOR) for proper device operation. The BOR cir-
the device may not function correctly. cuit keeps the device in Reset until VDD crosses VBOR
The user application must ensure that threshold and the delay TBOR has elapsed. The delay
the delay between the time power is TBOR ensures the voltage regulator output becomes
first applied, and the time SYSRST stable.
becomes inactive, is long enough to get
all operating parameters within The Brown-out Reset status bit (BOR) in the Reset
specification. Control register (RCON<1>) is set to indicate the BOR.
The device will not run at full speed after a BOR as the
6.4 Power-on Reset (POR) VDD should rise to acceptable levels for full-speed
operation. The PWRT provides power-up time delay
A Power-on Reset (POR) circuit ensures the device is (TPWRT) to ensure that the system power supplies have
reset from power-on. The POR circuit is active until stabilized at the appropriate levels for full-speed
VDD crosses the VPOR threshold and the delay TPOR operation before the SYSRST is released.
has elapsed. The delay TPOR ensures the internal
The power-up timer delay (TPWRT) is programmed by
device bias circuits become stable.
the Power-on Reset Timer Value Select bits
The device supply voltage characteristics must meet (FPWRT<2:0>) in the POR Configuration register
the specified starting voltage and rise rate (FPOR<2:0>), which provides eight settings (from 0 ms
requirements to generate the POR. Refer to to 128 ms). Refer to Section 25.0 “Special Features”
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for details. for further details.
The POR status bit (POR) in the Reset Control register Figure 6-3 shows the typical brown-out scenarios. The
(RCON<0>) is set to indicate the Power-on Reset. reset delay (TBOR + TPWRT) is initiated each time VDD
rises above the VBOR trip point

FIGURE 6-3: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS

VDD
VBOR
TBOR + TPWRT
SYSRST
VDD
VBOR
TBOR + TPWRT
SYSRST
VDD dips before PWRT expires
VDD
VBOR
TBOR + TPWRT
SYSRST
6.5 External Reset (EXTR) The Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit (SWR) in the
Reset Control register (RCON<6>) is set to indicate
The external Reset is generated by driving the MCLR the software Reset.
pin low. The MCLR pin is a Schmitt trigger input with an
additional glitch filter. Reset pulses that are longer than
6.7 Watchdog Time-out Reset (WDTO)
the minimum pulse width will generate a Reset. Refer
to Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for Whenever a Watchdog time-out occurs, the device will
minimum pulse width specifications. The External asynchronously assert SYSRST. The clock source will
Reset (MCLR) Pin (EXTR) bit in the Reset Control remain unchanged. A WDT time-out during Sleep or
(RCON) register is set to indicate the MCLR Reset. Idle mode will wake-up the processor, but will not reset
the processor.
6.5.1 EXTERNAL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT
The Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit (WDTO) in the
Many systems have external supervisory circuits that Reset Control register (RCON<4>) is set to indicate
generate reset signals to reset multiple devices in the the Watchdog Reset. Refer to Section 25.4
system. This external Reset signal can be directly con- “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” for more information on
nected to the MCLR pin to reset the device when the Watchdog Reset.
rest of system is Reset.
6.8 Trap Conflict Reset
6.5.2 INTERNAL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT
If a lower-priority hard trap occurs while a higher-prior-
When using the internal power supervisory circuit to ity trap is being processed, a hard trap conflict Reset
reset the device, the external reset pin (MCLR) should occurs. The hard traps include exceptions of priority
be tied directly or resistively to VDD. In this case, the level 13 through level 15, inclusive. The address error
MCLR pin will not be used to generate a Reset. The (level 13) and oscillator error (level 14) traps fall into
external reset pin (MCLR) does not have an internal this category.
pull-up and must not be left unconnected.
The Trap Reset Flag bit (TRAPR) in the Reset Control
register (RCON<15>) is set to indicate the Trap Conflict
6.6 Software RESET Instruction (SWR)
Reset. Refer to Section 7.0 “Interrupt Controller” for
Whenever the RESET instruction is executed, the more information on trap conflict Resets.
device will assert SYSRST, placing the device in a
special Reset state. This Reset state will not re-
initialize the clock. The clock source in effect prior to the
RESET instruction will remain. SYSRST is released at
the next instruction cycle, and the reset vector fetch will
commence.

6.9 Configuration Mismatch Reset each program memory section to store the data values.
The upper 8 bits should be programmed with 3Fh,
To maintain the integrity of the peripheral pin select which is an illegal opcode value.
control registers, they are constantly monitored with
shadow registers in hardware. If an unexpected 6.10.2 UNINITIALIZED W REGISTER
change in any of the registers occur (such as cell dis- RESET
turbances caused by ESD or other external events), a
configuration mismatch Reset occurs. Any attempts to use the uninitialized W register as an
address pointer will Reset the device. The W register
The Configuration Mismatch Flag bit (CM) in the Reset
array (with the exception of W15) is cleared during all
Control register (RCON<9>) is set to indicate the
resets and is considered uninitialized until written to.
configuration mismatch Reset. Refer to Section 11.0
“I/O Ports” for more information on the configuration 6.10.3 SECURITY RESET
mismatch Reset.
If a Program Flow Change (PFC) or Vector Flow
Note: The configuration mismatch feature and Change (VFC) targets a restricted location in a
associated reset flag is not available on all protected segment (Boot and Secure Segment), that
devices. operation will cause a security Reset.
The PFC occurs when the Program Counter is
6.10 Illegal Condition Device Reset reloaded as a result of a Call, Jump, Computed Jump,
An illegal condition device Reset occurs due to the Return, Return from Subroutine, or other form of
following sources: branch instruction.
• Illegal Opcode Reset The VFC occurs when the Program Counter is
reloaded with an Interrupt or Trap vector.
• Uninitialized W Register Reset
• Security Reset Refer to Section 25.8 “Code Protection and
CodeGuard™ Security” for more information on
The Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Security Reset.
Flag bit (IOPUWR) in the Reset Control register
(RCON<14>) is set to indicate the illegal condition
device Reset.
6.11 Using the RCON Status Bits
The user application can read the Reset Control regis-
6.10.1 ILLEGAL OPCODE RESET ter (RCON) after any device Reset to determine the
A device Reset is generated if the device attempts to cause of the reset.
execute an illegal opcode value that is fetched from Note: The status bits in the RCON register
program memory. should be cleared after they are read so
The illegal opcode Reset function can prevent the that the next RCON register value after a
device from executing program memory sections that device Reset will be meaningful.
are used to store constant data. To take advantage of
Table 6-3 provides a summary of the reset flag bit
the illegal opcode Reset, use only the lower 16 bits of
operation.
TABLE 6-3: RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION

Flag Bit Set by: Cleared by:
TRAPR (RCON<15>) Trap conflict event POR, BOR
IOPWR (RCON<14>) Illegal opcode or uninitialized POR, BOR
W register access or Security Reset
CM (RCON<9>) Configuration Mismatch POR, BOR
EXTR (RCON<7>) MCLR Reset POR
SWR (RCON<6>) RESET instruction POR, BOR
WDTO (RCON<4>) WDT time-out PWRSAV instruction,
CLRWDT instruction, POR, BOR
SLEEP (RCON<3>) PWRSAV #SLEEP instruction POR, BOR
IDLE (RCON<2>) PWRSAV #IDLE instruction POR, BOR
BOR (RCON<1>) POR, BOR —
POR (RCON<0>) POR —
Note: All Reset flag bits can be set or cleared by user software.

NOTES:

7.0 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural
priority. This priority is linked to their position in the
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features vector table. Lower addresses generally have a higher
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, natural priority. For example, the interrupt associated
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and with vector 0 takes priority over interrupts at any other
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of vector address.
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
hensive reference source. To comple- PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices implement up to 45
ment the information in this data sheet, unique interrupts and five nonmaskable traps. These
refer to Section 32. “Interrupts (Part III)” are summarized in Table 7-1.
(DS70214) of the”dsPIC33F/PIC24H
Family Reference Manual”, which is avail- 7.1.1 ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR
able from the Microchip web site TABLE
The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located
2: Some registers and associated bits after the IVT, as shown in Figure 7-1. Access to the
described in this section may not be AIVT is provided by the ALTIVT control bit
available on all devices. Refer to (INTCON2<15>). If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in and exception processes use the alternate vectors
this data sheet for device-specific register instead of the default vectors. The alternate vectors are
and bit information. organized in the same manner as the default vectors.
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 The AIVT supports debugging by providing a means to
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 interrupt controller switch between an application and a support
reduces the numerous peripheral interrupt request sig- environment without requiring the interrupt vectors to
nals to a single interrupt request signal to the be reprogrammed. This feature also enables switching
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and between applications for evaluation of different
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU. software algorithms at run time. If the AIVT is not
The interrupt controller has the following features: needed, the AIVT should be programmed with the
same addresses used in the IVT.
• Up to eight processor exceptions and software
traps
7.2 Reset Sequence
• Eight user-selectable priority levels
• Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors A device Reset is not a true exception because the
interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process.
• A unique vector for each interrupt or exception
source
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 device clears its
• Fixed priority within a specified user priority level registers in response to a Reset, which forces the PC
• Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug to zero. The microcontroller then begins program
support execution at location 0x000000. A GOTO instruction at
• Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies the Reset address can redirect program execution to
the appropriate start-up routine.
7.1 Interrupt Vector Table Note: Any unimplemented or unused vector
The Interrupt Vector Table (IVT), shown in Figure 7-1, locations in the IVT and AIVT should be
resides in program memory, starting at location programmed with the address of a default
000004h. The IVT contains 126 vectors consisting of interrupt handler routine that contains a
eight nonmaskable trap vectors plus up to 118 sources RESET instruction.
of interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its
own vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24 bit wide
address. The value programmed into each interrupt
vector location is the starting address of the associated
Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).

FIGURE 7-1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE
Reset – GOTO Instruction 0x000000

Reset – GOTO Address 0x000002
Reserved 0x000004
Oscillator Fail Trap Vector
Address Error Trap Vector
Stack Error Trap Vector
Math Error Trap Vector
DMA Error Trap Vector
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt Vector 0 0x000014
Interrupt Vector 1
~
~
~
Interrupt Vector 52 0x00007C
Interrupt Vector Table (IVT)(1)
Interrupt Vector 53 0x00007E
Decreasing Natural Order Priority

~
~
~
Interrupt Vector 116 0x0000FC
Interrupt Vector 117 0x0000FE
Reserved 0x000100
Reserved 0x000102
Reserved
Oscillator Fail Trap Vector
Address Error Trap Vector
Stack Error Trap Vector
Math Error Trap Vector
DMA Error Trap Vector
Reserved
Reserved
Interrupt Vector 1
~
~
~ Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT)(1)
Interrupt Vector 52 0x00017C
Interrupt Vector 53 0x00017E
~
~
~
Interrupt Vector 116
Interrupt Vector 117 0x0001FE
Start of Code 0x000200
Note 1: See Table 7-1 for the list of implemented interrupt vectors.

TABLE 7-1: INTERRUPT VECTORS

Vector
IVT Address AIVT Address Interrupt Source
Number
0 0x000004 0x000104 Reserved
1 0x000006 0x000106 Oscillator Failure
2 0x000008 0x000108 Address Error
3 0x00000A 0x00010A Stack Error
4 0x00000C 0x00010C Math Error
5 0x00000E 0x00010E DMA Error
6-7 0x000010-0x000012 0x000110-0x000112 Reserved
8 0x000014 0x000114 INT0 – External Interrupt 0
9 0x000016 0x000116 IC1 – Input Capture 1
10 0x000018 0x000118 OC1 – Output Compare 1
11 0x00001A 0x00011A T1 – Timer1
12 0x00001C 0x00011C DMA0 – DMA Channel 0
13 0x00001E 0x00011E IC2 – Input Capture 2
15 0x000022 0x000122 T2 – Timer2
16 0x000024 0x000124 T3 – Timer3
17 0x000026 0x000126 SPI1E – SPI1 Error
18 0x000028 0x000128 SPI1 – SPI1 Transfer Done
19 0x00002A 0x00012A U1RX – UART1 Receiver
20 0x00002C 0x00012C U1TX – UART1 Transmitter
21 0x00002E 0x00012E ADC1 – ADC 1
22 0x000030 0x000130 DMA1 – DMA Channel 1
23 0x000032 0x000132 Reserved
24 0x000034 0x000134 SI2C1 – I2C1 Slave Events
25 0x000036 0x000136 MI2C1 – I2C1 Master Events
26 0x000038 0x000138 CM – Comparator Interrupt
27 0x00003A 0x00013A CN – Change Notification Interrupt
28 0x00003C 0x00013C INT1 – External Interrupt 1
29 0x00003E 0x00013E Reserved
32 0x000044 0x000144 DMA2 – DMA Channel 2
35 0x00004A 0x00014A T4 – Timer4
36 0x00004C 0x00014C T5 – Timer5
37 0x00004E 0x00014E INT2 – External Interrupt 2
38 0x000050 0x000150 U2RX – UART2 Receiver
39 0x000052 0x000152 U2TX – UART2 Transmitter
40 0x000054 0x000154 SPI2E – SPI2 Error
41 0x000056 0x000156 SPI2 – SPI2 Transfer Done
42 0x000058 0x000158 C1RX – ECAN1 RX Data Ready
43 0x00005A 0x00015A C1 – ECAN1 Event
45-52 0x00005E-0x00006C 0x00015E-0x00016C Reserved
53 0x00006E 0x00016E PMP – Parallel Master Port
54 0x000070 0x000170 DMA – DMA Channel 4

TABLE 7-1: INTERRUPT VECTORS (CONTINUED)

Vector
IVT Address AIVT Address Interrupt Source
Number
55-68 0x000072-0x00008C 0x000172-0x00018C Reserved
69 0x00008E 0x00018E DMA5 – DMA Channel 5
70 0x000090 0x000190 RTCC – Real Time Clock
71-72 0x000092-0x000094 0x000192-0x000194 Reserved
73 0x000096 0x000196 U1E – UART1 Error
74 0x000098 0x000198 U2E – UART2 Error
75 0x00009A 0x00019A CRC – CRC Generator Interrupt
77 0x00009E 0x00019E DMA7 – DMA Channel 7
78 0x0000A0 0x0001A0 C1TX – ECAN1 TX Data Request
79-126 0x0000A2-0x0000FE 0x0001A2-0x0001FE Reserved

7.3 Interrupt Control and Status 7.3.6 STATUS/CONTROL REGISTERS

Registers Although they are not specifically part of the interrupt
control hardware, two of the CPU Control registers
contain bits that control interrupt functionality.
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices implement a total of
30 registers for the interrupt controller: • The CPU STATUS register, SR, contains the
IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>). These bits indicate the
• INTCON1
current CPU interrupt priority level. The user
• INTCON2 software can change the current CPU priority
• IFSx level by writing to the IPL bits.
• IECx • The CORCON register contains the IPL3 bit
• IPCx which, together with IPL<2:0>, also indicates the
• INTTREG current CPU priority level. IPL3 is a read-only bit
so that trap events cannot be masked by the user
7.3.1 INTCON1 AND INTCON2 software.
Global interrupt control functions are controlled from All Interrupt registers are described in Register 7-1
INTCON1 and INTCON2. INTCON1 contains the through Register 7-29.
Interrupt Nesting Disable (NSTDIS) bit as well as the
control and status flags for the processor trap sources. 7.4 Interrupt Resources
The INTCON2 register controls the external interrupt
request signal behavior and the use of the Alternate Many useful resources related Interrupts are provided
Interrupt Vector Table. on the main product page of the Microchip web site for
7.3.2 IFSx which can be accessed using this link, contains the
The IFS registers maintain all of the interrupt request
flags. Each source of interrupt has a status bit, which is Note: In the event you are not able to access the
set by the respective peripherals or external signal and product page using the link above, enter
is cleared via software. this URL in your browser:
http://www.microchip.com/wwwprod-
7.3.3 IECx ucts/Devices.aspx?dDoc-
The IEC registers maintain all of the interrupt enable Name=en534555
bits. These control bits are used to individually enable
interrupts from the peripherals or external signals. 7.4.1 KEY RESOURCES
• Section 32. “Interrupts (Part III)” (DS70214)
7.3.4 IPCx
• Code Samples
The IPC registers are used to set the interrupt priority • Application Notes
level for each source of interrupt. Each user interrupt
source can be assigned to one of eight priority levels.
• Webinars
7.3.5 INTTREG • All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
Manuals Sections
The INTTREG register contains the associated
interrupt vector number and the new CPU interrupt • Development Tools
priority level, which are latched into vector number
(VECNUM<6:0>) and Interrupt level (ILR<3:0>) bit
fields in the INTTREG register. The new interrupt
priority level is the priority of the pending interrupt.
The interrupt sources are assigned to the IFSx, IECx
and IPCx registers in the same sequence that they are
listed in Table 7-1. For example, the INT0 (External
Interrupt 0) is shown as having vector number 8 and a
natural order priority of 0. Thus, the INT0IF bit is found
in IFS0<0>, the INT0IE bit in IEC0<0>, and the INT0IP
bits in the first position of IPC0 (IPC0<2:0>).

7.5 Interrupt Control Registers

REGISTER 7-1: SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — — DC
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0(3) R/W-0(3) R/W-0(3) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

IPL<2:0>(2) RA N OV Z C
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
C = Clear only bit R = Readable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
S = Set only bit W = Writable bit -n = Value at POR
‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
bit 7-5 IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2)

111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15), user interrupts disabled
Note 1: For complete register details, see Register 3-1.

2: The IPL<2:0> bits are concatenated with the IPL<3> bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority
Level. The value in parentheses indicates the IPL if IPL<3> = 1. User interrupts are disabled when
IPL<3> = 1.
3: The IPL<2:0> Status bits are read-only when the NSTDIS bit (INTCON1<15>) = 1.
REGISTER 7-2: CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — IPL3(2) PSV — —
bit 7 bit 0

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set
0’ = Bit is cleared ‘x = Bit is unknown U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’
bit 3 IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit 3(2)

1 = CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7
0 = CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less
Note 1: For complete register details, see Register 3-2.

2: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level.

REGISTER 7-3: INTCON1: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 1

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
NSTDIS — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0

— DIV0ERR DMACERR MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 NSTDIS: Interrupt Nesting Disable bit

1 = Interrupt nesting is disabled
0 = Interrupt nesting is enabled
bit 6 DIV0ERR: Arithmetic Error Status bit
1 = Math error trap was caused by a divide by zero
0 = Math error trap was not caused by a divide by zero
bit 5 DMACERR: DMA Controller Error Status bit
1 = DMA controller error trap has occurred
0 = DMA controller error trap has not occurred
bit 4 MATHERR: Arithmetic Error Status bit
1 = Math error trap has occurred
0 = Math error trap has not occurred
bit 3 ADDRERR: Address Error Trap Status bit
1 = Address error trap has occurred
0 = Address error trap has not occurred
bit 2 STKERR: Stack Error Trap Status bit
1 = Stack error trap has occurred
0 = Stack error trap has not occurred
bit 1 OSCFAIL: Oscillator Failure Trap Status bit
1 = Oscillator failure trap has occurred
0 = Oscillator failure trap has not occurred
bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

REGISTER 7-4: INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0 R-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
ALTIVT DISI — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 ALTIVT: Enable Alternate Interrupt Vector Table bit

1 = Use alternate vector table
0 = Use standard (default) vector table
bit 14 DISI: DISI Instruction Status bit
1 = DISI instruction is active
0 = DISI instruction is not active
bit 2 INT2EP: External Interrupt 2 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit
1 = Interrupt on negative edge
0 = Interrupt on positive edge

REGISTER 7-5: IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0

U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— DMA1IF AD1IF U1TXIF U1RXIF SPI1IF SPI1EIF T3IF
bit 15 bit 8

T2IF OC2IF IC2IF DMA0IF T1IF OC1IF IC1IF INT0IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 DMA1IF: DMA Channel 1 Data Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit
1 = Interrupt request has occurred
0 = Interrupt request has not occurred
bit 13 AD1IF: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 12 U1TXIF: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 11 U1RXIF: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 10 SPI1IF: SPI1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 9 SPI1EIF: SPI1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 8 T3IF: Timer3 Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 6 OC2IF: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 5 IC2IF: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit

REGISTER 7-5: IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0 (CONTINUED)

bit 0 INT0IF: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit


U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF DMA2IF
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

IC8IF IC7IF — INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 U2TXIF: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit

bit 14 U2RXIF: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 3 CNIF: Input Change Notification Interrupt Flag Status bit

REGISTER 7-6: IFS1: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 2 CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 1 MI2C1IF: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 0 SI2C1IF: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Flag Status bit


U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— DMA4IF PMPIF — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — DMA3IF C1IF(1) C1RXIF(1) SPI2IF SPI2EIF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 13 PMPIF: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 3 C1IF: ECAN1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit(1)
bit 2 C1RXIF: ECAN1 Receive Data Ready Interrupt Flag Status bit(1)
bit 1 SPI2IF: SPI2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 0 SPI2EIF: SPI2 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit


U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— RTCIF DMA5IF — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 RTCIF: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Flag Status bit


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0

(1)
— C1TXIF DMA7IF DMA6IF CRCIF U2EIF U1EIF —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 6 C1TXIF: ECAN1 Transmit Data Request Interrupt Flag Status bit(1)
bit 3 CRCIF: CRC Generator Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 2 U2EIF: UART2 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit
bit 1 U1EIF: UART1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit

REGISTER 7-10: IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0

U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— DMA1IE AD1IE U1TXIE U1RXIE SPI1IE SPI1EIE T3IE
bit 15 bit 8

T2IE OC2IE IC2IE DMA0IE T1IE OC1IE IC1IE INT0IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 DMA1IE: DMA Channel 1 Data Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Interrupt request enabled
0 = Interrupt request not enabled
bit 13 AD1IE: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable bit
bit 12 U1TXIE: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit
bit 11 U1RXIE: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit
bit 10 SPI1IE: SPI1 Event Interrupt Enable bit
bit 9 SPI1EIE: SPI1 Error Interrupt Enable bit
bit 8 T3IE: Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit
bit 6 OC2IE: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit
bit 5 IC2IE: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit

REGISTER 7-10: IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0 (CONTINUED)

bit 0 INT0IE: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit


U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE DMA2IE
bit 15 bit 8

IC8IE IC7IE — INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 U2TXIE: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit

bit 14 U2RXIE: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit
bit 13 INT2IE: External Interrupt 2 Enable bit
bit 4 INT1IE: External Interrupt 1 Enable bit
bit 3 CNIE: Input Change Notification Interrupt Enable bit

REGISTER 7-11: IEC1: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 2 CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit
bit 1 MI2C1IE: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Enable bit
bit 0 SI2C1IE: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Enable bit


U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— DMA4IE PMPIE — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — DMA3IE C1IE(1) C1RXIE(1) SPI2IE SPI2EIE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 13 PMPIE: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Enable bit
0 = Interrupt request has enabled
bit 3 C1IE: ECAN1 Event Interrupt Enable bit(1)
bit 2 C1RXIE: ECAN1 Receive Data Ready Interrupt Enable bit(1)
bit 1 SPI2IE: SPI2 Event Interrupt Enable bit
bit 0 SPI2EIE: SPI2 Error Interrupt Enable bit


U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— RTCIE DMA5IE — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 RTCIE: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Enable bit


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0

— C1TXIE(1) DMA7IE DMA6IE CRCIE U2EIE U1EIE —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 6 C1TXIE: ECAN1 Transmit data request Interrupt Enable bit(1)
1 = Interrupt request occurred
0 = Interrupt request not occurred
bit 3 CRCIE: CRC Generator Interrupt Enable bit
bit 2 U2EIE: UART2 Error Interrupt Enable bit
bit 1 U1EIE: UART1 Error Interrupt Enable bit

REGISTER 7-15: IPC0: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 0

U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— T1IP<2:0> — OC1IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— IC1IP<2:0> — INT0IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 T1IP<2:0>: Timer1 Interrupt Priority bits
111 = Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)
•
•
•
001 = Interrupt is priority 1
000 = Interrupt source is disabled
bit 10-8 OC1IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 6-4 IC1IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 2-0 INT0IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 0 Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— T2IP<2:0> — OC2IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— IC2IP<2:0> — DMA0IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
bit 2-0 DMA0IP<2:0>: DMA Channel 0 Data Transfer Complete Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— U1RXIP<2:0> — SPI1IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— SPI1EIP<2:0> — T3IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 U1RXIP<2:0>: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 10-8 SPI1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Event Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 6-4 SPI1EIP<2:0>: SPI1 Error Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — DMA1IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— AD1IP<2:0> — U1TXIP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
bit 6-4 AD1IP<2:0>: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 2-0 U1TXIP<2:0>: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— CNIP<2:0> — CMIP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— MI2C1IP<2:0> — SI2C1IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 CNIP<2:0>: Change Notification Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 10-8 CMIP<2:0>: Comparator Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 6-4 MI2C1IP<2:0>: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 2-0 SI2C1IP<2:0>: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— IC8IP<2:0> — IC7IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-1 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — INT1IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— T4IP<2:0> — OC4IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— OC3IP<2:0> — DMA2IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— U2TXIP<2:0> — U2RXIP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— INT2IP<2:0> — T5IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 U2TXIP<2:0>: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 10-8 U2RXIP<2:0>: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— C1IP<2:0>(1) — C1RXIP<2:0>(1)
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— SPI2IP<2:0> — SPI2EIP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 C1IP<2:0>: ECAN1 Event Interrupt Priority bits(1)
•
•
•
bit 10-8 C1RXIP<2:0>: ECAN1 Receive Data Ready Interrupt Priority bits(1)
•
•
•
bit 6-4 SPI2IP<2:0>: SPI2 Event Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 2-0 SPI2EIP<2:0>: SPI2 Error Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — DMA3IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — DMA4IP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— PMPIP<2:0> — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
bit 6-4 PMPIP<2:0>: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — RTCIP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— DMA5IP<2:0> — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10-8 RTCIP<2:0>: Real-Time Clock and Calendar Interrupt Flag Status bits
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— CRCIP<2:0> — U2EIP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— U1EIP<2:0> — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 CRCIP<2:0>: CRC Generator Error Interrupt Flag Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 10-8 U2EIP<2:0>: UART2 Error Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•
bit 6-4 U1EIP<2:0>: UART1 Error Interrupt Priority bits
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — C1TXIP<2:0>(1)
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0

— DMA7IP<2:0> — DMA6IP<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10-8 C1TXIP<2:0>: ECAN1 Transmit Data Request Interrupt Priority bits(1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

REGISTER 7-29: INTTREG: INTERRUPT CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
— — — — ILR<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

— VECNUM<6:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 11-8 ILR: New CPU Interrupt Priority Level bits
1111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 15
•
•
•
bit 6-0 VECNUM: Vector Number of Pending Interrupt bits
0111111 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 135
•
•
•

7.6 Interrupt Setup Procedures 7.6.3 TRAP SERVICE ROUTINE

A Trap Service Routine (TSR) is coded like an ISR,
7.6.1 INITIALIZATION except that the appropriate trap status flag in the
To configure an interrupt source at initialization: INTCON1 register must be cleared to avoid re-entry
1. Set the NSTDIS bit (INTCON1<15>) if nested into the TSR.
interrupts are not desired.
7.6.4 INTERRUPT DISABLE
2. Select the user-assigned priority level for the
interrupt source by writing the control bits in the All user interrupts can be disabled using this
appropriate IPCx register. The priority level procedure:
depends on the specific application and type of 1. Push the current SR value onto the software
interrupt source. If multiple priority levels are not stack using the PUSH instruction.
desired, the IPCx register control bits for all 2. Force the CPU to priority level 7 by inclusive
enabled interrupt sources can be programmed ORing the value 0xOE with SRL.
to the same non-zero value.
To enable user interrupts, the POP instruction can be
Note: At a device Reset, the IPCx registers are used to restore the previous SR value.
initialized such that all user interrupt
sources are assigned to priority level 4. Note: Only user interrupts with a priority level of
7 or lower can be disabled. Trap sources
3. Clear the interrupt flag status bit associated with (level 8-level 15) cannot be disabled.
the peripheral in the associated IFSx register.
4. Enable the interrupt source by setting the inter- The DISI instruction provides a convenient way to
rupt enable control bit associated with the disable interrupts of priority levels 1-6 for a fixed period
source in the appropriate IECx register. of time. Level 7 interrupt sources are not disabled by
the DISI instruction.
7.6.2 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE
The method used to declare an ISR and initialize the
IVT with the correct vector address depends on the
programming language (C or assembler) and the
language development tool suite used to develop the
application.
In general, the user application must clear the interrupt
flag in the appropriate IFSx register for the source of
interrupt that the ISR handles. Otherwise, the program
re-enters the ISR immediately after exiting the routine.
If the ISR is coded in assembly language, it must be
terminated using a RETFIE instruction to unstack the
saved PC value, SRL value and old CPU priority level.

8.0 DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS Direct Memory Access (DMA) is a very efficient
mechanism of copying data between peripheral SFRs
(DMA) (e.g., UART Receive register, Input Capture 1 buffer),
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features and buffers or variables stored in RAM, with minimal
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, CPU intervention. The DMA controller can
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and automatically copy entire blocks of data without
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of requiring the user software to read or write the
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- peripheral Special Function Registers (SFRs) every
hensive reference source. To comple- time a peripheral interrupt occurs. The DMA controller
ment the information in this data sheet, uses a dedicated bus for data transfers and therefore,
refer to Section 38. “Direct Memory does not steal cycles from the code execution flow of
Access (DMA) (Part III)” (DS70215) of the CPU. To exploit the DMA capability, the
the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference corresponding user buffers or variables must be
Manual”, which is available from the located in DMA RAM.
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
2: Some registers and associated bits and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 peripherals that can
described in this section may not be utilize DMA are listed in Table 8-1.
TABLE 8-1: DMA CHANNEL TO PERIPHERAL ASSOCIATIONS

DMAxPAD Register DMAxPAD Register
DMAxREQ Register
Peripheral to DMA Association Values to Read from Values to Write to
IRQSEL<6:0> Bits
Peripheral Peripheral
INT0 – External Interrupt 0 0000000 — —
IC1 – Input Capture 1 0000001 0x0140 (IC1BUF) —
OC1 – Output Compare 1 Data 0000010 — 0x0182 (OC1R)
OC1 – Output Compare 1 Secondary Data 0000010 — 0x0180 (OC1RS)
IC2 – Input Capture 2 0000101 0x0144 (IC2BUF) —
OC2 – Output Compare 2 Data 0000110 — 0x0188 (OC2R)
OC2 – Output Compare 2 Secondary Data 0000110 — 0x0186 (OC2RS)
TMR2 – Timer2 0000111 — —
TMR3 – Timer3 0001000 — —
SPI1 – Transfer Done 0001010 0x0248 (SPI1BUF) 0x0248 (SPI1BUF)
UART1RX – UART1 Receiver 0001011 0x0226 (U1RXREG) —
UART1TX – UART1 Transmitter 0001100 — 0x0224 (U1TXREG)
ADC1 – ADC1 Convert Done 0001101 0x0300 (ADC1BUF0) —
UART2RX – UART2 Receiver 0011110 0x0236 (U2RXREG) —
UART2TX – UART2 Transmitter 0011111 — 0x0234 (U2TXREG)
SPI2 – Transfer Done 0100001 0x0268 (SPI2BUF) 0x0268 (SPI2BUF)
ECAN1 – RX Data Ready 0100010 0x0440 (C1RXD) —
PMP – Master Data Transfer 0101101 0x0608 (PMDIN1) 0x0608 (PMDIN1)
ECAN1 – TX Data Request 1000110 — 0x0442 (C1TXD)

The DMA controller features eight identical data • Byte or word transfers
transfer channels. • Fixed priority channel arbitration
Each channel has its own set of control and status • Manual (software) or Automatic (peripheral DMA
registers. Each DMA channel can be configured to requests) transfer initiation
copy data either from buffers stored in dual port DMA • One-Shot or Auto-Repeat block transfer modes
RAM to peripheral SFRs, or from peripheral SFRs to • Ping-Pong mode (automatic switch between two
buffers in DMA RAM. DPSRAM start addresses after each block
The DMA controller supports the following features: transfer complete)
• DMA request for each channel can be selected
• Eight DMA channels
from any supported interrupt source
• Register Indirect with Post-increment Addressing
• Debug support features
mode
• Register Indirect without Post-increment For each DMA channel, a DMA interrupt request is
Addressing mode generated when a block transfer is complete.
Alternatively, an interrupt can be generated when half of
• Peripheral Indirect Addressing mode (peripheral
the block has been filled.
generates destination address)
• CPU interrupt after half or full block transfer
complete
FIGURE 8-1: TOP LEVEL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE USING A DEDICATED TRANSACTION BUS
Peripheral Indirect Address
DMA Controller
DMA
Ready
Control
DMA
DMA
SRAM DMA RAM Peripheral 3

Channels
PORT 1 PORT 2 CPU DMA
SRAM X-Bus DMA DS Bus

CPU Peripheral DS Bus
CPU DMA CPU DMA

Non-DMA DMA DMA
CPU Ready Ready Ready
Peripheral Peripheral 1 Peripheral 2
Note: CPU and DMA address buses are not shown for clarity.

8.1 DMA Resources 8.2 DMAC Registers

Many useful resources related to DMA are provided on Each DMAC Channel x (x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7)
the main product page of the Microchip web site for the contains the following registers:
devices listed in this data sheet. This product page, • A 16-bit DMA Channel Control register
which can be accessed using this link, contains the (DMAxCON)
• A 16-bit DMA Channel IRQ Select register
Note: In the event you are not able to access the (DMAxREQ)
product page using the link above, enter • A 16-bit DMA RAM Primary Start Address register
this URL in your browser: (DMAxSTA)
http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/ • A 16-bit DMA RAM Secondary Start Address
Devices.aspx?dDocName=en534555 register (DMAxSTB)
• A 16-bit DMA Peripheral Address register
8.1.1 KEY RESOURCES
(DMAxPAD)
• Section 38. “Direct Memory Access (DMA) • A 10-bit DMA Transfer Count register (DMAxCNT)
(Part III)” (DS70215)
An additional pair of status registers, DMACS0 and
• Code Samples
DMACS1, are common to all DMAC channels.
• Application Notes DMACS0 contains the DMA RAM and SFR write
• Software Libraries collision flags, XWCOLx and PWCOLx, respectively.
• Webinars DMACS1 indicates DMA channel and Ping-Pong mode
• All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference status.
Manuals Sections The DMAxCON, DMAxREQ, DMAxPAD and
• Development Tools DMAxCNT are all conventional read/write registers.
Reads of DMAxSTA or DMAxSTB reads the contents
of the DMA RAM Address register. Writes to
DMAxSTA or DMAxSTB write to the registers. This
allows the user to determine the DMA buffer pointer
value (address) at any time.
The interrupt flags (DMAxIF) are located in an IFSx
register in the interrupt controller. The corresponding
interrupt enable control bits (DMAxIE) are located in
an IECx register in the interrupt controller, and the
corresponding interrupt priority control bits (DMAxIP)
are located in an IPCx register in the interrupt
controller.

8.3 DMA Control Registers

REGISTER 8-1: DMAxCON: DMA CHANNEL x CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
CHEN SIZE DIR HALF NULLW — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — AMODE<1:0> — — MODE<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 CHEN: Channel Enable bit

1 = Channel enabled
0 = Channel disabled
bit 14 SIZE: Data Transfer Size bit
1 = Byte
0 = Word
bit 13 DIR: Transfer Direction bit (source/destination bus select)
1 = Read from DMA RAM address, write to peripheral address
0 = Read from peripheral address, write to DMA RAM address
bit 12 HALF: Early Block Transfer Complete Interrupt Select bit
1 = Initiate block transfer complete interrupt when half of the data has been moved
0 = Initiate block transfer complete interrupt when all of the data has been moved
bit 11 NULLW: Null Data Peripheral Write Mode Select bit
1 = Null data write to peripheral in addition to DMA RAM write (DIR bit must also be clear)
0 = Normal operation
bit 5-4 AMODE<1:0>: DMA Channel Operating Mode Select bits
11 = Reserved (acts as Peripheral Indirect Addressing mode)
10 = Peripheral Indirect Addressing mode
01 = Register Indirect without Post-Increment mode
00 = Register Indirect with Post-Increment mode
bit 1-0 MODE<1:0>: DMA Channel Operating Mode Select bits
11 = One-Shot, Ping-Pong modes enabled (one block transfer from/to each DMA RAM buffer)
10 = Continuous, Ping-Pong modes enabled
01 = One-Shot, Ping-Pong modes disabled
00 = Continuous, Ping-Pong modes disabled

REGISTER 8-2: DMAxREQ: DMA CHANNEL x IRQ SELECT REGISTER

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
FORCE(1) — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— IRQSEL<6:0>(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 FORCE: Force DMA Transfer bit(1)

1 = Force a single DMA transfer (Manual mode)
0 = Automatic DMA transfer initiation by DMA request
bit 6-0 IRQSEL<6:0>: DMA Peripheral IRQ Number Select bits(2)
0000000-1111111 = DMAIRQ0-DMAIRQ127 selected to be Channel DMAREQ
Note 1: The FORCE bit cannot be cleared by the user. The FORCE bit is cleared by hardware when the forced
DMA transfer is complete.
2: Refer to Table 7-1 for a complete listing of IRQ numbers for all interrupt sources.

REGISTER 8-3: DMAxSTA: DMA CHANNEL x RAM START ADDRESS REGISTER A(1)
STA<15:8>
bit 15 bit 8

STA<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-0 STA<15:0>: Primary DMA RAM Start Address bits (source or destination)
Note 1: A read of this address register returns the current contents of the DMA RAM Address register, not the con-
tents written to STA<15:0>. If the channel is enabled (i.e., active), writes to this register may result in
unpredictable behavior of the DMA channel and should be avoided.
REGISTER 8-4: DMAxSTB: DMA CHANNEL x RAM START ADDRESS REGISTER B(1)
STB<15:8>
bit 15 bit 8

STB<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-0 STB<15:0>: Secondary DMA RAM Start Address bits (source or destination)
Note 1: A read of this address register returns the current contents of the DMA RAM Address register, not the con-
tents written to STB<15:0>. If the channel is enabled (i.e., active), writes to this register may result in
unpredictable behavior of the DMA channel and should be avoided.

REGISTER 8-5: DMAxPAD: DMA CHANNEL x PERIPHERAL ADDRESS REGISTER(1)

PAD<15:8>
bit 15 bit 8

PAD<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-0 PAD<15:0>: Peripheral Address Register bits
Note 1: If the channel is enabled (i.e., active), writes to this register may result in unpredictable behavior of the
DMA channel and should be avoided.
REGISTER 8-6: DMAxCNT: DMA CHANNEL x TRANSFER COUNT REGISTER(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — CNT<9:8>(2)
bit 15 bit 8

(2)
CNT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 9-0 CNT<9:0>: DMA Transfer Count Register bits(2)
Note 1: If the channel is enabled (i.e., active), writes to this register may result in unpredictable behavior of the
DMA channel and should be avoided.
2: Number of DMA transfers = CNT<9:0> + 1.

REGISTER 8-7: DMACS0: DMA CONTROLLER STATUS REGISTER 0

R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0
PWCOL7 PWCOL6 PWCOL5 PWCOL4 PWCOL3 PWCOL2 PWCOL1 PWCOL0
bit 15 bit 8

XWCOL7 XWCOL6 XWCOL5 XWCOL4 XWCOL3 XWCOL2 XWCOL1 XWCOL0
bit 7 bit 0

bit 15 PWCOL7: Channel 7 Peripheral Write Collision Flag bit

1 = Write collision detected
0 = No write collision detected
bit 7 XWCOL7: Channel 7 DMA RAM Write Collision Flag bit

REGISTER 8-7: DMACS0: DMA CONTROLLER STATUS REGISTER 0 (CONTINUED)


REGISTER 8-8: DMACS1: DMA CONTROLLER STATUS REGISTER 1

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1
— — — — LSTCH<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

PPST7 PPST6 PPST5 PPST4 PPST3 PPST2 PPST1 PPST0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 11-8 LSTCH<3:0>: Last DMA Channel Active bits
1111 = No DMA transfer has occurred since system Reset
1110-1000 = Reserved
0111 = Last data transfer was by DMA Channel 7
bit 7 PPST7: Channel 7 Ping-Pong Mode Status Flag bit
1 = DMA7STB register selected
0 = DMA7STA register selected

REGISTER 8-9: DSADR: MOST RECENT DMA RAM ADDRESS

R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
DSADR<15:8>
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

DSADR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-0 DSADR<15:0>: Most Recent DMA RAM Address Accessed by DMA Controller bits

NOTES:

9.0 OSCILLATOR The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 oscillator system
CONFIGURATION provides:
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features • External and internal oscillator options as clock
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, sources
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and • An on-chip Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) to scale the
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of internal operating frequency to the required
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- system clock frequency
• An internal FRC oscillator that can also be used
with the PLL, thereby allowing full-speed
refer to Section 39. “Oscillator (Part
operation without any external clock generation
III)” (DS70216) of the “dsPIC33F/
hardware
PIC24H Family Reference Manual”,
which is available from the Microchip web • Clock switching between various clock sources
site (www.microchip.com). • Programmable clock postscaler for system power
savings
described in this section may not be • A Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) that detects
available on all devices. Refer to clock failure and takes fail-safe measures
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in • An Oscillator Control register (OSCCON)
this data sheet for device-specific register • Nonvolatile Configuration bits for main oscillator
and bit information. selection.
A simplified diagram of the oscillator system is shown
in Figure 9-1.
FIGURE 9-1: OSCILLATOR SYSTEM DIAGRAM

DOZE<2:0>
Primary Oscillator
OSC1 POSCCLK XT, HS, EC
S2
FCY(3)
DOZE
R(2) S3 XTPLL, HSPLL,
ECPLL, FRCPLL
S1 PLL(1) S1/S3
OSC2 FOSC(1)
POSCMD<1:0> FP(3)
÷ 2
FRC
FRCDIV
FRCDIVN
Oscillator S7 FOSC
FRCDIV<2:0> FRCDIV16
TUN<5:0> S6
÷ 16
FRC S0
LPRC LPRC
S5
Oscillator
Secondary Oscillator
SOSC
SOSCO S4
LPOSCEN
SOSCI Clock Fail Clock Switch Reset
S7 NOSC<2:0> FNOSC<2:0>
WDT, PWRT,
FSCM
Timer1
Note 1: See Figure 9-2 for PLL details.
2: If the Oscillator is used with XT or HS modes, an extended parallel resistor with the value of 1 MΩ must be connected.
3: The term FP refers to the clock source for all the peripherals, while FCY refers to the clock source for the CPU. Throughout this
document FCY and FP are used interchangeably, except in the case of Doze mode. FP and FCY will be different when Doze
mode is used in any ratio other than 1:1, which is the default.

9.1 CPU Clocking System 9.1.2 SYSTEM CLOCK SELECTION

The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 The oscillator source used at a device Power-on
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices provide seven Reset event is selected using Configuration bit
system clock options: settings. The oscillator Configuration bit settings are
located in the Configuration registers in the program
• Fast RC (FRC) Oscillator memory. (Refer to Section 25.1 “Configuration
• FRC Oscillator with Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) Bits” for further details.) The Initial Oscillator
• Primary (XT, HS or EC) Oscillator Selection Configuration bits, FNOSC<2:0>
• Primary Oscillator with PLL (FOSCSEL<2:0>), and the Primary Oscillator Mode
• Secondary (LP) Oscillator Select Configuration bits, POSCMD<1:0>
(FOSC<1:0>), select the oscillator source that is used
• Low-Power RC (LPRC) Oscillator
at a Power-on Reset. The FRC primary oscillator is
• FRC Oscillator with postscaler the default (unprogrammed) selection.
9.1.1 SYSTEM CLOCK SOURCES The Configuration bits allow users to choose among 12
different clock modes, shown in Table 9-1.
The Fast RC (FRC) internal oscillator runs at a nominal
frequency of 7.37 MHz. User software can tune the The output of the oscillator (or the output of the PLL if
FRC frequency. User software can optionally specify a a PLL mode has been selected) FOSC is divided by 2 to
factor (ranging from 1:2 to 1:256) by which the FRC generate the device instruction clock (FCY) and the
clock frequency is divided. This factor is selected using peripheral clock time base (FP). FCY defines the
the FRCDIV<2:0> (CLKDIV<10:8>) bits. operating speed of the device, and speeds up to 40
MHz are supported by the PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
The primary oscillator can use one of the following as PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
its clock source: architecture.
• Crystal (XT): Crystals and ceramic resonators in
the range of 3 MHz to 10 MHz. The crystal is Instruction execution speed or device operating
connected to the OSC1 and OSC2 pins. frequency, FCY, is given by:
• High-Speed Crystal (HS): Crystals in the range of EQUATION 9-1: DEVICE OPERATING
10 MHz to 40 MHz. The crystal is connected to FREQUENCY
the OSC1 and OSC2 pins.
• External Clock (EC): External clock signal is
F CY = F OSC
directly applied to the OSC1 pin. -------------
2
The secondary (LP) oscillator is designed for low power
and uses a 32.768 kHz crystal or ceramic resonator.
The LP oscillator uses the SOSCI and SOSCO pins.
The Low-Power RC (LPRC) internal oscIllator runs at a
nominal frequency of 32.768 kHz. It is also used as a
reference clock by the Watchdog Timer (WDT) and
Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM).
The clock signals generated by the FRC and primary
oscillators can be optionally applied to an on-chip PLL
to provide a wide range of output frequencies for device
operation. PLL configuration is described in
Section 9.1.3 “PLL Configuration”.
The FRC frequency depends on the FRC accuracy
(see Table 28-19) and the value of the FRC Oscillator
Tuning register (see Register 9-4).

9.1.3 PLL CONFIGURATION For a primary oscillator or FRC oscillator, output ‘FIN’,
the PLL output ‘FOSC’ is given by:
The primary oscillator and internal FRC oscillator can
optionally use an on-chip PLL to obtain higher speeds
of operation. The PLL provides significant flexibility in EQUATION 9-2: FOSC CALCULATION
selecting the device operating speed. A block diagram
M
of the PLL is shown in Figure 9-2. F OSC = F IN • ⎛ ---------------------⎞
⎝ N1 • N2⎠
The output of the primary oscillator or FRC, denoted as
‘FIN’, is divided down by a prescale factor (N1) of 2, 3,
... or 33 before being provided to the PLL’s Voltage For example, suppose a 10 MHz crystal is being used
Controlled Oscillator (VCO). The input to the VCO must with the selected oscillator mode of XT with PLL.
be selected in the range of 0.8 MHz to 8 MHz. The
• If PLLPRE<4:0> = 0, then N1 = 2. This yields a
prescale factor ‘N1’ is selected using the
VCO input of 10/2 = 5 MHz, which is within the
PLLPRE<4:0> bits (CLKDIV<4:0>).
acceptable range of 0.8-8 MHz.
The PLL Feedback Divisor, selected using the • If PLLDIV<8:0> = 0x1E, then M = 32. This yields a
PLLDIV<8:0> bits (PLLFBD<8:0>), provides a factor ‘M’, VCO output of 5 x 32 = 160 MHz, which is within
by which the input to the VCO is multiplied. This factor the 100-200 MHz ranged needed.
must be selected such that the resulting VCO output
• If PLLPOST<1:0> = 0, then N2 = 2. This provides
frequency is in the range of 100 MHz to 200 MHz.
a Fosc of 160/2 = 80 MHz. The resultant device
The VCO output is further divided by a postscale factor operating speed is 80/2 = 40 MIPS.
‘N2’. This factor is selected using the PLLPOST<1:0>
bits (CLKDIV<7:6>). ‘N2’ can be either 2, 4 or 8, and EQUATION 9-3: XT WITH PLL MODE
must be selected such that the PLL output frequency EXAMPLE
(FOSC) is in the range of 12.5 MHz to 80 MHz, which
generates device operating speeds of 6.25-40 MIPS.
10000000 • 32-⎞
F OSC = 1--- ⎛ -----------------------------------
F CY = -------------
2 2⎝ 2• 2 ⎠ = 40MIPS
FIGURE 9-2: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 PLL

BLOCK DIAGRAM
(1) FVCO (1)

0.8-8.0 MHz (1) 12.5-80 MHz
100-200 MHz
Source (Crystal, External Clock

or Internal RC) PLLPRE X VCO PLLPOST FOSC
PLLDIV
N1 N2
Divide by Divide by
2-33 M 2, 4, 8
Divide by
2-513
Note 1: This frequency range must be satisfied at all times.

TABLE 9-1: CONFIGURATION BIT VALUES FOR CLOCK SELECTION

See
Oscillator Mode Oscillator Source POSCMD<1:0> FNOSC<2:0>
Note
Fast RC Oscillator with Divide-by-N Internal xx 111 1, 2
(FRCDIVN)
Fast RC Oscillator with Divide-by-16 Internal xx 110 1
(FRCDIV16)
Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) Internal xx 101 1
Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator (SOSC) Secondary xx 100 1
Primary Oscillator (HS) with PLL Primary 10 011 —
(HSPLL)
Primary Oscillator (XT) with PLL Primary 01 011 —
(XTPLL)
Primary Oscillator (EC) with PLL Primary 00 011 1
(ECPLL)
Primary Oscillator (HS) Primary 10 010 —
Primary Oscillator (XT) Primary 01 010 —
Primary Oscillator (EC) Primary 00 010 1
Fast RC Oscillator with PLL (FRCPLL) Internal xx 001 1
Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) Internal xx 000 1
Note 1: OSC2 pin function is determined by the OSCIOFNC Configuration bit.
2: This is the default oscillator mode for an unprogrammed (erased) device.
9.2 Oscillator Resources

Many useful resources related to Oscillators are
provided on the main product page of the Microchip
web site for the devices listed in this data sheet. This
product page, which can be accessed using this link,
9.2.1 KEY RESOURCES

• Section 39. “Oscillator (Part III)” (DS70216)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

9.3 Oscillator Control Registers

REGISTER 9-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1,3)
U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-y R/W-y R/W-y
— COSC<2:0> — NOSC<2:0>(2)
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 U-0 R/C-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

CLKLOCK IOLOCK LOCK — CF — LPOSCEN OSWEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: y = Value set from Configuration bits on POR C = Clear only bit

bit 14-12 COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Selection bits (read-only)
111 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n
110 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-16
101 = Low-Power RC oscillator (LPRC)
100 = Secondary oscillator (SOSC)
011 = Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC) with PLL
010 = Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
001 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) with divide-by-N and PLL (FRCDIVN + PLL)
000 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC)
bit 10-8 NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Selection bits(2)
111 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n
110 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-16
101 = Low-Power RC oscillator (LPRC)
100 = Secondary oscillator (SOSC)
011 = Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC) with PLL
010 = Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC)
001 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) with divide-by-N and PLL (FRCDIVN + PLL)
000 = Fast RC oscillator (FRC)
bit 7 CLKLOCK: Clock Lock Enable bit
If clock switching is enabled and FSCM is disabled, FCKSM<1:0>(FOSC<7:6>) = 0b01)
1 = Clock switching is disabled, system clock source is locked
0 = Clock switching is enabled, system clock source can be modified by clock switching
bit 6 IOLOCK: Peripheral Pin Select Lock bit
1 = Peripherial pin select is locked, write to peripheral pin select registers not allowed
0 = Peripherial pin select is not locked, write to peripheral pin select registers allowed
bit 5 LOCK: PLL Lock Status bit (read-only)
1 = Indicates that PLL is in lock, or PLL start-up timer is satisfied
0 = Indicates that PLL is out of lock, start-up timer is in progress or PLL is disabled
Note 1: Writes to this register require an unlock sequence. Refer to Section 39. “Oscillator (Part III)” (DS70308)
in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” (available from the Microchip web site) for details.
2: Direct clock switches between any primary oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted.
This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC
mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes.
3: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

REGISTER 9-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1,3) (CONTINUED)

bit 3 CF: Clock Fail Detect bit (read/clear by application)
1 = FSCM has detected clock failure
0 = FSCM has not detected clock failure
bit 1 LPOSCEN: Secondary (LP) Oscillator Enable bit
1 = Enable secondary oscillator
0 = Disable secondary oscillator
bit 0 OSWEN: Oscillator Switch Enable bit
1 = Request oscillator switch to selection specified by NOSC<2:0> bits
0 = Oscillator switch is complete
Note 1: Writes to this register require an unlock sequence. Refer to Section 39. “Oscillator (Part III)” (DS70308)
in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” (available from the Microchip web site) for details.
2: Direct clock switches between any primary oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted.
This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC
mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes.

REGISTER 9-2: CLKDIV: CLOCK DIVISOR REGISTER(2)

ROI DOZE<2:0> DOZEN(1) FRCDIV<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8

PLLPOST<1:0> — PLLPRE<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: y = Value set from Configuration bits on POR

bit 15 ROI: Recover on Interrupt bit

1 = Interrupts clears the DOZEN bit and the processor clock/peripheral clock ratio is set to 1:1
0 = Interrupts have no effect on the DOZEN bit
bit 14-12 DOZE<2:0>: Processor Clock Reduction Select bits
111 = FCY/128
110 = FCY/64
101 = FCY/32
100 = FCY/16
011 = FCY/8 (default)
010 = FCY/4
001 = FCY/2
000 = FCY/1
bit 11 DOZEN: DOZE Mode Enable bit(1)
1 = The DOZE<2:0> bits specify the ratio between the peripheral clocks and the processor clocks
0 = Processor clock/peripheral clock ratio forced to 1:1
bit 10-8 FRCDIV<2:0>: Internal Fast RC Oscillator Postscaler bits
111 = FRC divide by 256
000 = FRC divide by 1 (default)
bit 7-6 PLLPOST<1:0>: PLL VCO Output Divider Select bits (also denoted as ‘N2’, PLL postscaler)
11 = Output/8
10 = Reserved
01 = Output/4 (default)
00 = Output/2
bit 4-0 PLLPRE<4:0>: PLL Phase Detector Input Divider bits (also denoted as ‘N1’, PLL prescaler)
11111 = Input/33
•
•
•
00001 = Input/3
00000 = Input/2 (default)
Note 1: This bit is cleared when the ROI bit is set and an interrupt occurs.

REGISTER 9-3: PLLFBD: PLL FEEDBACK DIVISOR REGISTER(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — — PLLDIV<8>
bit 15 bit 8

PLLDIV<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 8-0 PLLDIV<8:0>: PLL Feedback Divisor bits (also denoted as ‘M’, PLL multiplier)
111111111 = 513
•
•
•
000110000 = 50 (default)
•
•
•
000000010 = 4
000000001 = 3
000000000 = 2
Note 1: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

REGISTER 9-4: OSCTUN: FRC OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER(2)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — TUN<5:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: FRC Oscillator Tuning bits(1)
111111 = Center frequency -0.375% (7.345 MHz)
•
•
•
100001 = Center frequency -11.625% (6.52 MHz)
100000 = Center frequency -12% (6.49 MHz)
011111 = Center frequency +11.625% (8.23 MHz)
•
•
•
000000 = Center frequency (7.37 MHz nominal)
Note 1: OSCTUN functionality has been provided to help customers compensate for temperature effects on the
FRC frequency over a wide range of temperatures. The tuning step size is an approximation and is neither
characterized nor tested.

9.4 Clock Switching Operation (OSCCON<3>) status bits are cleared.

3. The new oscillator is turned on by the hardware
Applications are free to switch among any of the four
if it is not currently running. If a crystal oscillator
clock sources (Primary, LP, FRC and LPRC) under
must be turned on, the hardware waits until the
software control at any time. To limit the possible side
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) expires. If the
effects of this flexibility, PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
new source is using the PLL, the hardware waits
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
until a PLL lock is detected (LOCK = 1).
devices have a safeguard lock built into the switch
process. 4. The hardware waits for 10 clock cycles from the
new clock source and then performs the clock
Note: Primary Oscillator mode has three different switch.
submodes (XT, HS and EC), which are 5. The hardware clears the OSWEN bit to indicate a
determined by the POSCMD<1:0> Config- successful clock transition. In addition, the NOSC
uration bits. While an application can bit values are transferred to the COSC<2:0>
switch to and from Primary Oscillator status bits.
mode in software, it cannot switch among
6. The old clock source is turned off at this time,
the different primary submodes without
with the exception of LPRC (if WDT or FSCM
reprogramming the device.
are enabled) or LP (if LPOSCEN remains set).
9.4.1 ENABLING CLOCK SWITCHING Note 1: The processor continues to execute code
throughout the clock switching sequence.
To enable clock switching, the FCKSM1 Configuration
Timing-sensitive code should not be
bit in the Configuration register must be programmed to
‘0’. (Refer to Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits” for executed during this time.
further details.) If the FCKSM1 Configuration bit is 2: Direct clock switches between any pri-
unprogrammed (‘1’), the clock switching function and mary oscillator mode with PLL and
FSCM function are disabled. This is the default setting. FRCPLL mode are not permitted. This
The NOSC<2:0> control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) do not applies to clock switches in either direc-
control the clock selection when clock switching is tion. In these instances, the application
disabled. However, the COSC<2:0> bits (OSC- must switch to FRC mode as a transition
CON<14:12>) reflect the clock source selected by the clock source between the two PLL modes.
FNOSC<2:0> Configuration bits FOSCSEL<2:0>. 3: Refer to Section 39. “Oscillator
(Part III)” (DS70308) in the “dsPIC33F/
The OSWEN control bit (OSCCON<0>) has no effect
PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for
when clock switching is disabled. It is held at ‘0’ at all
details.
times.
9.4.2 OSCILLATOR SWITCHING SEQUENCE 9.5 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)

Performing a clock switch requires this basic The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the device
sequence: to continue to operate even in the event of an oscillator
1. If required, read the COSC<2:0> bits to deter- failure. The FSCM function is enabled by programming.
mine the current oscillator source. If the FSCM function is enabled, the LPRC internal
2. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to oscillator runs at all times (except during Sleep mode)
the OSCCON register high byte. and is not subject to control by the Watchdog Timer.
3. Write the appropriate value to the NOSC<2:0> If an oscillator fails, the FSCM generates a clock failure
control bits for the new oscillator source. trap event and switches the system clock over to the
4. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to FRC oscillator. Then the application program can either
the OSCCON register low byte. attempt to restart the oscillator or execute a controlled
5. Set the OSWEN bit to initiate the oscillator shutdown. The trap can be treated as a warm Reset by
switch. simply loading the Reset address into the oscillator fail
trap vector.
After the basic sequence is completed, the system
clock hardware responds automatically as follows: If the PLL multiplier is used to scale the system clock,
the internal FRC is also multiplied by the same factor
1. The clock switching hardware compares the on clock failure. Essentially, the device switches to
COSC<2:0> status bits with the new value of the FRC with PLL on a clock failure.
NOSC<2:0> control bits. If they are the same,
the clock switch is a redundant operation. In this
case, the OSWEN bit is cleared automatically
and the clock switch is aborted.
2. If a valid clock switch has been initiated, the
LOCK (OSCCON<5>) and the CF

10.0 POWER-SAVING FEATURES 10.2 Instruction-Based Power-Saving

Modes
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices have two special
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of power-saving modes that are entered through the
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- execution of a special PWRSAV instruction. Sleep mode
hensive reference source. To comple- stops clock operation and halts all code execution. Idle
ment the information in this data sheet, mode halts the CPU and code execution, but allows
refer to Section 9. “Watchdog Timer peripheral modules to continue operation. The
and Power-Saving Modes” (DS70196) assembler syntax of the PWRSAV instruction is shown in
of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer- Example 10-1.
ence Manual”, which is available from the
Note: SLEEP_MODE and IDLE_MODE are con-
stants defined in the assembler include
2: Some registers and associated bits file for the selected device.
available on all devices. Refer to Sleep and Idle modes can be exited as a result of an
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in enabled interrupt, WDT time-out or a device Reset. When
this data sheet for device-specific register the device exits these modes, it is said to wake up.
10.2.1 SLEEP MODE
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 The following occur in Sleep mode:
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices provide the
• The system clock source is shut down. If an
ability to manage power consumption by selectively
on-chip oscillator is used, it is turned off.
managing clocking to the CPU and the peripherals. In
general, a lower clock frequency and a reduction in the • The device current consumption is reduced to a
number of circuits being clocked constitutes lower minimum, provided that no I/O pin is sourcing
consumed power. PIC24HJ32GP302/304, current.
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 • The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor does not operate,
devices can manage power consumption in four ways: since the system clock source is disabled.
• Clock frequency • The LPRC clock continues to run in Sleep mode if
the WDT is enabled.
• Instruction-based Sleep and Idle modes
• The WDT, if enabled, is automatically cleared
• Software-controlled Doze mode
prior to entering Sleep mode.
• Selective peripheral control in software
• Some device features or peripherals can continue
Combinations of these methods can be used to selec- to operate. This includes items such as the input
tively tailor an application’s power consumption while change notification on the I/O ports, or peripherals
still maintaining critical application features, such as that use an external clock input.
timing-sensitive communications. • Any peripheral that requires the system clock
source for its operation is disabled.
10.1 Clock Frequency and Clock
The device wakes up from Sleep mode on any of the
Switching these events:
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and • Any interrupt source that is individually enabled
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices allow a wide range of • Any form of device Reset
clock frequencies to be selected under application
• A WDT time-out
control. If the system clock configuration is not locked,
users can choose low-power or high-precision On wake-up from Sleep mode, the processor restarts
oscillators by simply changing the NOSC bits with the same clock source that was active when Sleep
(OSCCON<10:8>). The process of changing a system mode was entered.
clock during operation, as well as limitations to the
process, are discussed in more detail in Section 9.0
“Oscillator Configuration”.
EXAMPLE 10-1: PWRSAV INSTRUCTION SYNTAX

PWRSAV #SLEEP_MODE ; Put the device into SLEEP mode
PWRSAV #IDLE_MODE ; Put the device into IDLE mode

10.2.2 IDLE MODE Doze mode is enabled by setting the DOZEN bit
(CLKDIV<11>). The ratio between peripheral and core
The following occur in Idle mode:
clock speed is determined by the DOZE<2:0> bits
• The CPU stops executing instructions. (CLKDIV<14:12>). There are eight possible
• The WDT is automatically cleared. configurations, from 1:1 to 1:128, with 1:1 being the
• The system clock source remains active. By default setting.
default, all peripheral modules continue to operate Programs can use Doze mode to selectively reduce
normally from the system clock source, but can power consumption in event-driven applications. This
also be selectively disabled (see Section 10.4 allows clock-sensitive functions, such as synchronous
“Peripheral Module Disable”). communications, to continue without interruption while
• If the WDT or FSCM is enabled, the LPRC also the CPU idles, waiting for something to invoke an
remains active. interrupt routine. An automatic return to full-speed CPU
The device wakes from Idle mode on any of these operation on interrupts can be enabled by setting the
events: ROI bit (CLKDIV<15>). By default, interrupt events
have no effect on Doze mode operation.
• Any interrupt that is individually enabled
For example, suppose the device is operating at
• Any device Reset
20 MIPS and the ECAN module has been configured
• A WDT time-out for 500 kbps based on this device operating speed. If
On wake-up from Idle mode, the clock is reapplied to the device is placed in Doze mode with a clock
the CPU and instruction execution will begin (2 to 4 frequency ratio of 1:4, the ECAN module continues to
cycles later), starting with the instruction following the communicate at the required bit rate of 500 kbps, but
PWRSAV instruction, or the first instruction in the ISR. the CPU now starts executing instructions at a
frequency of 5 MIPS.
10.2.3 INTERRUPTS COINCIDENT WITH
POWER SAVE INSTRUCTIONS 10.4 Peripheral Module Disable
Any interrupt that coincides with the execution of a The Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) registers
PWRSAV instruction is held off until entry into Sleep or provide a method to disable a peripheral module by
Idle mode has completed. The device then wakes up stopping all clock sources supplied to that module.
from Sleep or Idle mode. When a peripheral is disabled using the appropriate
PMD control bit, the peripheral is in a minimum power
10.3 Doze Mode consumption state. The control and status registers
associated with the peripheral are also disabled, so
The preferred strategies for reducing power
writes to those registers do not have effect and read
consumption are changing clock speed and invoking
values are invalid.
one of the power-saving modes. In some
circumstances, this cannot be practical. For example, it A peripheral module is enabled only if both the
may be necessary for an application to maintain associated bit in the PMD register is cleared and the
uninterrupted synchronous communication, even while peripheral is supported by the specific PIC MCU
it is doing nothing else. Reducing system clock speed variant. If the peripheral is present in the device, it is
can introduce communication errors, while using a enabled in the PMD register by default.
power-saving mode can stop communications
Note: If a PMD bit is set, the corresponding
completely.
module is disabled after a delay of one
Doze mode is a simple and effective alternative method instruction cycle. Similarly, if a PMD bit is
to reduce power consumption while the device is still cleared, the corresponding module is
executing code. In this mode, the system clock enabled after a delay of one instruction
continues to operate from the same source and at the cycle (assuming the module control regis-
same speed. Peripheral modules continue to be ters are already configured to enable
clocked at the same speed, while the CPU clock speed module operation).
is reduced. Synchronization between the two clock
domains is maintained, allowing the peripherals to
access the SFRs while the CPU executes code at a
slower rate.

10.5 Power-Saving Resources

Many useful resources related to power-saving modes
are provided on the main product page of the Microchip
10.5.1 KEY RESOURCES

• Section 9. “Watchdog Timer and Power-Saving
Modes” (DS70196)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

10.6 Power-Saving Control Registers

REGISTER 10-1: PMD1: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
T5MD T4MD T3MD T2MD T1MD — — —
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

I2C1MD U2MD U1MD SPI2MD SPI1MD — C1MD AD1MD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 T5MD: Timer5 Module Disable bit

1 = Timer5 module is disabled
0 = Timer5 module is enabled
bit 7 I2C1MD: I2C1 Module Disable bit
1 = I2C1 module is disabled
0 = I2C1 module is enabled
bit 6 U2MD: UART2 Module Disable bit
1 = UART2 module is disabled
0 = UART2 module is enabled
bit 5 U1MD: UART1 Module Disable bit
1 = UART1 module is disabled
0 = UART1 module is enabled
bit 4 SPI2MD: SPI2 Module Disable bit
1 = SPI2 module is disabled
0 = SPI2 module is enabled
bit 3 SPI1MD: SPI1 Module Disable bit
1 = SPI1 module is disabled
0 = SPI1 module is enabled
bit 1 C1MD: ECAN1 Module Disable bit
1 = ECAN1 module is disabled
0 = ECAN1 module is enabled
bit 0 AD1MD: ADC1 Module Disable bit
1 = ADC1 module is disabled
0 = ADC1 module is enabled


R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
IC8MD IC7MD — — — — IC2MD IC1MD
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — OC4MD OC3MD OC2MD OC1MD
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 IC8MD: Input Capture 8 Module Disable bit

1 = Input Capture 8 module is disabled
0 = Input Capture 8 module is enabled
bit 3 OC4MD: Output Compare 4 Module Disable bit
1 = Output Compare 4 module is disabled
0 = Output Compare 4 module is enabled


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — CMPMD RTCCMD PMPMD
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

CRCMD DAC1MD — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10 CMPMD: Comparator Module Disable bit
1 = Comparator module is disabled
0 = Comparator module is enabled
bit 9 RTCCMD: RTCC Module Disable bit
1 = RTCC module is disabled
0 = RTCC module is enabled
bit 8 PMPMD: PMP Module Disable bit
1 = PMP module is disabled
0 = PMP module is enabled
bit 7 CRCMD: CRC Module Disable bit
1 = CRC module is disabled
0 = CRC module is enabled
bit 6 DAC1MD: DAC1 Module Disable bit
1 = DAC1 module is disabled
0 = DAC1 module is enabled

11.0 I/O PORTS has ownership of the output data and control signals of
the I/O pin. The logic also prevents “loop through”, in
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features which a port’s digital output can drive the input of a
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, peripheral that shares the same pin. Figure 11-1 shows
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and how ports are shared with other peripherals and the
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of associated I/O pin to which they are connected.
When a peripheral is enabled and the peripheral is
actively driving an associated pin, the use of the pin as
a general purpose output pin is disabled. The I/O pin
refer to Section 10. “I/O Ports”
can be read, but the output driver for the parallel port bit
is disabled. If a peripheral is enabled, but the peripheral
Family Reference Manual”, which is
is not actively driving a pin, that pin can be driven by a
available from the Microchip web site
port.
All port pins have three registers directly associated
with their operation as digital I/O. The data direction
register (TRISx) determines whether the pin is an input
or an output. If the data direction bit is a ‘1’, then the pin
is an input. All port pins are defined as inputs after a
Reset. Reads from the latch (LATx) read the latch.
Writes to the latch write the latch. Reads from the port
All of the device pins (except VDD, VSS, MCLR and (PORTx) read the port pins, while writes to the port pins
OSC1/CLKI) are shared among the peripherals and the write the latch.
parallel I/O ports. All I/O input ports feature Schmitt Any bit and its associated data and control registers
Trigger inputs for improved noise immunity. that are not valid for a particular device is disabled.
This means the corresponding LATx and TRISx
11.1 Parallel I/O (PIO) Ports registers and the port pin are read as zeros.
Generally a parallel I/O port that shares a pin with a When a pin is shared with another peripheral or
peripheral is subservient to the peripheral. The function that is defined as an input only, it is
peripheral’s output buffer data and control signals are nevertheless regarded as a dedicated port because
provided to a pair of multiplexers. The multiplexers there is no other competing source of outputs.
select whether the peripheral or the associated port
FIGURE 11-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF A TYPICAL SHARED PORT STRUCTURE

Peripheral Module Output Multiplexers
Peripheral Input Data
Peripheral Module Enable

I/O
Peripheral Output Enable 1 Output Enable
Peripheral Output Data
0
PIO Module 1
Output Data
Read TRIS 0
Data Bus D Q I/O Pin
WR TRIS CK
TRIS Latch
D Q
WR LAT +
WR Port CK
Data Latch
Read LAT
Input Data
Read Port

11.2 Open-Drain Configuration 11.4 I/O Port Write/Read Timing

In addition to the PORT, LAT and TRIS registers for One instruction cycle is required between a port
data control, some port pins can also be individually direction change or port write operation and a read
configured for either digital or open-drain output. This operation of the same port. Typically this instruction
is controlled by the Open-Drain Control register, would be an NOP, as shown in Example 11-1.
ODCx, associated with each port. Setting any of the
bits configures the corresponding pin to act as an 11.5 Input Change Notification
open-drain output.
The input change notification function of the I/O ports
The open-drain feature allows the generation of
allows the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/
outputs higher than VDD (e.g., 5V) on any desired 5V
X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices to generate
tolerant pins by using external pull-up resistors. The
interrupt requests to the processor in response to a
maximum open-drain voltage allowed is the same as
change-of-state on selected input pins. This feature
the maximum VIH specification.
can detect input change-of-states even in Sleep mode,
See “Pin Diagrams” for the available pins and their when the clocks are disabled. Depending on the device
functionality. pin count, up to 21 external signals (CNx pin) can be
selected (enabled) for generating an interrupt request
11.3 Configuring Analog Port Pins on a change-of-state.
Four control registers are associated with the CN mod-
The AD1PCFGL and TRIS registers control the opera- ule. The CNEN1 and CNEN2 registers contain the
tion of the analog-to-digital (A/D) port pins. The port interrupt enable control bits for each of the CN input
pins that are to function as analog inputs must have pins. Setting any of these bits enables a CN interrupt
their corresponding TRIS bit set (input). If the TRIS bit for the corresponding pins.
is cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL)
is converted. Each CN pin also has a weak pull-up connected to it.
The pull-ups act as a current source connected to the
The AD1PCFGL register has a default value of 0x0000; pin, and eliminate the need for external resistors when
therefore, all pins that share ANx functions are analog push-button or keypad devices are connected. The
(not digital) by default. pull-ups are enabled separately using the CNPU1 and
When the PORT register is read, all pins configured as CNPU2 registers, which contain the control bits for
analog input channels are read as cleared (a low level). each of the CN pins. Setting any of the control bits
Pins configured as digital inputs do not convert an enables the weak pull-ups for the corresponding pins.
analog input. Analog levels on any pin defined as a Note: Pull-ups on change notification pins
digital input (including the ANx pins) can cause the should always be disabled when the port
input buffer to consume current that exceeds the pin is configured as a digital output.
device specifications.
EXAMPLE 11-1: PORT WRITE/READ EXAMPLE

MOV 0xFF00, W0 ; Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs
MOV W0, TRISBB ; and PORTB<7:0> as outputs
NOP ; Delay 1 cycle
btss PORTB, #13 ; Next Instruction

11.6 Peripheral Pin Select 11.6.2.1 Input Mapping

Peripheral pin select configuration enables peripheral The inputs of the peripheral pin select options are
set selection and placement on a wide range of I/O mapped on the basis of the peripheral. A control
pins. By increasing the pinout options available on a register associated with a peripheral dictates the pin it
particular device, programmers can better tailor the is mapped to. The RPINRx registers are used to
microcontroller to their entire application, rather than configure peripheral input mapping (see Register 11-1
trimming the application to fit the device. through Register 11-14). Each register contains sets of
5-bit fields, with each set associated with one of the
The peripheral pin select configuration feature remappable peripherals. Programming a given
operates over a fixed subset of digital I/O pins. peripheral’s bit field with an appropriate 5-bit value
Programmers can independently map the input and/or maps the RPn pin with that value to that peripheral.
output of most digital peripherals to any one of these For any given device, the valid range of values for any
I/O pins. Peripheral pin select is performed in bit field corresponds to the maximum number of
software, and generally does not require the device to peripheral pin selections supported by the device.
be reprogrammed. Hardware safeguards are included
that prevent accidental or spurious changes to the Figure 11-2 illustrates remappable pin selection for
peripheral mapping, once it has been established. U1RX input.
Note: For input mapping only, the Peripheral Pin
11.6.1 AVAILABLE PINS Select (PPS) functionality does not have
The peripheral pin select feature is used with a range priority over the TRISx settings. There-
of up to 26 pins. The number of available pins depends fore, when configuring the RPx pin for
on the particular device and its pin count. Pins that input, the corresponding bit in the TRISx
support the peripheral pin select feature include the register must also be configured for input
designation “RPn” in their full pin designation, where (i.e., set to ‘1’).
“RP” designates a remappable peripheral and “n” is the
remappable pin number. FIGURE 11-2: REMAPPABLE MUX
INPUT FOR U1RX
11.6.2 CONTROLLING PERIPHERAL PIN
SELECT U1RXR<4:0>
Peripheral pin select features are controlled through

two sets of special function registers: one to map 0
peripheral inputs, and another one to map outputs. RP0
Because they are separately controlled, a particular
peripheral’s input and output (if the peripheral has both) 1
can be placed on any selectable function pin without RP1
U1RX input
constraint. to peripheral
2
The association of a peripheral to a peripheral select-
RP2
able pin is handled in two different ways, depending on
whether an input or output is being mapped.
25
RP 25

TABLE 11-1: SELECTABLE INPUT SOURCES (MAPS INPUT TO FUNCTION)(1)

Configuration
Input Name Function Name Register
Bits
External Interrupt 1 INT1 RPINR0 INT1R<4:0>
External Interrupt 2 INT2 RPINR1 INT2R<4:0>
Timer2 External Clock T2CK RPINR3 T2CKR<4:0>
Input Capture 1 IC1 RPINR7 IC1R<4:0>
Output Compare Fault A OCFA RPINR11 OCFAR<4:0>
UART1 Receive U1RX RPINR18 U1RXR<4:0>
UART1 Clear To Send U1CTS RPINR18 U1CTSR<4:0>
UART2 Receive U2RX RPINR19 U2RXR<4:0>
UART2 Clear To Send U2CTS RPINR19 U2CTSR<4:0>
SPI1 Data Input SDI1 RPINR20 SDI1R<4:0>
SPI1 Clock Input SCK1 RPINR20 SCK1R<4:0>
SPI1 Slave Select Input SS1 RPINR21 SS1R<4:0>
SPI2 Data Input SDI2 RPINR22 SDI2R<4:0>
SPI2 Clock Input SCK2 RPINR22 SCK2R<4:0>
SPI2 Slave Select Input SS2 RPINR23 SS2R<4:0>
ECAN1 Receive CIRX RPINR26 CIRXR<4:0>
Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, all inputs use Schmitt input buffers.

11.6.2.2 Output Mapping FIGURE 11-3: MULTIPLEXING OF

In contrast to inputs, the outputs of the peripheral pin REMAPPABLE OUTPUT
select options are mapped on the basis of the pin. In FOR RPn
this case, a control register associated with a particular
RPnR<4:0>
pin dictates the peripheral output to be mapped. The
RPORx registers are used to control output mapping. default
Like the RPINRx registers, each register contains sets 0
U1TX Output enable
of 5-bit fields, with each set associated with one RPn 3
pin (see Register 11-15 through Register 11-27). The U1RTS Output enable 4
value of the bit field corresponds to one of the
Output Enable
peripherals, and that peripheral’s output is mapped to
the pin (see Table 11-2 and Figure 11-3).
The list of peripherals for output mapping also includes
a null value of ‘00000’ because of the mapping
OC4 Output
technique. This permits any given pin to remain 21
unconnected from the output of any of the pin
selectable peripherals.
default
0
U1TX Output
3
U1RTS Output 4
RPn
Output Data
OC4 Output
21
TABLE 11-2: OUTPUT SELECTION FOR REMAPPABLE PIN (RPn)

Function RPnR<4:0> Output Name
NULL 00000 RPn tied to default port pin
C1OUT 00001 RPn tied to Comparator1 Output
C2OUT 00010 RPn tied to Comparator2 Output
U1TX 00011 RPn tied to UART1 Transmit
U1RTS 00100 RPn tied to UART1 Ready To Send
U2TX 00101 RPn tied to UART2 Transmit
U2RTS 00110 RPn tied to UART2 Ready To Send
SDO1 00111 RPn tied to SPI1 Data Output
SCK1 01000 RPn tied to SPI1 Clock Output
SS1 01001 RPn tied to SPI1 Slave Select Output
SDO2 01010 RPn tied to SPI2 Data Output
SCK2 01011 RPn tied to SPI2 Clock Output
SS2 01100 RPn tied to SPI2 Slave Select Output
C1TX 10000 RPn tied to ECAN1 Transmit
OC1 10010 RPn tied to Output Compare 1

11.6.3 CONTROLLING CONFIGURATION 11.6.3.2 Continuous State Monitoring

CHANGES In addition to being protected from direct writes, the
Because peripheral remapping can be changed during contents of the RPINRx and RPORx registers are
run time, some restrictions on peripheral remapping constantly monitored in hardware by shadow registers.
are needed to prevent accidental configuration If an unexpected change in any of the registers occurs
changes. PIC24H devices include three features to (such as cell disturbances caused by ESD or other
prevent alterations to the peripheral map: external events), a configuration mismatch Reset is
triggered.
• Control register lock sequence
• Continuous state monitoring 11.6.3.3 Configuration Bit Pin Select Lock
• Configuration bit pin select lock
As an additional level of safety, the device can be
configured to prevent more than one write session to
11.6.3.1 Control Register Lock
the RPINRx and RPORx registers. The IOL1WAY Con-
Under normal operation, writes to the RPINRx and figuration bit (FOSC<5>) blocks the IOLOCK bit from
RPORx registers are not allowed. Attempted writes being cleared after it has been set once. If IOLOCK
appear to execute normally, but the contents of the reg- remains set, the register unlock procedure does not
isters remain unchanged. To change these registers, execute, and the peripheral pin select control registers
they must be unlocked in hardware. The register lock is cannot be written to. The only way to clear the bit and
controlled by the IOLOCK bit (OSCCON<6>). Setting re-enable peripheral remapping is to perform a device
IOLOCK prevents writes to the control registers; Reset.
clearing IOLOCK allows writes.
In the default (unprogrammed) state, IOL1WAY is set,
To set or clear IOLOCK, a specific command sequence restricting users to one write session. Programming
must be executed: IOL1WAY allows user applications unlimited access
1. Write 0x46 to OSCCON<7:0>. (with the proper use of the unlock sequence) to the
2. Write 0x57 to OSCCON<7:0>. peripheral pin select registers.
3. Clear (or set) the IOLOCK bit as a single
operation.
Note: MPLAB® C30 provides built-in C
language functions for unlocking the
OSCCON register:
__builtin_write_OSCCONL(value)
__builtin_write_OSCCONH(value)
See MPLAB Help for more information.
Unlike the similar sequence with the oscillator’s LOCK

bit, IOLOCK remains in one state until changed. This
allows all of the peripheral pin selects to be configured
with a single unlock sequence followed by an update to
all control registers, then locked with a second lock
sequence.

11.7 I/O Helpful Tips 11.8 I/O Ports Resources

1. In some cases, certain pins as defined in Table 28- Many useful resources related to I/O Ports are provided
9 under “Injection Current”, have internal protec- on the main product page of the Microchip web site for
tion diodes to VDD and VSS. The term “Injection the devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,
Current” is also referred to as “Clamp Current”. On which can be accessed using this link, contains the
designated pins, with sufficient external current latest updates and additional information.
limiting precautions by the user, I/O pin input volt- Note: In the event you are not able to access the
ages are allowed to be greater or less than the product page using the link above, enter
data sheet absolute maximum ratings with nominal this URL in your browser:
VDD with respect to the VSS and VDD supplies. http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/
Note that when the user application forward biases Devices.aspx?dDocName=en532315
either of the high or low side internal input clamp
diodes, that the resulting current being injected
into the device that is clamped internally by the
VDD and VSS power rails, may affect the ADC • Section 10. “I/O Ports” (DS70193)
accuracy by four to six counts. • Code Samples
2. I/O pins that are shared with any analog input pin, • Application Notes
(i.e., ANx), are always analog pins by default after • Software Libraries
any reset. Consequently, any pin(s) configured as • Webinars
an analog input pin, automatically disables the dig-
ital input pin buffer. As such, any attempt to read a
Manuals Sections
digital input pin will always return a ‘0’ regardless
of the digital logic level on the pin if the analog pin • Development Tools
is configured. To use a pin as a digital I/O pin on a
shared ANx pin, the user application needs to con-
11.9 Peripheral Pin Select Registers
figure the analog pin configuration registers in the The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
ADC module, (i.e., ADxPCFGL, AD1PCFGH), by and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 family of devices
setting the appropriate bit that corresponds to that implement 27 registers for remappable peripheral
I/O port pin to a ‘1’. On devices with more than one configuration:
ADC, both analog pin configurations for both ADC • 14 Input Remappable Peripheral Registers:
modules must be configured as a digital I/O pin for
- RPINR0-RPINR1, RPINR3-RPINR4,
that pin to function as a digital I/O pin.
RPINR7, RPINR10-RPINR11, RPINR18-
Note: Although it is not possible to use a digital RPINR23 and PRINR26
input pin when its analog function is • 13 Output Remappable Peripheral Registers:
enabled, it is possible to use the digital I/O - RPOR0-RPOR12
output function, TRISx = 0x0, while the
analog function is also enabled. However, Note: Input and Output Register values can only
this is not recommended, particularly if the be changed if the IOLOCK bit
analog input is connected to an external (OSCCON<6>) is set to ‘0’. See
analog voltage source, which would cre- Section 11.6.3.1 “Control Register
ate signal contention between the analog Lock” for a specific command sequence.
signal and the output pin driver.
Most I/O pins have multiple functions. Referring to the
device pin diagrams in the data sheet, the priorities of
the functions allocated to any pins are indicated by
reading the pin name from left-to-right. The left most
function name takes precedence over any function to
its right in the naming convention. For example: AN16/
T2CK/T7CK/RC1. This indicates that AN16 is the high-
est priority in this example and will supersede all other
functions to its right in the list. Those other functions to
its right, even if enabled, would not work as long as any
other function to its left was enabled. This rule applies
to all of the functions listed for a given pin.

REGISTER 11-1: RPINR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 0

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — INT1R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 INT1R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 1 (INTR1) to the corresponding RPn pin
11111 = Input tied to VSS
11001 = Input tied to RP25
•
•
•

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — INT2R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 4-0 INTR2R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 2 (INTR2) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — T3CKR<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — T2CKR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 T3CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer3 External Clock (T3CK) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — T5CKR<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — T4CKR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — IC2R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — IC1R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 IC2R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 2 (IC2) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
•
•
•

REGISTER 11-6: RPINR10: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTERS 10

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — IC8R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — IC7R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

•
•
•
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — OCFAR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 4-0 OCFAR<4:0>: Assign Output Compare A (OCFA) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — U1CTSR<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — U1RXR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 U1CTSR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Clear to Send (U1CTS) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
bit 4-0 U1RXR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Receive (U1RX) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — U2CTSR<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — U2RXR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 U2CTSR<4:0>: Assign UART2 Clear to Send (U2CTS) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
bit 4-0 U2RXR<4:0>: Assign UART2 Receive (U2RX) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — SCK1R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — SDI1R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 SCK1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Clock Input (SCK1) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
bit 4-0 SDI1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Data Input (SDI1) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — SS1R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 4-0 SS1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Slave Select Input (SS1) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
— — — SCK2R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — SDI2R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 SCK2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Clock Input (SCK2) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
bit 4-0 SDI2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Data Input (SDI2) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — SS2R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 4-0 SS2R<4:0>: Assign SPI2 Slave Select Input (SS2) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
REGISTER 11-14: RPINR26: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 26(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1

— — — C1RXR<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 4-0 C1RXR<4:0>: Assign ECAN1 Receive (C1RX) to the corresponding RPn pin
•
•
•
Note 1: This register is disabled on devices without ECAN™ modules.

REGISTER 11-15: RPOR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTERS 0

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP1R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP0R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 RP1R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP1 Output Pin bits (see Table 11-2 for
peripheral function numbers)

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP3R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP2R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP5R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP4R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP7R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP6R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP9R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP8R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP11R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP10R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP13R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP12R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP15R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP14R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


REGISTER 11-23: RPOR8: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTERS 8(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP17R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP16R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

Note 1: This register is implemented in 44-pin devices only.

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP19R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP18R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP21R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP20R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP23R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP22R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — RP25R<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — RP24R<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


12.0 TIMER1 The unique features of Timer1 allow it to be used for

Real Time Clock (RTC) applications. A block diagram
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features of Timer1 is shown in Figure 12-1.
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, The Timer1 module can operate in one of the following
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and modes:
devices. It is not intended to be a • Timer mode
comprehensive reference source. To • Gated Timer mode
complement the information in this data • Synchronous Counter mode
sheet, refer to Section 11. “Timers” • Asynchronous Counter mode
Family Reference Manual”, which is In Timer and Gated Timer modes, the input clock is
available from the Microchip web site derived from the internal instruction cycle clock (FCY).
(www.microchip.com). In Synchronous and Asynchronous Counter modes,
the input clock is derived from the external clock input
2: Some registers and associated bits at the T1CK pin.
available on all devices. Refer to The Timer modes are determined by the following bits:
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in • Timer Clock Source Control bit (TCS): T1CON<1>
this data sheet for device-specific register • Timer Synchronization Control bit (TSYNC):
and bit information. T1CON<2>
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer, which can serve • Timer Gate Control bit (TGATE): T1CON<6>
as the time counter for the real-time clock, or operate Timer control bit setting for different operating modes
as a free-running interval timer/counter. are given in the Table 12-1.
The Timer1 module has the following unique features
over other timers: TABLE 12-1: TIMER MODE SETTINGS
• Can be operated from the low power 32 kHz Mode TCS TGATE TSYNC
crystal oscillator available on the device Timer 0 0 x
• Can be operated in Asynchronous Counter mode
Gated timer 0 1 x
from an external clock source.
Synchronous 1 x 1
• The external clock input (T1CK) can optionally be
counter
synchronized to the internal device clock and the
clock synchronization is performed after the Asynchronous 1 x 0
prescaler. counter
FIGURE 12-1: 16-BIT TIMER1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Gate Falling Edge

Detect 1
Sync
Set T1IF flag
FCY Prescaler 10
(/n)
Reset TGATE
TMR1
00
TCKPS<1:0>
0
SOSCO/
T1CK x1
Equal
Prescaler Sync 1 Comparator
(/n)
TGATE
TSYNC
TCKPS<1:0> TCS
SOSCI PR1
(1)
LPOSCEN
Note 1: Refer to Section 9.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for information on enabling the secondary oscillator.

12.1 Timer Resources

Many useful resources related to Timers are provided

• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

12.2 Timer1 Control Register

REGISTER 12-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TON — TSIDL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0

— TGATE TCKPS<1:0> — TSYNC TCS —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 TON: Timer1 On bit

1 = Starts 16-bit Timer1
0 = Stops 16-bit Timer1
bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue module operation in Idle mode
bit 6 TGATE: Timer1 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
When TCS = 1:
This bit is ignored.
When TCS = 0:
1 = Gated time accumulation enabled
0 = Gated time accumulation disabled
bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescaler Select bits
11 = 1:256
10 = 1:64
01 = 1:8
00 = 1:1
bit 2 TSYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
When TCS = 1:
1 = Synchronize external clock input
0 = Do not synchronize external clock input
When TCS = 0:
bit 1 TCS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit
1 = External clock from pin T1CK (on the rising edge)
0 = Internal clock (FCY)

NOTES:

13.0 TIMER2/3 AND TIMER4/5 • A Type B timer can be concatenated with a Type
C timer to form a 32-bit timer
FEATURE
• The external clock input (TxCK) is always
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features synchronized to the internal device clock and the
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, clock synchronization is performed after the
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and prescaler
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of A block diagram of the Type B timer is shown in
devices. It is not intended to be a Figure 13-1.
comprehensive reference source. To
complement the information in this data Timer3 and Timer5 are Type C timers with the following
sheet, refer to Section 11. “Timers” specific features:
(DS70205) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H • A Type C timer can be concatenated with a Type
Family Reference Manual”, which is B timer to form a 32-bit timer
(www.microchip.com). • At least one Type C timer has the ability to trigger
an A/D conversion
• The external clock input (TxCK) is always
available on all devices. Refer to synchronized to the internal device clock and the
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in clock synchronization is performed before the
this data sheet for device-specific register prescaler
and bit information. A block diagram of the Type C timer is shown in
Figure 13-2.
Timer2 and Timer4 are Type B timers with the following
specific features:
FIGURE 13-1: TYPE B TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM (x = 2 or 4)
Gate Falling Edge

Sync Detect 1
Set TxIF flag
FCY Prescaler 10 0
(/n)
Reset
00 TMRx
TCKPS<1:0> TGATE
Prescaler
Sync x1
(/n) Equal
TxCK Comparator
TCKPS<1:0> TGATE
TCS
PRx
FIGURE 13-2: TYPE C TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM (x = 3 or 5)
Gate Falling Edge

Sync Detect 1 Set TxIF flag
Prescaler 10 0
FCY
(/n)
Reset
00 TMRx TGATE
TCKPS<1:0>
Prescaler
Sync x1
(/n) Equal ADC SOC Trigger
TxCK Comparator
TCKPS<1:0> TGATE
TCS
PRx

The Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 modules can operate in When configured for 32-bit operation, only the Type B
one of the following modes: Timer Control register (TxCON) bits are required for
• Timer mode setup and control. Type C timer control register bits are
ignored (except TSIDL bit).
• Gated Timer mode
• Synchronous Counter mode For interrupt control, the combined 32-bit timer uses
the interrupt enable, interrupt flag and interrupt priority
In Timer and Gated Timer modes, the input clock is control bits of the Type C timer. The interrupt control
derived from the internal instruction cycle clock (FCY). and status bits for the Type B timer are ignored during
In Synchronous Counter mode, the input clock is 32-bit timer operation.
derived from the external clock input at TxCK pin.
The Type B and Type C timers that can be combined to
The timer modes are determined by the following bits: form a 32-bit timer are listed in Table 13-2.
• TCS (TxCON<1>): Timer Clock Source Control bit
• TGATE (TxCON<6>): Timer Gate Control bit TABLE 13-2: 32-BIT TIMER
Timer control bit settings for different operating modes TYPE B Timer (lsw) TYPE C Timer (msw)
are given in the Table 13-1.
Timer2 Timer3
TABLE 13-1: TIMER MODE SETTINGS Timer4 Timer5
Mode TCS TGATE A block diagram representation of the 32-bit timer mod-
ule is shown in Figure 13-3. The 32-timer module can
Timer 0 0
operate in one of the following modes:
Gated timer 0 1 • Timer mode
Synchronous counter 1 x • Gated Timer mode
• Synchronous Counter mode
13.1 16-Bit Operation
To configure the features of Timer2/3 or Timer4/5 for
To configure any of the timers for individual 16-bit 32-bit operation:
operation: 1. Set the T32 control bit.
1. Clear the T32 bit corresponding to that timer. 2. Select the prescaler ratio for Timer2 or Timer4
2. Select the timer prescaler ratio using the using the TCKPS<1:0> bits.
TCKPS<1:0> bits. 3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the
3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS corresponding TCS and TGATE bits.
and TGATE bits. 4. Load the timer period value. PR3 or PR5 con-
4. Load the timer period value into the PRx tains the most significant word of the value,
register. while PR2 or PR4 contains the least significant
5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable word.
bit, TxIE. Use the priority bits, TxIP<2:0>, to set 5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable
the interrupt priority. bits, T3IE or T5IE. Use the priority bits,
6. Set the TON bit. T3IP<2:0> or T5IP<2:0> to set the interrupt pri-
ority. While Timer2 or Timer4 controls the timer,
the interrupt appears as a Timer3 or Timer5
Note: Only Timer2 and Timer3 can trigger a
interrupt.
DMA data transfer.
6. Set the corresponding TON bit.
13.2 32-Bit Operation The timer value at any point is stored in the register
pair, TMR3:TMR2 or TMR5:TMR4, which always
A 32-bit timer module can be formed by combining a contains the most significant word of the count, while
Type B and a Type C 16-bit timer module. For 32-bit TMR2 or TMR4 contains the least significant word.
timer operation, the T32 control bit in the Type B Timer
Control register (TxCON<3>) must be set. The Type C
timer holds the most significant word (msw) and the
Type B timer holds the least significant word (lsw) for
32-bit operation.

FIGURE 13-3: 32-BIT TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
Gate Falling Edge

1 Set TyIF
Sync Detect
Flag
PRx PRy
0
Equal
Comparator TGATE
Prescaler 10
FCY
(/n) lsw msw
Reset ADC SOC trigger
00 TMRx TMRy
TCKPS<1:0>
Prescaler
Sync x1
(/n)
TxCK
TMRyHLD
TCKPS<1:0> TGATE
TCS
Data Bus <15:0>
Note 1: ADC trigger is available only on TMR3:TMR2 and TMR5:TMR2 32-bit timers.
2: Timer x is a Type B Timer (x = 2 and 4).
3: Timer y is a Type C Timer (y = 3 and 5).
13.3 Timer Resources

Many useful resources related to Timers are provided

• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

13.4 Timerx/y Control Registers

REGISTER 13-1: TXCON: TIMER CONTROL REGISTER (X = 2 OR 4, Y = 3 OR 5)
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TON — TSIDL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0

— TGATE TCKPS<1:0> T32 — TCS —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 TON: Timerx On bit

When T32 = 1 (in 32-bit Timer mode):
1 = Starts 32-bit TMRx:TMRy timer pair
0 = Stops 32-bit TMRx:TMRy timer pair
When T32 = 0 (in 16-bit Timer mode):
1 = Starts 16-bit timer
0 = Stops 16-bit timer
bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue timer operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue timer operation in Idle mode
bit 6 TGATE: Timerx Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit
When TCS = 1:
When TCS = 0:
bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11 = 1:256 prescale value
bit 3 T32: 32-bit Timerx Mode Select bit
1 = TMRx and TMRy form a 32-bit timer
0 = TMRx and TMRy form separate 16-bit timer
bit 1 TCS: Timerx Clock Source Select bit
1 = External clock from TxCK pin
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2)

REGISTER 13-2: TxCON: TIMER CONTROL REGISTER (x = 3 OR 5)

R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
TON(2) — TSIDL(1) — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0

— TGATE(2) TCKPS<1:0>(2) — — TCS(2) —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 TON: Timery On bit(2)

1 = Starts 16-bit Timerx
0 = Stops 16-bit Timerx
bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit(1)
1 = Discontinue timer operation when device enters Idle mode
0 = Continue timer operation in Idle mode
bit 6 TGATE: Timerx Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit(2)
When TCS = 1:
When TCS = 0:
bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timerx Input Clock Prescale Select bits(2)
bit 1 TCS: Timerx Clock Source Select bit(2)
1 = External clock from TxCK pin
0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2)
Note 1: When 32-bit timer operation is enabled (T32 = 1) in the Timer Control register (TxCON<3>), the TSIDL bit
must be cleared to operate the 32-bit timer in Idle mode.
2: When the 32-bit timer operation is enabled (T32 = 1) in the Timer Control register (TxCON<3>), these bits
have no effect.

NOTES:

14.0 INPUT CAPTURE • Simple Capture Event modes:

- Capture timer value on every falling edge of
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features input at ICx pin
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, - Capture timer value on every rising edge of
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and input at ICx pin
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of • Capture timer value on every edge (rising and
falling)
ment the information in this data sheet, • Prescaler Capture Event modes:
refer to Section 12. “Input Capture” - Capture timer value on every 4th rising edge
(DS70198) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H of input at ICx pin
Family Reference Manual”, which is - Capture timer value on every 16th rising
available from the Microchip web site edge of input at ICx pin
Each input capture channel can select one of two
2: Some registers and associated bits 16-bit timers (Timer2 or Timer3) for the time base.
described in this section may not be The selected timer can use either an internal or
available on all devices. Refer to external clock.
this data sheet for device-specific register Other operational features include:
and bit information. • Device wake-up from capture pin during CPU
Sleep and Idle modes
The input capture module is useful in applications • Interrupt on input capture event
requiring frequency (period) and pulse measurement.
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 • 4-word FIFO buffer for capture values:
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices support up to - Interrupt optionally generated after 1, 2, 3 or
four input capture channels. 4 buffer locations are filled
The input capture module captures the 16-bit value of • Use of input capture to provide additional sources
the selected Time Base register when an event occurs of external interrupts
at the ICx pin. The events that cause a capture event Note: Only IC1 and IC2 can trigger a DMA data
are listed below in three categories: transfer. If DMA data transfers are
required, the FIFO buffer size must be set
to ‘1’ (ICI<1:0> = 00).
FIGURE 14-1: INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM

ICM<2:0>
Prescaler Mode
(16th Rising Edge) 101
Prescaler Mode TMR2 TMR3

(4th Rising Edge) 100
ICTMR
Rising Edge Mode

ICx pin 011 CaptureEvent To CPU
FIFO CONTROL
Falling Edge Mode ICxBUF

010
FIFO
Edge Detection ICI<1:0>

Mode ICM<2:0>
001
/N Set Flag ICxIF

(In IFSx Register)
Sleep/Idle
Wake-up Mode 001
111
Note: An ‘x’ in a signal, register or bit name denotes the number of the capture channel.

14.1 Input Capture Resources

Many useful resources related to Input Capture are

• Section 12. “Input Capture” (DS70198)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

14.2 Input Capture Registers

REGISTER 14-1: ICxCON: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER (x = 1, 2, 7 OR 8)
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — ICSIDL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0, HC R-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

ICTMR ICI<1:0> ICOV ICBNE ICM<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HC = Cleared in Hardware


bit 13 ICSIDL: Input Capture Module Stop in Idle Control bit
1 = Input capture module halts in CPU Idle mode
0 = Input capture module continues to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 7 ICTMR: Input Capture Timer Select bits
1 = TMR2 contents are captured on capture event
0 = TMR3 contents are captured on capture event
bit 6-5 ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures per Interrupt bits
11 = Interrupt on every fourth capture event
10 = Interrupt on every third capture event
01 = Interrupt on every second capture event
00 = Interrupt on every capture event
bit 4 ICOV: Input Capture Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only)
1 = Input capture overflow occurred
0 = No input capture overflow occurred
bit 3 ICBNE: Input Capture Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only)
1 = Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read
0 = Input capture buffer is empty
bit 2-0 ICM<2:0>: Input Capture Mode Select bits
111 = Input capture functions as interrupt pin only when device is in Sleep or Idle mode
(Rising edge detect only, all other control bits are not applicable)
110 = Unused (module disabled)
101 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
100 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
011 = Capture mode, every rising edge
010 = Capture mode, every falling edge
001 = Capture mode, every edge (rising and falling)
(ICI<1:0> bits do not control interrupt generation for this mode)
000 = Input capture module turned off

NOTES:

15.0 OUTPUT COMPARE The Output Compare module can select either Timer2
or Timer3 for its time base. The module compares the
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features value of the timer with the value of one or two compare
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, registers depending on the operating mode selected.
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and The state of the output pin changes when the timer
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of value matches the compare register value. The Output
devices. It is not intended to be a Compare module generates either a single output
comprehensive reference source. To pulse or a sequence of output pulses, by changing the
complement the information in this data state of the output pin on the compare match events.
sheet, refer to Section 13. “Output The Output Compare module can also generate
Compare” (DS70209) of the “dsPIC33F/ interrupts on compare match events.
The Output Compare module has multiple operating
which is available from the Microchip web
modes:
site (www.microchip.com).
• Active-Low One-Shot mode
described in this section may not be • Active-High One-Shot mode
available on all devices. Refer to • Toggle mode
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in • Delayed One-Shot mode
this data sheet for device-specific register • Continuous Pulse mode
• PWM mode without fault protection
• PWM mode with fault protection
FIGURE 15-1: OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Set Flag bit

OCxIF
OCxRS
OCxR Output S Q
OCx
Logic R
3
Output
OCM<2:0> Output Enable
Mode Select Enable Logic
Comparator
OCFA
0 1 OCTSEL 0 1
16 16
TMR2 TMR3 TMR2 TMR3

Rollover Rollover

15.1 Output Compare Modes Note 1: Only OC1 and OC2 can trigger a DMA
Configure the Output Compare modes by setting the data transfer.
appropriate Output Compare Mode bits (OCM<2:0>) in 2: See Section 13. “Output Compare”
the Output Compare Control register (OCxCON<2:0>). (DS70209) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H
Table 15-1 lists the different bit settings for the Output Family Reference Manual” for OCxR and
Compare modes. Figure 15-2 illustrates the output OCxRS register restrictions.
compare operation for various modes. The user
application must disable the associated timer when
writing to the output compare control registers to avoid
malfunctions.
TABLE 15-1: OUTPUT COMPARE MODES

OCM<2:0> Mode OCx Pin Initial State OCx Interrupt Generation
000 Module Disabled Controlled by GPIO register —
001 Active-Low One-Shot 0 OCx Rising edge
010 Active-High One-Shot 1 OCx Falling edge
011 Toggle Mode Current output is maintained OCx Rising and Falling edge
100 Delayed One-Shot 0 OCx Falling edge
101 Continuous Pulse mode 0 OCx Falling edge
110 PWM mode without fault 0, if OCxR is zero No interrupt
protection 1, if OCxR is non-zero
111 PWM mode with fault protection 0, if OCxR is zero OCFA Falling edge for OC1 to OC4
1, if OCxR is non-zero
FIGURE 15-2: OUTPUT COMPARE OPERATION

Output Compare Timer is reset on
Mode enabled period match
OCxRS
TMRy
OCxR
Active Low One-Shot

(OCM = 001)
Active High One-Shot

(OCM = 010)
Toggle Mode
(OCM = 011)
Delayed One-Shot
(OCM = 100)
Continuous Pulse Mode

(OCM = 101)
PWM Mode
(OCM = 110 or 111)

15.2 Output Compare Resources

Many useful resources related to Output Compare are

• Section 13. “Output Compare” (DS70209)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

15.3 Output Compare Control Registers

REGISTER 15-1: OCxCON: OUTPUT COMPAREx CONTROL REGISTER (x = 1, 2, 3 OR 4)
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — OCSIDL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HC = Cleared in Hardware HS = Set in Hardware


bit 13 OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare in Idle Mode Control bit
1 = Output Compare x halts in CPU Idle mode
0 = Output Compare x continues to operate in CPU Idle mode
bit 4 OCFLT: PWM Fault Condition Status bit
1 = PWM Fault condition has occurred (cleared in hardware only)
0 = No PWM Fault condition has occurred
(This bit is only used when OCM<2:0> = 111)
bit 3 OCTSEL: Output Compare Timer Select bit
1 = Timer3 is the clock source for Compare x
0 = Timer2 is the clock source for Compare x
bit 2-0 OCM<2:0>: Output Compare Mode Select bits
111 = PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin enabled
110 = PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin disabled
101 = Initialize OCx pin low, generate continuous output pulses on OCx pin
100 = Initialize OCx pin low, generate single output pulse on OCx pin
011 = Compare event toggles OCx pin
010 = Initialize OCx pin high, compare event forces OCx pin low
001 = Initialize OCx pin low, compare event forces OCx pin high
000 = Output compare channel is disabled

16.0 SERIAL PERIPHERAL The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a

synchronous serial interface useful for communicating
INTERFACE (SPI) with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features peripheral devices can be serial EEPROMs, shift
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, registers, display drivers, analog-to-digital converters,
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and etc. The SPI module is compatible with Motorola® SPI
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of and SIOP.
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- Each SPI module consists of a 16-bit shift register,
hensive reference source. To comple- SPIxSR (where x = 1 or 2), used for shifting data in and
ment the information in this data sheet, out, and a buffer register, SPIxBUF. A control register,
refer to Section 18. “Serial Peripheral SPIxCON, configures the module. Additionally, a status
Interface (SPI)” (DS70206) of the register, SPIxSTAT, indicates status conditions.
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
The serial interface consists of 4 pins:
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). • SDIx (serial data input)
• SDOx (serial data output)
• SCKx (shift clock input or output)
• SSx (active-low slave select)
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in In Master mode operation, SCK is a clock output. In
this data sheet for device-specific register Slave mode, it is a clock input.
FIGURE 16-1: SPI MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
SCKx 1:1 to 1:8 1:1/4/16/64

Secondary Primary FCY
Prescaler Prescaler
SSx
Sync Control Select
Control Clock Edge SPIxCON1<1:0>
Shift Control
SPIxCON1<4:2>
SDOx
Enable
SDIx bit 0 Master Clock
SPIxSR
Transfer Transfer
SPIxRXB SPIxTXB
SPIxBUF
Read SPIxBUF Write SPIxBUF
16
Internal Data Bus

16.1 SPI Helpful Tips 16.2 SPI Resources

1. In Frame mode, if there is a possibility that the Many useful resources related to SPI are provided on
master may not be initialized before the slave: the main product page of the Microchip web site for the
a) If FRMPOL (SPIxCON2<13>) = 1, use a devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,
pull-down resistor on SSx. which can be accessed using this link, contains the
b) If FRMPOL = 0, use a pull-up resistor on latest updates and additional information.
SSx. Note: In the event you are not able to access the
Note: This insures that the first frame product page using the link above, enter
transmission after initialization is not this URL in your browser:
shifted or corrupted. http://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/
2. In non-framed 3-wire mode, (i.e., not using SSx
from a master): 16.2.1 KEY RESOURCES
a) If CKP (SPIxCON1<6>) = 1, always place a • Section 18. “Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)”
pull-up resistor on SSx. (DS70206)
b) If CKP = 0, always place a pull-down • Code Samples
resistor on SSx.
Note: This will insure that during power-up and • Software Libraries
initialization the master/slave will not lose
• Webinars
sync due to an errant SCK transition that
would cause the slave to accumulate data • All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
shift errors for both transmit and receive Manuals Sections
appearing as corrupted data. • Development Tools
3. FRMEN (SPIxCON2<15>) = 1 and SSEN

(SPIxCON1<7>) = 1 are exclusive and invalid.
In Frame mode, SCKx is continuous and the
Frame sync pulse is active on the SSx pin,
which indicates the start of a data frame.
Note: Not all third-party devices support Frame
mode timing. Refer to the SPI electrical
characteristics for details.
4. In Master mode only, set the SMP bit

(SPIxCON1<9>) to a ‘1’ for the fastest SPI data
rate possible. The SMP bit can only be set at the
same time or after the MSTEN bit
(SPIxCON1<5>) is set.
5. To avoid invalid slave read data to the master,
the user’s master software must guarantee
enough time for slave software to fill its write buf-
fer before the user application initiates a master
write/read cycle. It is always advisable to pre-
load the SPIxBUF transmit register in advance
of the next master transaction cycle. SPIxBUF is
transferred to the SPI shift register and is empty
once the data transmission begins.

16.3 SPI Registers

REGISTER 16-1: SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
SPIEN — SPISIDL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R/C-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0

— SPIROV — — — — SPITBF SPIRBF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Clearable bit

bit 15 SPIEN: SPIx Enable bit

1 = Enables module and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins
0 = Disables module
bit 13 SPISIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 6 SPIROV: Receive Overflow Flag bit
1 = A new byte/word is completely received and discarded. The user software has not read the
previous data in the SPIxBUF register
0 = No overflow has occurred.
bit 1 SPITBF: SPIx Transmit Buffer Full Status bit
1 = Transmit not yet started, SPIxTXB is full
0 = Transmit started, SPIxTXB is empty
Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPIxBUF location, loading SPIxTXB.
Automatically cleared in hardware when SPIx module transfers data from SPIxTXB to SPIxSR.
bit 0 SPIRBF: SPIx Receive Buffer Full Status bit
1 = Receive complete, SPIxRXB is full
0 = Receive is not complete, SPIxRXB is empty
Automatically set in hardware when SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to SPIxRXB.
Automatically cleared in hardware when core reads SPIxBUF location, reading SPIxRXB.

REGISTER 16-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE(1)
bit 15 bit 8

SSEN(3) CKP MSTEN SPRE<2:0>(2) PPRE<1:0>(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12 DISSCK: Disable SCKx pin bit (SPI Master modes only)
1 = Internal SPI clock is disabled, pin functions as I/O
0 = Internal SPI clock is enabled
bit 11 DISSDO: Disable SDOx pin bit
1 = SDOx pin is not used by module; pin functions as I/O
0 = SDOx pin is controlled by the module
bit 10 MODE16: Word/Byte Communication Select bit
1 = Communication is word-wide (16 bits)
0 = Communication is byte-wide (8 bits)
bit 9 SMP: SPIx Data Input Sample Phase bit
Master mode:
1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time
0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time
Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPIx is used in Slave mode.
bit 8 CKE: SPIx Clock Edge Select bit(1)
1 = Serial output data changes on transition from active clock state to Idle clock state (see bit 6)
0 = Serial output data changes on transition from Idle clock state to active clock state (see bit 6)
bit 7 SSEN: Slave Select Enable bit (Slave mode)(3)
1 = SSx pin used for Slave mode
0 = SSx pin not used by module. Pin controlled by port function
bit 6 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1 = Idle state for clock is a high level; active state is a low level
0 = Idle state for clock is a low level; active state is a high level
bit 5 MSTEN: Master Mode Enable bit
1 = Master mode
0 = Slave mode
Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. Program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes
(FRMEN = 1).
2: Do not set both Primary and Secondary prescalers to a value of 1:1.
3: This bit must be cleared when FRMEN = 1.

REGISTER 16-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 4-2 SPRE<2:0>: Secondary Prescale bits (Master mode)(2)
111 = Secondary prescale 1:1
•
•
•
bit 1-0 PPRE<1:0>: Primary Prescale bits (Master mode)(2)
11 = Primary prescale 1:1
Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. Program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes
(FRMEN = 1).
2: Do not set both Primary and Secondary prescalers to a value of 1:1.
3: This bit must be cleared when FRMEN = 1.

REGISTER 16-3: SPIxCON2: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
FRMEN SPIFSD FRMPOL — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0

— — — — — — FRMDLY —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 FRMEN: Framed SPIx Support bit

1 = Framed SPIx support enabled (SSx pin used as frame sync pulse input/output)
0 = Framed SPIx support disabled
bit 14 SPIFSD: Frame Sync Pulse Direction Control bit
1 = Frame sync pulse input (slave)
0 = Frame sync pulse output (master)
bit 13 FRMPOL: Frame Sync Pulse Polarity bit
1 = Frame sync pulse is active-high
0 = Frame sync pulse is active-low
bit 1 FRMDLY: Frame Sync Pulse Edge Select bit
1 = Frame sync pulse coincides with first bit clock
0 = Frame sync pulse precedes first bit clock
bit 0 Unimplemented: This bit must not be set to ‘1’ by the user application

17.0 INTER-INTEGRATED 17.1 Operating Modes

CIRCUIT™ (I2C™) The hardware fully implements all the master and slave
functions of the I2C Standard and Fast mode
specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit addressing.
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and The I2C module can operate either as a slave or a
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of master on an I2C bus.
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- The following types of I2C operation are supported:
• I2C slave operation with 7-bit addressing
refer to Section 19. “Inter-Integrated • I2C slave operation with 10-bit addressing
Circuit™ (I2C™)” (DS70195) of the • I2C master operation with 7-bit or 10-bit addressing
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference For details about the communication sequence in each
Manual”, which is available from the of these modes, refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). Reference Manual”. Please see the Microchip web site
2: Some registers and associated bits (www.microchip.com) for the latest dsPIC33F/PIC24H
described in this section may not be Family Reference Manual chapters.
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) module provides

complete hardware support for both Slave and
Multi-Master modes of the I2C serial communication
standard, with a 16-bit interface.
The I2C module has a 2-pin interface:
• The SCLx pin is clock.
• The SDAx pin is data.
The I2C module offers the following key features:
• I2C interface supporting both Master and Slave
modes of operation.
• I2C Slave mode supports 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing
• I2C Master mode supports 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing
• I2C port allows bidirectional transfers between
master and slaves
• Serial clock synchronization for I2C port can be
used as a handshake mechanism to suspend and
resume serial transfer (SCLREL control)
• I2C supports multi-master operation, detects bus
collision and arbitrates accordingly

FIGURE 17-1: I2C™ BLOCK DIAGRAM (X = 1)
Internal
Data Bus
I2CxRCV
Read
Shift
SCLx Clock
I2CxRSR
LSb
SDAx Address Match

Match Detect Write
I2CxMSK
Write Read
I2CxADD
Read
Start and Stop

Bit Detect
Write
Start and Stop

Bit Generation I2CxSTAT
Control Logic
Read
Collision Write
Detect
I2CxCON
Acknowledge
Generation Read
Clock
Stretching
Write
I2CxTRN
LSb
Shift Clock Read
Reload
Control
Write
BRG Down Counter I2CxBRG
Read
TCY/2

17.2 I2C Resources 17.3 I2C Registers

Many useful resources related to I2C are provided on I2CxCON and I2CxSTAT are control and status
the main product page of the Microchip web site for the registers, respectively. The I2CxCON register is
devices listed in this data sheet. This product page, readable and writable. The lower six bits of I2CxSTAT
which can be accessed using this link, contains the are read-only. The remaining bits of the I2CSTAT are
latest updates and additional information. read/write:
Note: In the event you are not able to access the • I2CxRSR is the shift register used for shifting data
product page using the link above, enter internal to the module and the user application
this URL in your browser: has no access to it
http://www.microchip.com/wwwprod- • I2CxRCV is the receive buffer and the register to
ucts/Devices.aspx?dDoc- which data bytes are written, or from which data
Name=en532315 bytes are read
• I2CxTRN is the transmit register to which bytes
17.2.1 KEY RESOURCES are written during a transmit operation
• Section 19. “Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I2C™)” • The I2CxADD register holds the slave address
(DS70195) • A status bit, ADD10, indicates 10-bit Address
• Code Samples mode
• Application Notes • The I2CxBRG acts as the Baud Rate Generator
• Software Libraries (BRG) reload value
• Webinars In receive operations, I2CxRSR and I2CxRCV together
• All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference form a double-buffered receiver. When I2CxRSR
Manuals Sections receives a complete byte, it is transferred to I2CxRCV,
and an interrupt pulse is generated.

REGISTER 17-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 HC R/W-0 HC R/W-0 HC R/W-0 HC R/W-0 HC

GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit HS = Set in hardware HC = Cleared in hardware
bit 15 I2CEN: I2Cx Enable bit

1 = Enables the I2Cx module and configures the SDAx and SCLx pins as serial port pins
0 = Disables the I2Cx module. All I2C pins are controlled by port functions
bit 13 I2CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
1 = Discontinue module operation when device enters an Idle mode
bit 12 SCLREL: SCLx Release Control bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1 = Release SCLx clock
0 = Hold SCLx clock low (clock stretch)
If STREN = 1:
Bit is R/W (i.e., software can write ‘0’ to initiate stretch and write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear
at beginning of slave transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave reception.
If STREN = 0:
Bit is R/S (i.e., software can only write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at beginning of slave
transmission.
bit 11 IPMIEN: Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface (IPMI) Enable bit
1 = IPMI mode is enabled; all addresses Acknowledged
0 = IPMI mode disabled
bit 10 A10M: 10-bit Slave Address bit
1 = I2CxADD is a 10-bit slave address
0 = I2CxADD is a 7-bit slave address
bit 9 DISSLW: Disable Slew Rate Control bit
1 = Slew rate control disabled
0 = Slew rate control enabled
bit 8 SMEN: SMBus Input Levels bit
1 = Enable I/O pin thresholds compliant with SMBus specification
0 = Disable SMBus input thresholds
bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1 = Enable interrupt when a general call address is received in the I2CxRSR
(module is enabled for reception)
0 = General call address disabled
bit 6 STREN: SCLx Clock Stretch Enable bit (when operating as I2C slave)
Used in conjunction with SCLREL bit.
1 = Enable software or receive clock stretching
0 = Disable software or receive clock stretching

REGISTER 17-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (when operating as I2C master, applicable during master receive)
Value that is transmitted when the software initiates an Acknowledge sequence.
1 = Send NACK during Acknowledge
0 = Send ACK during Acknowledge
bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit
(when operating as I2C master, applicable during master receive)
1 = Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Hardware clear at end of master Acknowledge sequence
0 = Acknowledge sequence not in progress
bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C. Hardware clear at end of eighth bit of master receive data byte
0 = Receive sequence not in progress
bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1 = Initiate Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Stop sequence
0 = Stop condition not in progress
bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1 = Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of
master Repeated Start sequence
0 = Repeated Start condition not in progress
bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I2C master)
1 = Initiate Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Start sequence
0 = Start condition not in progress

REGISTER 17-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER

R-0 HSC R-0 HSC U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0 HS R-0 HSC R-0 HSC
ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10
bit 15 bit 8
R/C-0 HS R/C-0 HS R-0 HSC R/C-0 HSC R/C-0 HSC R-0 HSC R-0 HSC R-0 HSC
IWCOL I2COV D_A P S R_W RBF TBF
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ C = Clear only bit

R = Readable bit W = Writable bit HS = Set in hardware HSC = Hardware set/cleared
bit 15 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit

(when operating as I2C™ master, applicable to master transmit operation)
1 = NACK received from slave
0 = ACK received from slave
Hardware set or clear at end of slave Acknowledge.
bit 14 TRSTAT: Transmit Status bit (when operating as I2C master, applicable to master transmit operation)
1 = Master transmit is in progress (8 bits + ACK)
0 = Master transmit is not in progress
Hardware set at beginning of master transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave Acknowledge.
bit 10 BCL: Master Bus Collision Detect bit
1 = A bus collision has been detected during a master operation
0 = No collision
Hardware set at detection of bus collision.
bit 9 GCSTAT: General Call Status bit
1 = General call address was received
0 = General call address was not received
Hardware set when address matches general call address. Hardware clear at Stop detection.
bit 8 ADD10: 10-bit Address Status bit
1 = 10-bit address was matched
0 = 10-bit address was not matched
Hardware set at match of 2nd byte of matched 10-bit address. Hardware clear at Stop detection.
bit 7 IWCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
1 = An attempt to write the I2CxTRN register failed because the I2C module is busy
0 = No collision
Hardware set at occurrence of write to I2CxTRN while busy (cleared by software).
bit 6 I2COV: Receive Overflow Flag bit
1 = A byte was received while the I2CxRCV register is still holding the previous byte
0 = No overflow
Hardware set at attempt to transfer I2CxRSR to I2CxRCV (cleared by software).
bit 5 D_A: Data/Address bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1 = Indicates that the last byte received was data
0 = Indicates that the last byte received was device address
Hardware clear at device address match. Hardware set by reception of slave byte.
bit 4 P: Stop bit
1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0 = Stop bit was not detected last
Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.

REGISTER 17-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 3 S: Start bit
1 = Indicates that a Start (or Repeated Start) bit has been detected last
0 = Start bit was not detected last
Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.
bit 2 R_W: Read/Write Information bit (when operating as I2C slave)
1 = Read – indicates data transfer is output from slave
0 = Write – indicates data transfer is input to slave
Hardware set or clear after reception of I 2C device address byte.
bit 1 RBF: Receive Buffer Full Status bit
1 = Receive complete, I2CxRCV is full
0 = Receive not complete, I2CxRCV is empty
Hardware set when I2CxRCV is written with received byte. Hardware clear when software
reads I2CxRCV.
bit 0 TBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit
1 = Transmit in progress, I2CxTRN is full
0 = Transmit complete, I2CxTRN is empty
Hardware set when software writes I2CxTRN. Hardware clear at completion of data transmission.

REGISTER 17-3: I2CxMSK: I2Cx SLAVE MODE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — — AMSK9 AMSK8
bit 15 bit 8

AMSK7 AMSK6 AMSK5 AMSK4 AMSK3 AMSK2 AMSK1 AMSK0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 9-0 AMSKx: Mask for Address bit x Select bit
1 = Enable masking for bit x of incoming message address; bit match not required in this position
0 = Disable masking for bit x; bit match required in this position

18.0 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS The primary features of the UART module are:
RECEIVER TRANSMITTER • Full-Duplex, 8- or 9-bit Data Transmission through
(UART) the UxTX and UxRX pins
• Even, Odd or No Parity Options (for 8-bit data)
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features • One or two stop bits
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, • Hardware flow control option with UxCTS and
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and UxRTS pins
• Fully integrated Baud Rate Generator with 16-bit
devices. It is not intended to be a
prescaler
complement the information in this data • Baud rates ranging from 10 Mbps to 38 bps at 40
sheet, refer to Section 17. “UART” MIPS
(DS70188) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H • 4-deep First-In First-Out (FIFO) Transmit Data
Family Reference Manual”, which is buffer
available from the Microchip web site • 4-deep FIFO Receive Data buffer
(www.microchip.com). • Parity, framing and buffer overrun error detection
2: Some registers and associated bits • Support for 9-bit mode with Address Detect
described in this section may not be (9th bit = 1)
available on all devices. Refer to • Transmit and Receive interrupts
• A separate interrupt for all UART error conditions
and bit information. • Loopback mode for diagnostic support
• Support for sync and break characters
The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter • Support for automatic baud rate detection
(UART) module is one of the serial I/O modules avail-
• IrDA® encoder and decoder logic
able in the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/
X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 device family. The • 16x baud clock output for IrDA® support
UART is a full-duplex asynchronous system that can A simplified block diagram of the UART module is
communicate with peripheral devices, such as per- shown in Figure 18-1. The UART module consists of
sonal computers, LIN 2.0, RS-232 and RS-485 inter- these key hardware elements:
faces. The module also supports a hardware flow • Baud Rate Generator
control option with the UxCTS and UxRTS pins and
• Asynchronous Transmitter
also includes an IrDA® encoder and decoder.
• Asynchronous Receiver
FIGURE 18-1: UART SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
Baud Rate Generator
IrDA®
Hardware Flow Control UxRTS/BLCKx

UxCTS
UART Receiver UxRX
UART Transmitter UxTX
Note 1: Both UART1 and UART2 can trigger a DMA data transfer.
2: If DMA transfers are required, the UART TX/RX FIFO buffer must be set to a size of 1 byte/word
(i.e., UTXISEL<1:0> = 00 and URXISEL<1:0> = 00).

18.1 UART Helpful Tips 18.2 UART Resources

1. In multi-node direct-connect UART networks, Many useful resources related to UART are provided
UART receive inputs react to the on the main product page of the Microchip web site for
complementary logic level defined by the the devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,
URXINV bit (UxMODE<4>), which defines the which can be accessed using this link, contains the
idle state, the default of which is logic high, (i.e., latest updates and additional information.
URXINV = 0). Because remote devices do not
initialize at the same time, it is likely that one of
the devices, because the RX line is floating, will
trigger a start bit detection and will cause the
first byte received after the device has been ini-
tialized to be invalid. To avoid this situation, the
user should use a pull-up or pull-down resistor
on the RX pin depending on the value of the 18.2.1 KEY RESOURCES
URXINV bit. • Section 17. “UART” (DS70188)
a) If URXINV = 0, use a pull-up resistor on the • Code Samples
RX pin. • Application Notes
b) If URXINV = 1, use a pull-down resistor on • Software Libraries
the RX pin. • Webinars
2. The first character received on a wake-up from • All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
Sleep mode caused by activity on the UxRX pin Manuals Sections
of the UART module will be invalid. In Sleep
mode, peripheral clocks are disabled. By the
time the oscillator system has restarted and
stabilized from Sleep mode, the baud rate bit
sampling clock relative to the incoming UxRX bit
timing is no longer synchronized, resulting in the
first character being invalid. This is to be
expected.

18.3 UART Control Registers

REGISTER 18-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
UARTEN(1) — USIDL IREN(2) RTSMD — UEN<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 HC R/W-0 R/W-0 HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

WAKE LPBACK ABAUD URXINV BRGH PDSEL<1:0> STSEL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HC = Hardware cleared

bit 15 UARTEN: UARTx Enable bit(1)

1 = UARTx is enabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by UARTx as defined by UEN<1:0>
0 = UARTx is disabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by port latches; UARTx power consumption
minimal
bit 13 USIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 12 IREN: IrDA® Encoder and Decoder Enable bit(2)
1 = IrDA encoder and decoder enabled
0 = IrDA encoder and decoder disabled
bit 11 RTSMD: Mode Selection for UxRTS Pin bit
1 = UxRTS pin in Simplex mode
0 = UxRTS pin in Flow Control mode
bit 9-8 UEN<1:0>: UARTx Enable bits
11 = UxTX, UxRX and BCLK pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches
10 = UxTX, UxRX, UxCTS and UxRTS pins are enabled and used
01 = UxTX, UxRX and UxRTS pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches
00 = UxTX and UxRX pins are enabled and used; UxCTS and UxRTS/BCLK pins controlled by
port latches
bit 7 WAKE: Wake-up on Start bit Detect During Sleep Mode Enable bit
1 = UARTx continues to sample the UxRX pin; interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared
in hardware on following rising edge
0 = No wake-up enabled
bit 6 LPBACK: UARTx Loopback Mode Select bit
1 = Enable Loopback mode
0 = Loopback mode is disabled
bit 5 ABAUD: Auto-Baud Enable bit
1 = Enable baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a Sync field (55h)
before other data; cleared in hardware upon completion
0 = Baud rate measurement disabled or completed
Note 1: Refer to Section 17. “UART” (DS70232) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for
information on enabling the UART module for receive or transmit operation.
2: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).

REGISTER 18-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 4 URXINV: Receive Polarity Inversion bit
1 = UxRX Idle state is ‘0’
0 = UxRX Idle state is ‘1’
bit 3 BRGH: High Baud Rate Enable bit
1 = BRG generates 4 clocks per bit period (4x baud clock, High-Speed mode)
0 = BRG generates 16 clocks per bit period (16x baud clock, Standard mode)
bit 2-1 PDSEL<1:0>: Parity and Data Selection bits
11 = 9-bit data, no parity
10 = 8-bit data, odd parity
01 = 8-bit data, even parity
00 = 8-bit data, no parity
bit 0 STSEL: Stop Bit Selection bit
1 = Two Stop bits
0 = One Stop bit
information on enabling the UART module for receive or transmit operation.
2: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).

REGISTER 18-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 HC R/W-0 R-0 R-1
UTXISEL1 UTXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN(1) UTXBF TRMT
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-0 R-0 R/C-0 R-0

URXISEL<1:0> ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HC = Hardware cleared C = Clear only bit

bit 15,13 UTXISEL<1:0>: Transmission Interrupt Mode Selection bits

11 = Reserved; do not use
10 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register, and as a result, the
transmit buffer becomes empty
01 = Interrupt when the last character is shifted out of the Transmit Shift Register; all transmit
operations are completed
00 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (this implies there is
at least one character open in the transmit buffer)
bit 14 UTXINV: Transmit Polarity Inversion bit
If IREN = 0:
1 = UxTX Idle state is ‘0’
0 = UxTX Idle state is ‘1’
If IREN = 1:
1 = IrDA® encoded UxTX Idle state is ‘1’
0 = IrDA® encoded UxTX Idle state is ‘0’
bit 11 UTXBRK: Transmit Break bit
1 = Send Sync Break on next transmission – Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit;
cleared by hardware upon completion
0 = Sync Break transmission disabled or completed
bit 10 UTXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1)
1 = Transmit enabled, UxTX pin controlled by UARTx
0 = Transmit disabled, any pending transmission is aborted and buffer is reset. UxTX pin controlled
by port
bit 9 UTXBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit (read-only)
1 = Transmit buffer is full
0 = Transmit buffer is not full, at least one more character can be written
bit 8 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Empty bit (read-only)
1 = Transmit Shift Register is empty and transmit buffer is empty (the last transmission has completed)
0 = Transmit Shift Register is not empty, a transmission is in progress or queued
bit 7-6 URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits
11 = Interrupt is set on UxRSR transfer making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters)
10 = Interrupt is set on UxRSR transfer making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters)
0x = Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the UxRSR to the receive
buffer. Receive buffer has one or more characters
information on enabling the UART module for transmit operation.

REGISTER 18-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 5 ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1)
1 = Address Detect mode enabled. If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect
0 = Address Detect mode disabled
bit 4 RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only)
1 = Receiver is Idle
0 = Receiver is active
bit 3 PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only)
1 = Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)
0 = Parity error has not been detected
bit 2 FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only)
1 = Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive
FIFO)
0 = Framing error has not been detected
bit 1 OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (read/clear only)
1 = Receive buffer has overflowed
0 = Receive buffer has not overflowed. Clearing a previously set OERR bit (1 → 0 transition) resets
the receiver buffer and the UxRSR to the empty state
bit 0 URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only)
1 = Receive buffer has data, at least one more character can be read
0 = Receive buffer is empty
information on enabling the UART module for transmit operation.

19.0 ENHANCED CAN (ECAN™) The module features are as follows:

MODULE • Implementation of the CAN protocol, CAN 1.2,
CAN 2.0A and CAN 2.0B
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, • Standard and extended data frames
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and • Data length of 0-8 bytes
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of • Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbit/sec
devices. It is not intended to be a • Automatic response to remote transmission
comprehensive reference source. To requests
complement the information in this data • Up to eight transmit buffers with application speci-
sheet, refer to Section 21. “Enhanced fied prioritization and abort capability (each buffer
Controller Area Network (ECAN™)” can contain up to 8 bytes of data)
• Up to 32 receive buffers (each buffer can contain
Family Reference Manual”, which is
up to 8 bytes of data)
(www.microchip.com). • Up to 16 full (standard/extended identifier)
acceptance filters
• Three full acceptance filter masks
available on all devices. Refer to • DeviceNet™ addressing support
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in • Programmable wake-up functionality with
this data sheet for device-specific register integrated low-pass filter
and bit information. • Programmable Loopback mode supports self-test
operation
19.1 Overview • Signaling via interrupt capabilities for all CAN
The Enhanced Controller Area Network (ECAN) receiver and transmitter error states
module is a serial interface, useful for communicating • Programmable clock source
with other CAN modules or microcontroller devices. • Programmable link to input capture module (IC2
This interface/protocol was designed to allow for CAN1) for time-stamping and network
communications within noisy environments. The synchronization
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and • Low-power Sleep and Idle mode
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices contain up to two
The CAN bus module consists of a protocol engine and
ECAN modules.
message buffering/control. The CAN protocol engine
The ECAN module is a communication controller handles all functions for receiving and transmitting
implementing the CAN 2.0 A/B protocol, as defined in messages on the CAN bus. Messages are transmitted
the BOSCH CAN specification. The module supports by first loading the appropriate data registers. Status
CAN 1.2, CAN 2.0A, CAN 2.0B Passive and CAN 2.0B and errors can be checked by reading the appropriate
Active versions of the protocol. The module registers. Any message detected on the CAN bus is
implementation is a full CAN system. The CAN specifi- checked for errors and then matched against filters to
cation is not covered within this data sheet. The reader see if it should be received and stored in one of the
can refer to the BOSCH CAN specification for further receive registers.
details.

19.2 Frame Types

The ECAN module transmits various types of frames
which include data messages, or remote transmission
requests initiated by the user, as other frames that are
automatically generated for control purposes. The
following frame types are supported:
• Standard Data Frame:
A standard data frame is generated by a node
when the node wishes to transmit data. It includes
an 11-bit Standard Identifier (SID), but not an 18-
bit Extended Identifier (EID).
• Extended Data Frame:
An extended data frame is similar to a standard
data frame, but includes an extended identifier as
well.
• Remote Frame:
It is possible for a destination node to request the
data from the source. For this purpose, the
destination node sends a remote frame with an
identifier that matches the identifier of the
required data frame. The appropriate data source
node sends a data frame as a response to this
remote request.
• Error Frame:
An error frame is generated by any node that
detects a bus error. An error frame consists of two
fields: an error flag field and an error delimiter
field.
• Overload Frame:
An overload frame can be generated by a node as
a result of two conditions. First, the node detects a
dominant bit during interframe space which is an
illegal condition. Second, due to internal condi-
tions, the node is not yet able to start reception of
the next message. A node can generate a maxi-
mum of 2 sequential overload frames to delay the
start of the next message.
• Interframe Space:
Interframe space separates a proceeding frame
(of whatever type) from a following data or remote
frame.

FIGURE 19-1: ECAN™ MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM
RxF15 Filter
RxF14 Filter
RxF13 Filter
RxF12 Filter
RxF11 Filter
DMA Controller
RxF10 Filter
RxF9 Filter
RxF8 Filter
TRB7 TX/RX Buffer Control Register RxF7 Filter
TRB2 TX/RX Buffer Control Register RxF2 Filter RxM2 Mask

Transmit Byte Message Assembly

Sequencer Buffer
Control
CPU
Configuration
Bus
Logic
CAN Protocol
Engine
Interrupts
C1Tx C1Rx

19.3 Modes of Operation The module can be programmed to apply a low-pass

filter function to the CiRX input line while the module or
The ECAN module can operate in one of several the CPU is in Sleep mode. The WAKFIL bit
operation modes selected by the user. These modes (CiCFG2<14>) enables or disables the filter.
include:
• Initialization mode Note: Typically, if the ECAN module is allowed to
• Disable mode transmit in a particular mode of operation
and a transmission is requested immedi-
• Normal Operation mode
ately after the ECAN module has been
• Listen Only mode
placed in that mode of operation, the mod-
• Listen All Messages mode ule waits for 11 consecutive recessive bits
• Loopback mode on the bus before starting transmission. If
Modes are requested by setting the REQOP<2:0> bits the user switches to Disable mode within
(CiCTRL1<10:8>). Entry into a mode is Acknowledged this 11-bit period, then this transmission is
by monitoring the OPMODE<2:0> bits aborted and the corresponding TXABT bit
(CiCTRL1<7:5>). The module does not change the is set and TXREQ bit is cleared.
mode and the OPMODE bits until a change in mode is
acceptable, generally during bus Idle time, which is 19.3.3 NORMAL OPERATION MODE
defined as at least 11 consecutive recessive bits. Normal Operation mode is selected when
REQOP<2:0> = 000. In this mode, the module is
19.3.1 INITIALIZATION MODE activated and the I/O pins assumes the CAN bus
In the Initialization mode, the module does not transmit functions. The module transmits and receive CAN bus
or receive. The error counters are cleared and the inter- messages via the CiTX and CiRX pins.
rupt flags remain unchanged. The user application has
access to Configuration registers that are access 19.3.4 LISTEN ONLY MODE
restricted in other modes. The module protects the user If the Listen Only mode is activated, the module on the
from accidentally violating the CAN protocol through CAN bus is passive. The transmitter buffers revert to
programming errors. All registers which control the the port I/O function. The receive pins remain inputs.
configuration of the module cannot be modified while For the receiver, no error flags or Acknowledge signals
the module is on-line. The ECAN module is not allowed are sent. The error counters are deactivated in this
to enter the Configuration mode while a transmission is state. The Listen Only mode can be used for detecting
taking place. The Configuration mode serves as a lock the baud rate on the CAN bus. To use this, it is neces-
to protect the following registers: sary that there are at least two further nodes that
• All Module Control registers communicate with each other.
• Baud Rate and Interrupt Configuration registers
19.3.5 LISTEN ALL MESSAGES MODE
• Bus Timing registers
• Identifier Acceptance Filter registers The module can be set to ignore all errors and receive
• Identifier Acceptance Mask registers any message. The Listen All Messages mode is
activated by setting REQOP<2:0> = 111. In this mode,
19.3.2 DISABLE MODE the data which is in the message assembly buffer, until
the time an error occurred, is copied in the receive
In Disable mode, the ECAN module does not transmit
buffer and can be read via the CPU interface.
or receive. The module can set the WAKIF bit due to
bus activity, however, any pending interrupts remains 19.3.6 LOOPBACK MODE
and the error counters retains their value.
If the Loopback mode is activated, the module con-
If the REQOP<2:0> bits (CiCTRL1<10:8>) = 001, the nects the internal transmit signal to the internal receive
module enters the Module Disable mode. If the module is signal at the module boundary. The transmit and
active, the module waits for 11 recessive bits on the CAN receive pins revert to their port I/O function.
bus, detect that condition as an Idle bus, then accept the
module disable command. When the OPMODE<2:0>
bits (CiCTRL1<7:5>) = 001, that indicates whether the
module successfully went into Module Disable mode.
The I/O pins reverts to normal I/O function when the
module is in the Module Disable mode.

19.4 ECAN Resources

Many useful resources related to ECAN are provided

• Section 21. “Enhanced Controller Area Network
(ECAN™)” (DS70185)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

19.5 ECAN Control Registers

REGISTER 19-1: CiCTRL1: ECAN™ CONTROL REGISTER 1
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 r-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — CSIDL ABAT — REQOP<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R-1 R-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0

OPMODE<2:0> — CANCAP — — WIN
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Writable bit, but only ‘0’ can be written to clear the bit r = Bit is Reserved

bit 13 CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 12 ABAT: Abort All Pending Transmissions bit
1 = Signal all transmit buffers to abort transmission
0 = Module will clear this bit when all transmissions are aborted
bit 11 Reserved: Do not use
bit 10-8 REQOP<2:0>: Request Operation Mode bits
000 = Set Normal Operation mode
001 = Set Disable mode
010 = Set Loopback mode
011 = Set Listen Only Mode
100 = Set Configuration mode
101 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
111 = Set Listen All Messages mode
bit 7-5 OPMODE<2:0>: Operation Mode bits
000 = Module is in Normal Operation mode
001 = Module is in Disable mode
010 = Module is in Loopback mode
011 = Module is in Listen Only mode
100 = Module is in Configuration mode
101 = Reserved
110 = Reserved
111 = Module is in Listen All Messages mode
bit 3 CANCAP: CAN Message Receive Timer Capture Event Enable bit
1 = Enable input capture based on CAN message receive
0 = Disable CAN capture
bit 0 WIN: SFR Map Window Select bit
1 = Use filter window
0 = Use buffer window

REGISTER 19-2: CiCTRL2: ECAN™ CONTROL REGISTER 2

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

— — — DNCNT<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Writeable bit, but only ‘0’ can be written to clear the bit

bit 4-0 DNCNT<4:0>: DeviceNet™ Filter Bit Number bits
10010-11111 = Invalid selection
10001 = Compare up to data byte 3, bit 6 with EID<17>
•
•
•
00001 = Compare up to data byte 1, bit 7 with EID<0>
00000 = Do not compare data bytes

REGISTER 19-3: CiVEC: ECAN™ INTERRUPT CODE REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
— — — FILHIT<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 R-1 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

— ICODE<6:0>
bit 7 bit 0

bit 12-8 FILHIT<4:0>: Filter Hit Number bits
10000-11111 = Reserved
01111 = Filter 15
•
•
•
00001 = Filter 1
00000 = Filter 0
bit 6-0 ICODE<6:0>: Interrupt Flag Code bits
1000101-1111111 = Reserved
1000100 = FIFO almost full interrupt
1000011 = Receiver overflow interrupt
1000010 = Wake-up interrupt
1000001 = Error interrupt
1000000 = No interrupt
•
•
•
0010000-0111111 = Reserved
0001111 = RB15 buffer Interrupt
•
•
•
0001001 = RB9 buffer interrupt
0001000 = RB8 buffer interrupt
0000111 = TRB7 buffer interrupt
0000000 = TRB0 Buffer interrupt

REGISTER 19-4: CiFCTRL: ECAN™ FIFO CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
DMABS<2:0> — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — FSA<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-13 DMABS<2:0>: DMA Buffer Size bits

111 = Reserved
110 = 32 buffers in DMA RAM
bit 4-0 FSA<4:0>: FIFO Area Starts with Buffer bits
11111 = Read buffer RB31
11110 = Read buffer RB30
•
•
•
00001 = TX/RX buffer TRB1
00000 = TX/RX buffer TRB0

REGISTER 19-5: CiFIFO: ECAN™ FIFO STATUS REGISTER

U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
— — FBP<5:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

— — FNRB<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: C = Writable bit, but only ‘0’ can be written to clear the bit

bit 13-8 FBP<5:0>: FIFO Buffer Pointer bits
011111 = RB31 buffer
•
•
•
000001 = TRB1 buffer
bit 5-0 FNRB<5:0>: FIFO Next Read Buffer Pointer bits
•
•
•

REGISTER 19-6: CiINTF: ECAN™ INTERRUPT FLAG REGISTER

U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
— — TXBO TXBP RXBP TXWAR RXWAR EWARN
bit 15 bit 8
R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 U-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/C-0

IVRIF WAKIF ERRIF — FIFOIF RBOVIF RBIF TBIF
bit 7 bit 0

bit 13 TXBO: Transmitter in Error State Bus Off bit
1 = Transmitter is in Bus Off state
0 = Transmitter is not in Bus Off state
bit 12 TXBP: Transmitter in Error State Bus Passive bit
1 = Transmitter is in Bus Passive state
0 = Transmitter is not in Bus Passive state
bit 11 RXBP: Receiver in Error State Bus Passive bit
1 = Receiver is in Bus Passive state
0 = Receiver is not in Bus Passive state
bit 10 TXWAR: Transmitter in Error State Warning bit
1 = Transmitter is in Error Warning state
0 = Transmitter is not in Error Warning state
bit 9 RXWAR: Receiver in Error State Warning bit
1 = Receiver is in Error Warning state
0 = Receiver is not in Error Warning state
bit 8 EWARN: Transmitter or Receiver in Error State Warning bit
1 = Transmitter or Receiver is in Error State Warning state
0 = Transmitter or Receiver is not in Error State Warning state
bit 7 IVRIF: Invalid Message Received Interrupt Flag bit
1 = Interrupt Request has occurred
0 = Interrupt Request has not occurred
bit 6 WAKIF: Bus Wake-up Activity Interrupt Flag bit
bit 5 ERRIF: Error Interrupt Flag bit (multiple sources in CiINTF<13:8> register)
bit 3 FIFOIF: FIFO Almost Full Interrupt Flag bit
bit 2 RBOVIF: RX Buffer Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
bit 1 RBIF: RX Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
bit 0 TBIF: TX Buffer Interrupt Flag bit

REGISTER 19-7: CiINTE: ECAN™ INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

IVRIE WAKIE ERRIE — FIFOIE RBOVIE RBIE TBIE
bit 7 bit 0

bit 7 IVRIE: Invalid Message Received Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Interrupt Request Enabled
0 = Interrupt Request not enabled
bit 6 WAKIE: Bus Wake-up Activity Interrupt Flag bit
bit 5 ERRIE: Error Interrupt Enable bit
bit 3 FIFOIE: FIFO Almost Full Interrupt Enable bit
bit 2 RBOVIE: RX Buffer Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
bit 1 RBIE: RX Buffer Interrupt Enable bit
bit 0 TBIE: TX Buffer Interrupt Enable bit

REGISTER 19-8: CiEC: ECAN™ TRANSMIT/RECEIVE ERROR COUNT REGISTER

R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0
TERRCNT<7:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

RERRCNT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-8 TERRCNT<7:0>: Transmit Error Count bits

bit 7-0 RERRCNT<7:0>: Receive Error Count bits
REGISTER 19-9: CiCFG1: ECAN™ BAUD RATE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8

SJW<1:0> BRP<5:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 7-6 SJW<1:0>: Synchronization Jump Width bits
11 = Length is 4 x TQ
bit 5-0 BRP<5:0>: Baud Rate Prescaler bits
11 1111 = TQ = 2 x 64 x 1/FCAN
•
•
•
00 0010 = TQ = 2 x 3 x 1/FCAN
00 0001 = TQ = 2 x 2 x 1/FCAN
00 0000 = TQ = 2 x 1 x 1/FCAN

REGISTER 19-10: CiCFG2: ECAN™ BAUD RATE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2

U-0 R/W-x U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
— WAKFIL — — — SEG2PH<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

SEG2PHTS SAM SEG1PH<2:0> PRSEG<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 WAKFIL: Select CAN bus Line Filter for Wake-up bit
1 = Use CAN bus line filter for wake-up
0 = CAN bus line filter is not used for wake-up
bit 10-8 SEG2PH<2:0>: Phase Segment 2 bits
•
•
•
bit 7 SEG2PHTS: Phase Segment 2 Time Select bit
1 = Freely programmable
0 = Maximum of SEG1PH bits or Information Processing Time (IPT), whichever is greater
bit 6 SAM: Sample of the CAN bus Line bit
1 = Bus line is sampled three times at the sample point
0 = Bus line is sampled once at the sample point
bit 5-3 SEG1PH<2:0>: Phase Segment 1 bits
•
•
•
bit 2-0 PRSEG<2:0>: Propagation Time Segment bits
•
•
•

REGISTER 19-11: CiFEN1: ECAN™ ACCEPTANCE FILTER ENABLE REGISTER

FLTEN15 FLTEN14 FLTEN13 FLTEN12 FLTEN11 FLTEN10 FLTEN9 FLTEN8
bit 15 bit 8

FLTEN7 FLTEN6 FLTEN5 FLTEN4 FLTEN3 FLTEN2 FLTEN1 FLTEN0
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-0 FLTENn: Enable Filter n to Accept Messages bits

1 = Enable Filter n
0 = Disable Filter n
REGISTER 19-12: CiBUFPNT1: ECAN™ FILTER 0-3 BUFFER POINTER REGISTER

F3BP<3:0> F2BP<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

F1BP<3:0> F0BP<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-12 F3BP<3:0>: RX Buffer mask for Filter 3

1111 = Filter hits received in RX FIFO buffer
1110 = Filter hits received in RX Buffer 14
•
•
•
bit 11-8 F2BP<3:0>: RX Buffer mask for Filter 2 (same values as bit 15-12)


F7BP<3:0> F6BP<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

F5BP<3:0> F4BP<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0

•
•
•

F11BP<3:0> F10BP<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

F9BP<3:0> F8BP<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0

•
•
•


F15BP<3:0> F14BP<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

F13BP<3:0> F12BP<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0

•
•
•

REGISTER 19-16: CiRXFnSID: ECAN™ ACCEPTANCE FILTER STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTER

n (n = 0-15)
SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x U-0 R/W-x U-0 R/W-x R/W-x

SID2 SID1 SID0 — EXIDE — EID17 EID16
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-5 SID<10:0>: Standard Identifier bits

1 = Message address bit SIDx must be ‘1’ to match filter
0 = Message address bit SIDx must be ‘0’ to match filter
bit 3 EXIDE: Extended Identifier Enable bit
If MIDE = 1, then:
1 = Match only messages with extended identifier addresses
0 = Match only messages with standard identifier addresses
If MIDE = 0, then:
Ignore the EXIDE bit.
bit 1-0 EID<17:16>: Extended Identifier bits
1 = Message address bit EIDx must be ‘1’ to match filter

REGISTER 19-17: CiRXFnEID: ECAN™ ACCEPTANCE FILTER EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTER

n (n = 0-15)
EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID10 EID9 EID8
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0

REGISTER 19-18: CiFMSKSEL1: ECAN™ FILTER 7-0 MASK SELECTION REGISTER

F7MSK<1:0> F6MSK<1:0> F5MSK<1:0> F4MSK<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-14 F7MSK<1:0>: Mask Source for Filter 7 bit

11 = No mask
10 = Acceptance Mask 2 registers contain mask
bit 13-12 F6MSK<1:0>: Mask Source for Filter 6 bit (same values as bit 15-14)

REGISTER 19-19: CiFMSKSEL2: ECAN™ FILTER 15-8 MASK SELECTION REGISTER

bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-14 F15MSK<1:0>: Mask Source for Filter 15 bit

11 = No mask

REGISTER 19-20: CiRXMnSID: ECAN™ ACCEPTANCE FILTER MASK STANDARD IDENTIFIER

REGISTER n (n = 0-2)
SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x U-0 R/W-x U-0 R/W-x R/W-x

SID2 SID1 SID0 — MIDE — EID17 EID16
bit 7 bit 0

1 = Include bit SIDx in filter comparison
0 = Bit SIDx is don’t care in filter comparison
bit 3 MIDE: Identifier Receive Mode bit
1 = Match only message types (standard or extended address) that correspond to EXIDE bit in filter
0 = Match either standard or extended address message if filters match
(i.e., if (Filter SID) = (Message SID) or if (Filter SID/EID) = (Message SID/EID))
1 = Include bit EIDx in filter comparison
0 = Bit EIDx is don’t care in filter comparison
REGISTER 19-21: CiRXMnEID: ECAN™ ACCEPTANCE FILTER MASK EXTENDED IDENTIFIER

REGISTER n (n = 0-2)
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0

1 = Include bit EIDx in filter comparison
0 = Bit EIDx is don’t care in filter comparison

REGISTER 19-22: CiRXFUL1: ECAN™ RECEIVE BUFFER FULL REGISTER 1

RXFUL15 RXFUL14 RXFUL13 RXFUL12 RXFUL11 RXFUL10 RXFUL9 RXFUL8
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-0 RXFUL<15:0>: Receive Buffer n Full bits

1 = Buffer is full (set by module)
0 = Buffer is empty
REGISTER 19-23: CiRXFUL2: ECAN™ RECEIVE BUFFER FULL REGISTER 2

bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-0 RXFUL<31:16>: Receive Buffer n Full bits

1 = Buffer is full (set by module)
0 = Buffer is empty

REGISTER 19-24: CiRXOVF1: ECAN™ RECEIVE BUFFER OVERFLOW REGISTER 1

RXOVF15 RXOVF14 RXOVF13 RXOVF12 RXOVF11 RXOVF10 RXOVF9 RXOVF8
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-0 RXOVF<15:0>: Receive Buffer n Overflow bits

1 = Module attempted to write to a full buffer (set by module)
0 = No overflow condition
REGISTER 19-25: CiRXOVF2: ECAN™ RECEIVE BUFFER OVERFLOW REGISTER 2

bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-0 RXOVF<31:16>: Receive Buffer n Overflow bits

1 = Module attempted to write to a full buffer (set by module)
0 = No overflow condition

REGISTER 19-26: CiTRmnCON: ECAN™ TX/RX BUFFER m CONTROL REGISTER

(m = 0,2,4,6; n = 1,3,5,7)
R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
TXENn TXABTn TXLARBn TXERRn TXREQn RTRENn TXnPRI<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

TXENm TXABTm(1) TXLARBm(1) TXERRm(1) TXREQm RTRENm TXmPRI<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
bit 15-8 See Definition for Bits 7-0, Controls Buffer n

bit 7 TXENm: TX/RX Buffer Selection bit
1 = Buffer TRBn is a transmit buffer
0 = Buffer TRBn is a receive buffer
bit 6 TXABTm: Message Aborted bit(1)
1 = Message was aborted
0 = Message completed transmission successfully
bit 5 TXLARBm: Message Lost Arbitration bit(1)
1 = Message lost arbitration while being sent
0 = Message did not lose arbitration while being sent
bit 4 TXERRm: Error Detected During Transmission bit(1)
1 = A bus error occurred while the message was being sent
0 = A bus error did not occur while the message was being sent
bit 3 TXREQm: Message Send Request bit
1 = Requests that a message be sent. The bit automatically clears when the message is successfully
sent
0 = Clearing the bit to ‘0’ while set requests a message abort
bit 2 RTRENm: Auto-Remote Transmit Enable bit
1 = When a remote transmit is received, TXREQ will be set
0 = When a remote transmit is received, TXREQ will be unaffected
bit 1-0 TXmPRI<1:0>: Message Transmission Priority bits
11 = Highest message priority
10 = High intermediate message priority
01 = Low intermediate message priority
00 = Lowest message priority
Note 1: This bit is cleared when the TXREQ bit is set.
Note: The buffers, SID, EID, DLC, Data Field and Receive Status registers are located in DMA RAM.

19.6 ECAN Message Buffers

ECAN Message Buffers are part of DMA RAM Memory.
They are not ECAN special function registers. The user
application must directly write into the DMA RAM area
that is configured for ECAN Message Buffers. The
location and size of the buffer area is defined by the
user application.
BUFFER 19-1: ECAN™ MESSAGE BUFFER WORD 0

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
— — — SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
bit 15 bit 8

SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 SRR IDE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 1 SRR: Substitute Remote Request bit
1 = Message will request remote transmission
0 = Normal message
bit 0 IDE: Extended Identifier bit
1 = Message will transmit extended identifier
0 = Message will transmit standard identifier

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
— — — — EID17 EID16 EID15 EID14
bit 15 bit 8

bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EID0 RTR RB1
bit 15 bit 8

— — — RB0 DLC3 DLC2 DLC1 DLC0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 9 RTR: Remote Transmission Request bit
1 = Message will request remote transmission
0 = Normal message
bit 8 RB1: Reserved Bit 1
User must set this bit to ‘0’ per CAN protocol.
bit 4 RB0: Reserved Bit 0
User must set this bit to ‘0’ per CAN protocol.
bit 3-0 DLC<3:0>: Data Length Code bits

Byte 1
bit 15 bit 8

Byte 0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-8 Byte 1<15:8>: ECAN™ Message Byte 0

bit 7-0 Byte 0<7:0>: ECAN Message Byte 1


Byte 3
bit 15 bit 8

Byte 2
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


Byte 5
bit 15 bit 8

Byte 4
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:



Byte 7
bit 15 bit 8

Byte 6
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:


— — — FILHIT<4:0>(1)
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0

— — — — — — — —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-8 FILHIT<4:0>: Filter Hit Code bits(1)
Encodes number of filter that resulted in writing this buffer.
Note 1: Only written by module for receive buffers, unused for transmit buffers.

20.0 10-BIT/12-BIT Depending on the particular device pinout, the ADC

can have up to 13 analog input pins, designated AN0
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
through AN12. In addition, there are two analog input
CONVERTER (ADC1) pins for external voltage reference connections. These
voltage reference inputs can be shared with other
analog input pins. The actual number of analog input
pins and external voltage reference input configuration
depends on the specific device.
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- Block diagrams of the ADC module are shown in
hensive reference source. To comple- Figure 20-1 and Figure 20-2.
refer to Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital 20.2 ADC Initialization
Converter (ADC)” (DS70183) of the
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference The following configuration steps should be performed.
Manual”, which is available from the 1. Configure the ADC module:
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). a) Select port pins as analog inputs
2: Some registers and associated bits (AD1PCFGH<15:0> or AD1PCFGL<15:0>)
described in this section may not be b) Select voltage reference source to match
available on all devices. Refer to expected range on analog inputs
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in (AD1CON2<15:13>)
this data sheet for device-specific register c) Select the analog conversion clock to
and bit information. match desired data rate with processor
clock (AD1CON3<7:0>)
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices have up to 13 d) Determine how many S/H channels are
ADC input channels. used (AD1CON2<9:8> and
AD1PCFGH<15:0> or AD1PCFGL<15:0>)
The AD12B bit (AD1CON1<10>) allows each of the
e) Select the appropriate sample/conversion
ADC modules to be configured by the user as either a
sequence (AD1CON1<7:5> and
10-bit, 4-sample/hold ADC (default configuration) or a
AD1CON3<12:8>)
12-bit, 1-sample/hold ADC.
f) Select how conversion results are
Note: The ADC module needs to be disabled presented in the buffer (AD1CON1<9:8>)
before modifying the AD12B bit. g) Turn on ADC module (AD1CON1<15>)
2. Configure ADC interrupt (if required):
20.1 Key Features a) Clear the AD1IF bit
The 10-bit ADC configuration has the following key b) Select ADC interrupt priority
features:
• Successive Approximation (SAR) conversion 20.3 ADC and DMA
• Conversion speeds of up to 1.1 Msps If more than one conversion result needs to be buffered
• Up to 13 analog input pins before triggering an interrupt, DMA data transfers can
• External voltage reference input pins be used. ADC1 can trigger a DMA data transfer. If
ADC1 is selected as the DMA IRQ source, a DMA
• Simultaneous sampling of up to four analog input
transfer occurs when the AD1IF bit gets set as a result
pins
of an ADC1 sample conversion sequence.
• Automatic Channel Scan mode
The SMPI<3:0> bits (AD1CON2<5:2>) are used to
• Selectable conversion trigger source
select how often the DMA RAM buffer pointer is
• Selectable Buffer Fill modes incremented.
• Operation during CPU Sleep and Idle modes
The ADDMABM bit (AD1CON1<12>) determines how
The 12-bit ADC configuration supports all the above the conversion results are filled in the DMA RAM buffer
features, except: area being used for ADC. If this bit is set, DMA buffers
• In the 12-bit configuration, conversion speeds of are written in the order of conversion. The module
up to 500 ksps are supported provides an address to the DMA channel that is the
• There is only one sample/hold amplifier in the same as the address used for the non-DMA
12-bit configuration, so simultaneous sampling of stand-alone buffer. If the ADDMABM bit is cleared, then
multiple channels is not supported. DMA buffers are written in Scatter/Gather mode. The
module provides a scatter/gather address to the DMA
channel, based on the index of the analog input and the
size of the DMA buffer.

FIGURE 20-1: ADC1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PIC24HJ32GP304, PIC24HJ64GP204/504

AND PIC24HJ128GP204/504 DEVICES
AN0
AN12
S/H0
CHANNEL
SCAN +
CH0SB<4:0>
CH0SA<4:0> -
CH0 CSCNA
AN1
VREFL
CH0NA CH0NB
AN0 (1)
VREF+(1) AVDD VREF- AVSS
AN3 S/H1
+
CH123SA CH123SB -
CH1(2)
AN6
AN9 VCFG<2:0>
VREFL
VREFH VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
SAR ADC ADC1BUF0
AN1
AN4
S/H2
+
CH123SA CH123SB -
CH2(2) AN7
AN10
VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
AN2
AN5
S/H3
+
CH123SA CH123SB
-
CH3(2)
AN8
AN11
VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
Alternate
Input Selection
Note 1:VREF+, VREF- inputs can be multiplexed with other analog inputs.
2: Channels 1, 2 and 3 are not applicable for the 12-bit mode of operation.

FIGURE 20-2: ADC1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PIC24HJ32GP302, PIC24HJ64GP202/502

AND PIC24HJ128GP202/502 DEVICES
AN0
AN12
S/H0
CHANNEL
SCAN +
CH0SB<4:0>
CH0SA<4:0> -
CH0 CSCNA
AN1
VREFL
CH0NA CH0NB
AN0 (1)
VREF+(1) AVDD VREF- AVSS
AN3 S/H1
+
CH123SA CH123SB -
CH1(2)
AN9 VCFG<2:0>
VREFL
VREFH VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
SAR ADC ADC1BUF0
AN1
AN4
S/H2
+
CH123SA CH123SB -
CH2(2)
AN10
VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
AN2
AN5
S/H3
+
CH123SA CH123SB
-
CH3(2)
AN11
VREFL
CH123NA CH123NB
Alternate
Input Selection
Note 1:VREF+, VREF- inputs can be multiplexed with other analog inputs.
2: Channels 1, 2 and 3 are not applicable for the 12-bit mode of operation.

FIGURE 20-3: ADC CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD BLOCK DIAGRAM
AD1CON3<15>
ADC Internal
RC Clock(2) 1
TAD
AD1CON3<7:0> 0
ADC Conversion
TCY Clock Multiplier
TOSC(1) X2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5,..., 64
Note 1: Refer to Figure 9-2 for the derivation of Fosc when the PLL is enabled. If the PLL is not used, Fosc is equal to
the clock source frequency. Tosc = 1/Fosc
2: See the ADC electrical characteristics for the exact RC clock value.

20.4 ADC Helpful Tips 20.5 ADC Resources

1. The SMPI<3:0> (AD1CON2<5:2>) control bits: Many useful resources related to ADC are provided on
a) Determine when the ADC interrupt flag is the main product page of the Microchip web site for the
set and an interrupt is generated if enabled. devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,
b) When the CSCNA bit (AD1CON2<10>) is which can be accessed using this link, contains the
set to ‘1’, determines when the ADC analog latest updates and additional information.
scan channel list defined in the Note: In the event you are not able to access the
AD1CSSL/AD1CSSH registers starts over product page using the link above, enter
from the beginning. this URL in your browser:
c) On devices without a DMA peripheral, http://www.microchip.com/wwwprod-
determines when ADC result buffer pointer ucts/Devices.aspx?dDoc-
to ADC1BUF0-ADC1BUFF, gets reset back Name=en534555
to the beginning at ADC1BUF0.
2. On devices without a DMA module, the ADC has 20.5.1 KEY RESOURCES
16 result buffers. ADC conversion results are • Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter
stored sequentially in ADC1BUF0-ADC1BUFF (ADC)” (DS70183)
regardless of which analog inputs are being
• Code Samples
used subject to the SMPI<3:0> bits
(AD1CON2<5:2>) and the condition described • Application Notes
in 1c above. There is no relationship between • Software Libraries
the ANx input being measured and which ADC • Webinars
buffer (ADC1BUF0-ADC1BUFF) that the • All related dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
conversion results will be placed in. Manuals Sections
3. On devices with a DMA module, the ADC mod- • Development Tools
ule has only 1 ADC result buffer, (i.e.,
ADC1BUF0), per ADC peripheral and the ADC
conversion result must be read either by the
CPU or DMA controller before the next ADC
conversion is complete to avoid overwriting the
previous value.
4. The DONE bit (AD1CON1<0>) is only cleared at
the start of each conversion and is set at the
completion of the conversion, but remains set
indefinitely even through the next sample phase
until the next conversion begins. If application
code is monitoring the DONE bit in any kind of
software loop, the user must consider this
behavior because the CPU code execution is
faster than the ADC. As a result, in manual sam-
ple mode, particularly where the users code is
setting the SAMP bit (AD1CON1<1>), the
DONE bit should also be cleared by the user
application just before setting the SAMP bit.
5. On devices with two ADC modules, the
ADCxPCFG registers for both ADC modules
must be set to a logic ‘1’ to configure a target
I/O pin as a digital I/O pin. Failure to do so
means that any alternate digital input function
will always see only a logic ‘0’ as the digital
input buffer is held in Disable mode.

20.6 ADC Control Registers

REGISTER 20-1: AD1CON1: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ADON — ADSIDL ADDMABM — AD12B FORM<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/C-0

HC,HS HC, HS
SSRC<2:0> — SIMSAM ASAM SAMP DONE
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HC = Cleared by hardware HS = Set by hardware C = Clear only bit

bit 15 ADON: ADC Operating Mode bit

1 = ADC module is operating
0 = ADC is off
bit 13 ADSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 12 ADDMABM: DMA Buffer Build Mode bit
1 = DMA buffers are written in the order of conversion. The module provides an address to the DMA
channel that is the same as the address used for the non-DMA stand-alone buffer
0 = DMA buffers are written in Scatter/Gather mode. The module provides a scatter/gather address
to the DMA channel, based on the index of the analog input and the size of the DMA buffer
bit 10 AD12B: 10-bit or 12-bit Operation Mode bit
1 = 12-bit, 1-channel ADC operation
0 = 10-bit, 4-channel ADC operation
bit 9-8 FORM<1:0>: Data Output Format bits
For 10-bit operation:
11 = Reserved
10 = Reserved
01 = Signed integer (DOUT = ssss sssd dddd dddd, where s = .NOT.d<9>)
00 = Integer (DOUT = 0000 00dd dddd dddd)
For 12-bit operation:
11 = Reserved
10 = Reserved
01 = Signed Integer (DOUT = ssss sddd dddd dddd, where s = .NOT.d<11>)
00 = Integer (DOUT = 0000 dddd dddd dddd)
bit 7-5 SSRC<2:0>: Sample Clock Source Select bits
111 = Internal counter ends sampling and starts conversion (auto-convert)
110 = Reserved
101 = Reserved
100 = GP timer (Timer5 for ADC1) compare ends sampling and starts conversion
011 = Reserved
010 = GP timer (Timer3 for ADC1) compare ends sampling and starts conversion
001 = Active transition on INT0 pin ends sampling and starts conversion
000 = Clearing sample bit ends sampling and starts conversion

REGISTER 20-1: AD1CON1: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 3 SIMSAM: Simultaneous Sample Select bit (only applicable when CHPS<1:0> = 01 or 1x)
When AD12B = 1, SIMSAM is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
1 = Samples CH0, CH1, CH2, CH3 simultaneously (when CHPS<1:0> = 1x); or
Samples CH0 and CH1 simultaneously (when CHPS<1:0> = 01)
0 = Samples multiple channels individually in sequence
bit 2 ASAM: ADC Sample Auto-Start bit
1 = Sampling begins immediately after last conversion. SAMP bit is auto-set
0 = Sampling begins when SAMP bit is set
bit 1 SAMP: ADC Sample Enable bit
1 = ADC sample/hold amplifiers are sampling
0 = ADC sample/hold amplifiers are holding
If ASAM = 0, software can write ‘1’ to begin sampling. Automatically set by hardware if ASAM = 1.
If SSRC = 000, software can write ‘0’ to end sampling and start conversion. If SSRC ≠ 000,
automatically cleared by hardware to end sampling and start conversion.
bit 0 DONE: ADC Conversion Status bit
1 = ADC conversion cycle is completed
0 = ADC conversion not started or in progress
Automatically set by hardware when ADC conversion is complete. Software can write ‘0’ to clear
DONE status (software not allowed to write ‘1’). Clearing this bit does NOT affect any operation in
progress. Automatically cleared by hardware at start of a new conversion.


R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
VCFG<2:0> — — CSCNA CHPS<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

BUFS — SMPI<3:0> BUFM ALTS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-13 VCFG<2:0>: Converter Voltage Reference Configuration bits
ADREF+ ADREF-
000 AVDD AVSS
001 External VREF+ AVSS
010 AVDD External VREF-
011 External VREF+ External VREF-
1xx AVDD Avss
bit 10 CSCNA: Scan Input Selections for CH0+ during Sample A bit
1 = Scan inputs
0 = Do not scan inputs
bit 9-8 CHPS<1:0>: Selects Channels Utilized bits
When AD12B = 1, CHPS<1:0> is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
1x = Converts CH0, CH1, CH2 and CH3
01 = Converts CH0 and CH1
00 = Converts CH0
bit 7 BUFS: Buffer Fill Status bit (only valid when BUFM = 1)
1 = ADC is currently filling buffer 0x8-0xF, user should access data in 0x0-0x7
0 = ADC is currently filling buffer 0x0-0x7, user should access data in 0x8-0xF
bit 5-2 SMPI<3:0>: Selects Increment Rate for DMA Addresses bits or number of sample/conversion
operations per interrupt
1111 = Increments the DMA address or generates interrupt after completion of every 16th
sample/conversion operation
1110 = Increments the DMA address or generates interrupt after completion of every 15th
sample/conversion operation
•
•
•
0001 = Increments the DMA address after completion of every 2nd sample/conversion operation
0000 = Increments the DMA address after completion of every sample/conversion operation
bit 1 BUFM: Buffer Fill Mode Select bit
1 = Starts buffer filling at address 0x0 on first interrupt and 0x8 on next interrupt
0 = Always starts filling buffer at address 0x0
bit 0 ALTS: Alternate Input Sample Mode Select bit
1 = Uses channel input selects for Sample A on first sample and Sample B on next sample
0 = Always uses channel input selects for Sample A


R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
ADRC — — SAMC<4:0>(1)
bit 15 bit 8

ADCS<7:0>(2)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 ADRC: ADC Conversion Clock Source bit

1 = ADC internal RC clock
0 = Clock derived from system clock
bit 12-8 SAMC<4:0>: Auto Sample Time bits(1)
11111 = 31 TAD
•
•
•
00001 = 1 TAD
00000 = 0 TAD
bit 7-0 ADCS<7:0>: ADC Conversion Clock Select bits(2)
11111111 = Reserved
•
•
•
•
01000000 = Reserved
00111111 = TCY · (ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 64 · TCY = TAD
•
•
•
00000010 = TCY · (ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 3 · TCY = TAD
00000001 = TCY · (ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 2 · TCY = TAD
00000000 = TCY · (ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 1 · TCY = TAD
Note 1: This bit only used if AD1CON1<7:5 (SSRC<2:0>) = 111.

2: This bit is not used if AD1CON3<15> (ADRC) = 1.


U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — DMABL<2:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 2-0 DMABL<2:0>: Selects Number of DMA Buffer Locations per Analog Input bits
111 = Allocates 128 words of buffer to each analog input
000 = Allocates 1 word of buffer to each analog input

REGISTER 20-5: AD1CHS123: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 1, 2, 3 SELECT REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — — — CH123NB<1:0> CH123SB
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — CH123NA<1:0> CH123SA
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10-9 CH123NB<1:0>: Channel 1, 2, 3 Negative Input Select for Sample B bits
When AD12B = 1, CHxNB is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
11 = CH1 negative input is AN9, CH2 negative input is AN10, CH3 negative input is AN11
10 = CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is AN8(1)
0x = CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-
bit 8 CH123SB: Channel 1, 2, 3 Positive Input Select for Sample B bit
When AD12B = 1, CHxSA is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
1 = CH1 positive input is AN3, CH2 positive input is AN4, CH3 positive input is AN5
bit 2-1 CH123NA<1:0>: Channel 1, 2, 3 Negative Input Select for Sample A bits
When AD12B = 1, CHxNA is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
11 = CH1 negative input is AN9, CH2 negative input is AN10, CH3 negative input is AN11
10 = CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is AN8(1)
0x = CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-
bit 0 CH123SA: Channel 1, 2, 3 Positive Input Select for Sample A bit
When AD12B = 1, CHxSA is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’
Note 1: This bit setting is Reserved in PIC24HJ128GPX02, PIC24HJ64GPX02 and PIC24HJ32GPX02 (28-pin)
devices.

REGISTER 20-6: AD1CHS0: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 0 SELECT REGISTER

R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
CH0NB — — CH0SB<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

CH0NA — — CH0SA<4:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for Sample B bit

Same definition as bit 7.
bit 12-8 CH0SB<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for Sample B bits
01100 = Channel 0 positive input is AN12
•
•
•
01000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN8(1)
•
•
•
bit 7 CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for Sample A bit
1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1
0 = Channel 0 negative input is VREF-
bit 4-0 CH0SA<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for Sample A bits
•
•
•
•
•
•
Note 1: These bit settings (AN6, AN7 and AN8) are reserved on PIC24HJ128GPX02, PIC24HJ64GPX02 and
PIC24HJ32GPX02 (28-pin) devices.

REGISTER 20-7: AD1CSSL: ADC1 INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER LOW(1,2)

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — CSS12 CSS11 CSS10 CSS9 CSS8
bit 15 bit 8

CSS7 CSS6 CSS5 CSS4 CSS3 CSS2 CSS1 CSS0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-0 CSS<12:0>: ADC Input Scan Selection bits
1 = Select ANx for input scan
0 = Skip ANx for input scan
Note 1: On devices without 13 analog inputs, all AD1CSSL bits can be selected by user application. However,
inputs selected for scan without a corresponding input on device converts VREF-.
2: CSSx = ANx, where x = 0 through 12.
REGISTER 20-8: AD1PCFGL: ADC1 PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER LOW(1,2,3)

U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0
— — — PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8
bit 15 bit 8

PCFG7 PCFG6 PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12-0 PCFG<12:0>: ADC Port Configuration Control bits
1 = Port pin in Digital mode, port read input enabled, ADC input multiplexer connected to AVSS
0 = Port pin in Analog mode, port read input disabled, ADC samples pin voltage
Note 1: On devices without 13 analog inputs, all PCFG bits are R/W by user. However, PCFG bits are ignored on
ports without a corresponding input on device.
2: PCFGx = ANx, where x = 0 through 12.
3: PCFGX bits have no effect if ADC module is disabled by setting ADXMD bit in the PMDX register. In this
case, all port pins multiplexed with ANX will be in Digital mode.

NOTES:

21.0 COMPARATOR MODULE The Comparator module provides a set of dual input
comparators. The inputs to the comparator can be
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features configured to use any one of the four pin inputs
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, (C1IN+, C1IN-, C2IN+ and C2IN-) as well as the
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and Comparator Voltage Reference Input (CVREF).
Note: This peripheral contains output func-
tions that may need to be configured by
the peripheral pin select feature. For
complement the information in this data
more information, see Section 11.6
sheet, refer to Section 34. “Compara-
“Peripheral Pin Select”.
tor” (DS70212) of the “dsPIC33F/
which is available from the Microchip web
site (www.microchip.com).
FIGURE 21-1: COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES
C1NEG CMCON<6>
C1EN
C1INV
C1IN+
VIN-
C1IN-
C1OUT(1)
C1POS C1
C1IN+
VIN+ C1OUTEN
CVREF
C2NEG CMCON<7>
C2EN
C2INV
C2IN+
VIN-
C2IN-
C2OUT(1)
C2POS
C2
C2IN+
VIN+ C2OUTEN
CVREF
Note 1: This peripheral’s outputs must be assigned to an available RPn pin before use. Refer to Section 11.6 “Peripheral
Pin Select” for more information.

21.1 Comparator Resources

Many useful resources related to Comparators are

• Section 34. “Comparator” (DS70212)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

21.2 Comparator Control Register

REGISTER 21-1: CMCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

(1)
CMIDL — C2EVT C1EVT C2EN C1EN C2OUTEN C1OUTEN(2)
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV C2NEG C2POS C1NEG C1POS
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 CMIDL: Stop in Idle Mode

1 = When device enters Idle mode, module does not generate interrupts. Module is still enabled
0 = Continue normal module operation in Idle mode
bit 13 C2EVT: Comparator 2 Event
1 = Comparator output changed states
0 = Comparator output did not change states
bit 12 C1EVT: Comparator 1 Event
1 = Comparator output changed states
0 = Comparator output did not change states
bit 11 C2EN: Comparator 2 Enable
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled
bit 10 C1EN: Comparator 1 Enable
1 = Comparator is enabled
0 = Comparator is disabled
bit 9 C2OUTEN: Comparator 2 Output Enable(1)
1 = Comparator output is driven on the output pad
0 = Comparator output is not driven on the output pad
bit 8 C1OUTEN: Comparator 1 Output Enable(2)
1 = Comparator output is driven on the output pad
0 = Comparator output is not driven on the output pad
bit 7 C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output bit
When C2INV = 0:
1 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN-
0 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN-
When C2INV = 1:
0 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN-
1 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN-
Note 1: If C2OUTEN = 1, the C2OUT peripheral output must be configured to an available RPx pin. See
Section 11.6 “Peripheral Pin Select” for more information.
2: If C1OUTEN = 1, the C1OUT peripheral output must be configured to an available RPx pin. See

REGISTER 21-1: CMCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 6 C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output bit
When C1INV = 0:
1 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN-
0 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN-
When C1INV = 1:
0 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN-
1 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN-
bit 5 C2INV: Comparator 2 Output Inversion bit
1 = C2 output inverted
0 = C2 output not inverted
bit 4 C1INV: Comparator 1 Output Inversion bit
1 = C1 output inverted
0 = C1 output not inverted
bit 3 C2NEG: Comparator 2 Negative Input Configure bit
1 = Input is connected to VIN+
0 = Input is connected to VIN-
See Figure 21-1 for the comparator modes.
bit 2 C2POS: Comparator 2 Positive Input Configure bit
0 = Input is connected to CVREF
bit 1 C1NEG: Comparator 1 Negative Input Configure bit
0 = Input is connected to VIN-
bit 0 C1POS: Comparator 1 Positive Input Configure bit
0 = Input is connected to CVREF
Note 1: If C2OUTEN = 1, the C2OUT peripheral output must be configured to an available RPx pin. See
2: If C1OUTEN = 1, the C1OUT peripheral output must be configured to an available RPx pin. See

21.3 Comparator Voltage Reference The comparator reference supply voltage can come
from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and
21.3.1 CONFIGURING THE COMPARATOR VREF-. The voltage source is selected by the CVRSS
VOLTAGE REFERENCE bit (CVRCON<4>).
The Voltage Reference module is controlled through The settling time of the comparator voltage reference
the CVRCON register (Register 21-2). The comparator must be considered when changing the CVREF
voltage reference provides two ranges of output output.
voltage, each with 16 distinct levels. The range to be
used is selected by the CVRR bit (CVRCON<5>). The
primary difference between the ranges is the size of the
steps selected by the CVREF Selection bits
(CVR3:CVR0), with one range offering finer resolution.
FIGURE 21-2: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
CVRSS = 1
VREF+ CVRSRC CVRCON<3:0>
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
AVDD 8R
CVRSS = 0
CVREN R CVREFIN
R
16 Steps 16-to-1 MUX
CVREF
R CVROE (CVRCON<6>)
R
R
CVRR 8R
CVRSS = 1
VREF-
AVSS
CVRSS = 0

REGISTER 21-2: CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8

CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 7 CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1 = CVREF circuit powered on
0 = CVREF circuit powered down
bit 6 CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit
1 = CVREF voltage level is output on CVREF pin
0 = CVREF voltage level is disconnected from CVREF pin
bit 5 CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit
1 = CVRSRC range should be 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/24 step size
0 = CVRSRC range should be 0.25 to 0.719 CVRSRC with CVRSRC/32 step size
bit 4 CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit
1 = Comparator reference source CVRSRC = VREF+ – VREF-
0 = Comparator reference source CVRSRC = AVDD – AVSS
bit 3-0 CVR<3:0>: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0 ≤CVR<3:0> ≤15 bits
When CVRR = 1:
CVREF = (CVR<3:0>/ 24) • (CVRSRC)
When CVRR = 0:
CVREF = 1/4 • (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) • (CVRSRC)

22.0 REAL-TIME CLOCK AND Some of the key features of this module are:
CALENDAR (RTCC) • Time: hours, minutes and seconds
• 24-hour format (military time)
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, • Calendar: weekday, date, month and year
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and • Alarm configurable
• Year range: 2000 to 2099
hensive reference source. To comple- • Leap year correction
ment the information in this data sheet, • BCD format for compact firmware
refer to Section 37. “Real-Time Clock
and Calendar (RTCC)” (DS70301) of the • Optimized for low-power operation
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference • User calibration with auto-adjust
Manual”, which is available from the • Calibration range: ±2.64 seconds error per month
• Requirements: External 32.768 kHz clock crystal
described in this section may not be • Alarm pulse or seconds clock output on RTCC pin
available on all devices. Refer to The RTCC module is intended for applications where
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in accurate time must be maintained for extended periods
this data sheet for device-specific register of time with minimum to no intervention from the CPU.
and bit information. The RTCC module is optimized for low-power usage to
provide extended battery lifetime while keeping track of
This chapter discusses the Real-Time Clock and time.
Calendar (RTCC) module, available on
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and The RTCC module is a 100-year clock and calendar
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices, and its operation. with automatic leap year detection. The range of the
clock is from 00:00:00 (midnight) on January 1, 2000 to
23:59:59 on December 31, 2099.
The hours are available in 24-hour (military time)
format. The clock provides a granularity of one second
with half-second visibility to the user.
FIGURE 22-1: RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM
RTCC Clock Domain CPU Clock Domain
32.768 kHz Input

RCFGCAL
from SOSC Oscillator
RTCC Prescalers ALCFGRPT
0.5s
RTCC Timer RTCVAL

Alarm
Event
Comparator
Compare Registers ALRMVAL

with Masks
Repeat Counter
RTCC Interrupt
RTCC Interrupt Logic
Alarm Pulse
RTCC Pin
RTCOE

22.1 RTCC Module Registers By writing the ALRMVALH byte, the Alarm Pointer
value, ALRMPTR<1:0> bits, decrement by one until
The RTCC module registers are organized into three they reach ‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the ALRMMIN
categories: and ALRMSEC value will be accessible through
• RTCC Control Registers ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer value is
• RTCC Value Registers manually changed.
• Alarm Value Registers
TABLE 22-2: ALRMVAL REGISTER
22.1.1 REGISTER MAPPING MAPPING
To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and ALRMPTR Alarm Value Register Window
Alarm Time registers are accessed through <1:0>
corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value ALRMVAL<15:8> ALRMVAL<7:0>
register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the 00 ALRMMIN ALRMSEC
RTCPTR bits (RCFGCAL<9:8>) to select the desired
01 ALRMWD ALRMHR
timer register pair (see Table 22-1).
10 ALRMMNTH ALRMDAY
By writing the RTCVALH byte, the RTCC Pointer value,
RTCPTR<1:0> bits, decrement by one until they reach 11 — —
‘00’. Once they reach ‘00’, the MINUTES and Considering that the 16-bit core does not distinguish
SECONDS value will be accessible through RTCVALH between 8-bit and 16-bit read operations, the user must
and RTCVALL until the pointer value is manually be aware that when reading either the ALRMVALH or
changed. ALRMVALL bytes will decrement the ALRMPTR<1:0>
value. The same applies to the RTCVALH or RTCVALL
TABLE 22-1: RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPING bytes with the RTCPTR<1:0> being decremented.
RTCPTR RTCC Value Register Window Note: This only applies to read operations and
<1:0> not write operations.
RTCVAL<15:8> RTCVAL<7:0>
00 MINUTES SECONDS 22.1.2 WRITE LOCK
01 WEEKDAY HOURS In order to perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer
10 MONTH DAY registers, the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) must be
set (refer to Example 22-1).
11 — YEAR
Note: To avoid accidental writes to the timer, it is
The Alarm Value register window (ALRMVALH and recommended that the RTCWREN bit
ALRMVALL) uses the ALRMPTR bits (RCFGCAL<13>) is kept clear at any
(ALCFGRPT<9:8>) to select the desired Alarm register other time. For the RTCWREN bit to be
pair (see Table 22-2). set, there is only 1 instruction cycle time
window allowed between the 55h/AA
sequence and the setting of RTCWREN;
therefore, it is recommended that code
follow the procedure in Example 22-1.
EXAMPLE 22-1: SETTING THE RTCWREN BIT

MOV #NVMKEY, W1 ;move the address of NVMKEY into W1
MOV #0x55, W2
MOV #0xAA, W3
MOV W2, [W1] ;start 55/AA sequence
MOV W3, [W1]
BSET RCFGCAL, #13 ;set the RTCWREN bit

22.2 RTCC Resources

Many useful resources related to RTCC are provided

• Section 37. “Real-Time Clock and Calendar
(RTCC)” (DS70301)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

22.3 RTCC Registers

REGISTER 22-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1)
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

RTCEN(2) — RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC(3) RTCOE RTCPTR<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8

CAL<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2)

1 = RTCC module is enabled
0 = RTCC module is disabled
bit 13 RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit
1 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user
0 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user
bit 12 RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit
1 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALCFGRPT registers can change while reading due to a rollover ripple
resulting in an invalid data read. If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data
can be assumed to be valid
0 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL or ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover ripple
bit 11 HALFSEC: Half-Second Status bit(3)
1 = Second half period of a second
0 = First half period of a second
bit 10 RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit
1 = RTCC output enabled
0 = RTCC output disabled
bit 9-8 RTCPTR<1:0>: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers;
the RTCPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of RTCVALH until it reaches ‘00’.
RTCVAL<15:8>:
11 = Reserved
10 = MONTH
01 = WEEKDAY
00 = MINUTES
RTCVAL<7:0>:
11 = YEAR
10 = DAY
01 = HOURS
00 = SECONDS
Note 1: The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR.

2: A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
3: This bit is read-only. It is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.

REGISTER 22-1: RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED)

bit 7-0 CAL<7:0>: RTC Drift Calibration bits
11111111 = Minimum negative adjustment; subtracts 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute
•
•
•
10000000 = Maximum negative adjustment; subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every one minute
01111111 = Maximum positive adjustment; adds 508 RTC clock pulses every one minute
•
•
•
00000001 = Minimum positive adjustment; adds 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute
00000000 = No adjustment
Note 1: The RCFGCAL register is only affected by a POR.

2: A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
3: This bit is read-only. It is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register.

REGISTER 22-2: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — — RTSECSEL(1) PMPTTL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 1 RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bit(1)
1 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
0 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit
1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers
0 = PMP module uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers
Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE bit (RCFGCAL<10>) needs to be set.

REGISTER 22-3: ALCFGRPT: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER

ALRMEN CHIME AMASK<3:0> ALRMPTR<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8

ARPT<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit

1 = Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT<7:0> = 0x00 and
CHIME = 0)
0 = Alarm is disabled
bit 14 CHIME: Chime Enable bit
1 = Chime is enabled; ARPT<7:0> bits are allowed to roll over from 0x00 to 0xFF
0 = Chime is disabled; ARPT<7:0> bits stop once they reach 0x00
bit 13-10 AMASK<3:0>: Alarm Mask Configuration bits
11xx = Reserved – do not use
101x = Reserved – do not use
1001 = Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every 4 years)
1000 = Once a month
0111 = Once a week
0110 = Once a day
0101 = Every hour
0100 = Every 10 minutes
0011 = Every minute
0010 = Every 10 seconds
0001 = Every second
0000 = Every half second
bit 9-8 ALRMPTR<1:0>: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits
Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL registers;
the ALRMPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches ‘00’.
ALRMVAL<15:8>:
11 = Unimplemented
10 = ALRMMNTH
01 = ALRMWD
00 = ALRMMIN
ALRMVAL<7:0>:
11 = Unimplemented
10 = ALRMDAY
01 = ALRMHR
00 = ALRMSEC
bit 7-0 ARPT<7:0>: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits
11111111 = Alarm will repeat 255 more times
•
•
•
00000000 = Alarm will not repeat
The counter decrements on any alarm event. The counter is prevented from rolling over from 0x00 to
0xFF unless CHIME = 1.

REGISTER 22-4: RTCVAL (WHEN RTCPTR<1:0> = 11): YEAR VALUE REGISTER(1)

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8

YRTEN<3:0> YRONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 7-4 YRTEN<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
bit 3-0 YRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
Note 1: A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.
REGISTER 22-5: RTCVAL (WHEN RTCPTR<1:0> = 10): MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 R-x R-x R-x R-x R-x
— — — MTHTEN0 MTHONE<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

— — DAYTEN<1:0> DAYONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12 MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit; contains a value of 0 or 1
bit 11-8 MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
bit 5-4 DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 3
bit 3-0 DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1.

REGISTER 22-6: RTCVAL (WHEN RTCPTR<1:0> = 01): WKDYHR: WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE
REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

— — — — — WDAY<2:0>
bit 15 bit 8

— — HRTEN<1:0> HRONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10-8 WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit; contains a value from 0 to 6
bit 5-4 HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 2
bit 3-0 HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
REGISTER 22-7: RTCVAL (WHEN RTCPTR<1:0> = 00): MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE
REGISTER
U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

— MINTEN<2:0> MINONE<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

— SECTEN<2:0> SECONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 5
bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 5
bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9

REGISTER 22-8: ALRMVAL (WHEN ALRMPTR<1:0> = 10): ALARM MONTH AND DAY VALUE
REGISTER(1)

— — — MTHTEN0 MTHONE<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

— — DAYTEN<1:0> DAYONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 12 MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit; contains a value of 0 or 1
bit 11-8 MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
bit 5-4 DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 3
bit 3-0 DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
REGISTER 22-9: ALRMVAL (WHEN ALRMPTR<1:0> = 01): ALARM WEEKDAY AND HOURS
VALUE REGISTER(1)
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x

— — — — — WDAY2 WDAY1 WDAY0
bit 15 bit 8

— — HRTEN<1:0> HRONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 10-8 WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit; contains a value from 0 to 6
bit 5-4 HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 2
bit 3-0 HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9

REGISTER 22-10: ALRMVAL (WHEN ALRMPTR<1:0> = 00): ALARM MINUTES AND SECONDS
VALUE REGISTER

— MINTEN<2:0> MINONE<3:0>
bit 15 bit 8

— SECTEN<2:0> SECONE<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 5
bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9
bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit; contains a value from 0 to 5
bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit; contains a value from 0 to 9

NOTES:

23.0 PROGRAMMABLE CYCLIC 23.1 Overview

REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) The module implements a software configurable CRC
GENERATOR generator. The terms of the polynomial and its length
can be programmed using the CRCXOR bits (X<15:1>)
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features and the CRCCON bits (PLEN<3:0>), respectively.
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and EQUATION 23-1: CRC EQUATION
16 12 5
comprehensive reference source. To x +x +x +1
sheet, refer to Section 36.
“Programmable Cyclic Redundancy To program this polynomial into the CRC generator,
Check (CRC)” (DS70298) of the the CRC register bits should be set as shown in
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Table 23-1.
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). TABLE 23-1: EXAMPLE CRC SETUP
2: Some registers and associated bits Bit Name Bit Value
available on all devices. Refer to PLEN<3:0> 1111
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in X<15:1> 000100000010000
this data sheet for device-specific register For the value of X<15:1>, the 12th bit and the 5th bit are
and bit information. set to ‘1’, as required by the CRC equation. The 0th bit
The programmable CRC generator offers the following required by the CRC equation is always XORed. For a
features: 16-bit polynomial, the 16th bit is also always assumed
to be XORed; therefore, the X<15:1> bits do not have
• User-programmable polynomial CRC equation the 0th bit or the 16th bit.
• Interrupt output
The topology of a standard CRC generator is shown in
• Data FIFO Figure 23-2.
FIGURE 23-1: CRC SHIFTER DETAILS
PLEN<3:0>
0 1 2 15
CRC Shift Register

Hold X1 Hold X2 Hold X3 X15 Hold
XOR OUT 0 OUT 0 OUT 0 0 OUT

IN IN IN IN
DOUT BIT 0 BIT 1 BIT 2 BIT 15
1 1 1 1
p_clk p_clk p_clk p_clk
CRC Read Bus
CRC Write Bus

FIGURE 23-2: CRC GENERATOR RECONFIGURED FOR x16 + x12 + x5 + 1
XOR
D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q
SDOx
BIT 0 BIT 4 BIT 5 BIT 12 BIT 15
p_clk p_clk p_clk p_clk p_clk
CRC Read Bus
CRC Write Bus
23.2 User Interface To empty words already written into a FIFO, the
CRCGO bit must be set to ‘1’ and the CRC shifter
23.2.1 DATA INTERFACE allowed to run until the CRCMPT bit is set.
To start serial shifting, a ‘1’ must be written to the Also, to get the correct CRC reading, it is necessary to
CRCGO bit. wait for the CRCMPT bit to go high before reading the
CRCWDAT register.
The module incorporates a FIFO that is 8 deep when
PLEN (PLEN<3:0>) > 7, and 16 deep, otherwise. The If a word is written when the CRCFUL bit is set, the
data for which the CRC is to be calculated must first be VWORD Pointer will roll over to 0. The hardware will
written into the FIFO. The smallest data element that then behave like the FIFO is empty. However, the
can be written into the FIFO is one byte. For example, condition to generate an interrupt will not be met;
if PLEN = 5, then the size of the data is PLEN + 1 = 6. therefore, no interrupt will be generated (See
The data must be written as follows: Section 23.2.2 “Interrupt Operation”).
data[5:0] = crc_input[5:0] At least one instruction cycle must pass after a write to
CRCWDAT before a read of the VWORD bits is done.
data[7:6] = ‘bxx
Once data is written into the CRCWDAT MSb (as 23.2.2 INTERRUPT OPERATION
defined by PLEN), the value of VWORD
When the VWORD<4:0> bits make a transition from a
(VWORD<4:0>) increments by one. The serial shifter
value of ‘1’ to ‘0’, an interrupt will be generated.
starts shifting data into the CRC engine when
CRCGO = 1 and VWORD > 0. When the MSb is
shifted out, VWORD decrements by one. The serial 23.3 Operation in Power-Saving Modes
shifter continues shifting until the VWORD reaches 0.
Therefore, for a given value of PLEN, it will take 23.3.1 SLEEP MODE
(PLEN + 1) * VWORD number of clock cycles to If Sleep mode is entered while the module is operating,
complete the CRC calculations. the module will be suspended in its current state until
When VWORD reaches 8 (or 16), the CRCFUL bit will clock execution resumes.
be set. When VWORD reaches 0, the CRCMPT bit will
23.3.2 IDLE MODE
be set.
To continue full module operation in Idle mode, the
To continually feed data into the CRC engine, the
CSIDL bit must be cleared prior to entry into the mode.
recommended mode of operation is to initially “prime”
the FIFO with a sufficient number of words so no If CSIDL = 1, the module will behave the same way as
interrupt is generated before the next word can be it does in Sleep mode; pending interrupt events will be
written. Once that is done, start the CRC by setting the passed on, even though the module clocks are not
CRCGO bit to ‘1’. From that point onward, the available.
VWORD<4:0> bits should be polled. If they read less
than 8 or 16, another word can be written into the FIFO.

23.4 Programmable CRC Resources

Many useful resources related to Programmable CRC
are provided on the main product page of the Microchip

• Section 36. “Programmable Cyclic Redundancy
Check CRC)” (DS70298)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

23.5 Programmable CRC Registers

REGISTER 23-1: CRCCON: CRC CONTROL REGISTER
U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

— — CSIDL VWORD<4:0>
bit 15 bit 8
R-0 R-1 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

CRCFUL CRCMPT — CRCGO PLEN<3:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 13 CSIDL: CRC Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 12-8 VWORD<4:0>: Pointer Value bits
Indicates the number of valid words in the FIFO. Has a maximum value of 8 when PLEN<3:0> is
greater than 7, or 16 when PLEN<3:0> is less than or equal to 7.
bit 7 CRCFUL: FIFO Full bit
1 = FIFO is full
0 = FIFO is not full
bit 6 CRCMPT: FIFO Empty Bit
1 = FIFO is empty
0 = FIFO is not empty
bit 4 CRCGO: Start CRC bit
1 = Start CRC serial shifter
0 = Turn off CRC serial shifter after FIFO is empty
bit 3-0 PLEN<3:0>: Polynomial Length bits
Denotes the length of the polynomial to be generated minus 1.

REGISTER 23-2: CRCXOR: CRC XOR POLYNOMIAL REGISTER

X<15:8>
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0

X<7:1> —
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15-1 X<15:1>: XOR of Polynomial Term Xn Enable bits


NOTES:

24.0 PARALLEL MASTER PORT devices and microcontrollers. Because the interface
to parallel peripherals varies significantly, the PMP is
(PMP)
highly configurable.
Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features Key features of the PMP module include:
• Fully Multiplexed Address/Data Mode
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of • Demultiplexed or Partially Multiplexed Address/
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- Data Mode:
hensive reference source. To comple- - Up to 11 address lines with single Chip Select
ment the information in this data sheet, - Up to 12 address lines without Chip Select
refer to Section 35. “Parallel Master • Single Chip Select Line
Port (PMP)” (DS70299) of the • Programmable Strobe Options:
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
- Individual Read and Write Strobes or;
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com). - Read/Write Strobe with Enable Strobe
• Address Auto-Increment/Auto-Decrement
described in this section may not be • Programmable Address/Data Multiplexing
available on all devices. Refer to • Programmable Polarity on Control Signals
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in • Legacy Parallel Slave Port Support
this data sheet for device-specific register • Enhanced Parallel Slave Support:
- Address Support
The Parallel Master Port (PMP) module is a parallel - 4-Byte Deep Auto-Incrementing Buffer
8-bit I/O module, specifically designed to communi- • Programmable Wait States
cate with a wide variety of parallel devices, such as • Selectable Input Voltage Levels
communication peripherals, LCDs, external memory
FIGURE 24-1: PMP MODULE OVERVIEW

Address Bus
Data Bus
PMA<0>
PIC24H PMALL Control Lines
Parallel Master Port
PMA<1>
PMALH Up to 11-Bit Address
EEPROM
PMA<10:2>(1)
PMA<14>
PMCS1
PMBE
PMRD
PMRD/PMWR
PMWR
PMENB
FIFO
Microcontroller LCD
Buffer
PMD<7:0>
PMA<7:0>
PMA<10:8>
8-Bit Data
Note 1: 28-pin devices do not have PMA<10:2>.

24.1 PMP Resources

Many useful resources related to PMP are provided on
the main product page of the Microchip web site for the
devices listed in this data sheet. This product page,

• Section 35. “Parallel Master Port” (DS70299)
• Code Samples
• Webinars
Manuals Sections

24.2 PMP Control Registers

REGISTER 24-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

PMPEN — PSIDL ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0 PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN
bit 15 bit 8
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1) U-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

CSF1 CSF0 ALP — CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 PMPEN: Parallel Master Port Enable bit

1 = PMP enabled
0 = PMP disabled, no off-chip access performed
bit 13 PSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit
bit 12-11 ADRMUX1:ADRMUX0: Address/Data Multiplexing Selection bits(1)
11 = Reserved
10 = All 16 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins
01 = Lower 8 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins, upper 3 bits are multiplexed on
PMA<10:8>
00 = Address and data appear on separate pins
bit 10 PTBEEN: Byte Enable Port Enable bit (16-bit Master mode)
1 = PMBE port enabled
0 = PMBE port disabled
bit 9 PTWREN: Write Enable Strobe Port Enable bit
1 = PMWR/PMENB port enabled
0 = PMWR/PMENB port disabled
bit 8 PTRDEN: Read/Write Strobe Port Enable bit
1 = PMRD/PMWR port enabled
0 = PMRD/PMWR port disabled
bit 7-6 CSF1:CSF0: Chip Select Function bits
11 = Reserved
10 = PMCS1 functions as chip select
0x = PMCS1 functions as address bit 14
bit 5 ALP: Address Latch Polarity bit(1)
1 = Active-high (PMALL and PMALH)
0 = Active-low (PMALL and PMALH)
bit 3 CS1P: Chip Select 1 Polarity bit(1)
1 = Active-high (PMCS1/PMCS1)
0 = Active-low (PMCS1/PMCS1)
Note 1: These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines.

REGISTER 24-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 2 BEP: Byte Enable Polarity bit
1 = Byte enable active-high (PMBE)
0 = Byte enable active-low (PMBE)
bit 1 WRSP: Write Strobe Polarity bit
For Slave modes and Master mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10):
1 = Write strobe active-high (PMWR)
0 = Write strobe active-low (PMWR)
For Master mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11):
1 = Enable strobe active-high (PMENB)
0 = Enable strobe active-low (PMENB)
bit 0 RDSP: Read Strobe Polarity bit
For Slave modes and Master mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10):
1 = Read strobe active-high (PMRD)
0 = Read strobe active-low (PMRD)
For Master mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11):
1 = Read/write strobe active-high (PMRD/PMWR)
0 = Read/write strobe active-low (PMRD/PMWR)
Note 1: These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines.

Register 24-2: PMMODE: PARALLEL PORT MODE REGISTER
R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

BUSY IRQM<1:0> INCM<1:0> MODE16 MODE<1:0>
bit 15 bit 8

WAITB<1:0>(1) WAITM<3:0> WAITE<1:0>(1)
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 BUSY: Busy bit (Master mode only)

1 = Port is busy (not useful when the processor stall is active)
0 = Port is not busy
bit 14-13 IRQM<1:0>: Interrupt Request Mode bits
11 = Interrupt generated when Read Buffer 3 is read or Write Buffer 3 is written (Buffered PSP mode)
or on a read or write operation when PMA<1:0> = 11 (Addressable PSP mode only)
10 = No interrupt generated, processor stall activated
01 = Interrupt generated at the end of the read/write cycle
00 = No interrupt generated
bit 12-11 INCM<1:0>: Increment Mode bits
11 = PSP read and write buffers auto-increment (Legacy PSP mode only)
10 = Decrement ADDR<10:0> by 1 every read/write cycle
01 = Increment ADDR<10:0> by 1 every read/write cycle
00 = No increment or decrement of address
bit 10 MODE16: 8/16-bit Mode bit
1 = 16-bit mode: data register is 16 bits, a read or write to the data register invokes two 8-bit transfers
0 = 8-bit mode: data register is 8 bits, a read or write to the data register invokes one 8-bit transfer
bit 9-8 MODE<1:0>: Parallel Port Mode Select bits
11 =Master mode 1 (PMCS1, PMRD/PMWR, PMENB, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>)
10 =Master mode 2 (PMCS1, PMRD, PMWR, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>)
01 =Enhanced PSP, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS1, PMD<7:0> and PMA<1:0>)
00 =Legacy Parallel Slave Port, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS1 and PMD<7:0>)
bit 7-6 WAITB<1:0>: Data Setup to Read/Write Wait State Configuration bits(1)
11 = Data wait of 4 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 4 TCY
bit 5-2 WAITM<3:0>: Read to Byte Enable Strobe Wait State Configuration bits
1111 = Wait of additional 15 TCY
•
•
•
0001 = Wait of additional 1 TCY
0000 = No additional wait cycles (operation forced into one TCY)
bit 1-0 WAITE<1:0>: Data Hold After Strobe Wait State Configuration bits(1)
11 = Wait of 4 TCY
10 = Wait of 3 TCY
01 = Wait of 2 TCY
00 = Wait of 1 TCY
Note 1: WAITB and WAITE bits are ignored whenever WAITM3:WAITM0 = 0000.

REGISTER 24-3: PMADDR: PARALLEL PORT ADDRESS REGISTER

ADDR15 CS1 ADDR<13:8>
bit 15 bit 8

ADDR<7:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:
bit 15 ADDR15: Parallel Port Destination Address bits

bit 14 CS1: Chip Select 1 bit
1 = Chip select 1 is active
0 = Chip select 1 is inactive
bit 13-0 ADDR13:ADDR0: Parallel Port Destination Address bits
REGISTER 24-4: PMAEN: PARALLEL PORT ENABLE REGISTER
U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— PTEN14 — — — PTEN<10:8>(1)
bit 15 bit 8

PTEN<7:2>(1) PTEN<1:0>
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 14 PTEN14: PMCS1 Strobe Enable bit
1 = PMA14 functions as either PMA<14> bit or PMCS1
0 = PMA14 pin functions as port I/O
bit 10-2 PTEN<10:2>: PMP Address Port Enable bits(1)
1 = PMA<10:2> function as PMP address lines
0 = PMA<10:2> function as port I/O
bit 1-0 PTEN<1:0>: PMALH/PMALL Strobe Enable bits
1 = PMA1 and PMA0 function as either PMA<1:0> or PMALH and PMALL
0 = PMA1 and PMA0 pads functions as port I/O
Note 1: Devices with 28 pins do not have PMA<10:2>.

REGISTER 24-5: PMSTAT: PARALLEL PORT STATUS REGISTER
R-0 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0

IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F
bit 15 bit 8
R-1 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1

OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E
bit 7 bit 0
Legend: HS = Hardware Set bit

bit 15 IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit

1 = All writable input buffer registers are full
0 = Some or all of the writable input buffer registers are empty
bit 14 IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Status bit
1 = A write attempt to a full input byte register occurred (must be cleared in software)
0 = No overflow occurred
bit 11-8 IB3F:IB0F Input Buffer x Status Full bits
1 = Input buffer contains data that has not been read (reading buffer will clear this bit)
0 = Input buffer does not contain any unread data
bit 7 OBE: Output Buffer Empty Status bit
1 = All readable output buffer registers are empty
0 = Some or all of the readable output buffer registers are full
bit 6 OBUF: Output Buffer Underflow Status bits
1 = A read occurred from an empty output byte register (must be cleared in software)
0 = No underflow occurred
bit 3-0 OB3E:OB0E Output Buffer x Status Empty bit
1 = Output buffer is empty (writing data to the buffer will clear this bit)
0 = Output buffer contains data that has not been transmitted

REGISTER 24-6: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER

U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0
— — — — — — — —
bit 15 bit 8
U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0

— — — — — — RTSECSEL(1) PMPTTL
bit 7 bit 0
Legend:

bit 1 RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bit(1)
1 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin
0 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin
bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit
1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers
0 = PMP module uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers
Note 1: To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE bit (RCFGCAL<10>) needs to be set.

25.0 SPECIAL FEATURES 25.1 Configuration Bits

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04
of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices provide nonvola-
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and tile memory implementation for device configuration
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 families of bits. Refer to Section 25. “Device Configuration”
devices. It is not intended to be a compre- (DS70194), in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family
hensive reference source. To comple- Reference Manual” for more information on this
ment the information in this data sheet, implementation.
refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as
Reference Manual”. Please see the ‘0’), or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’), to select
Microchip web site (www.microchip.com) various device configurations. These bits are mapped
for the latest dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family starting at program memory location 0xF80000.
Reference Manual sections.
The individual Configuration bit descriptions for the
2: Some registers and associated bits Configuration registers are shown in Table 25-1.
Note that address 0xF80000 is beyond the user program
memory space. It belongs to the configuration memory
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in space (0x800000-0xFFFFFF), which can only be
this data sheet for device-specific register accessed using table reads and table writes.
The Device Configuration register map is shown in
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 Table 25-1.
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices include the
following features that are intended to maximize
application flexibility and reliability, and minimize cost
through elimination of external components:
• Flexible configuration
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• Code Protection and CodeGuard™ Security
• JTAG Boundary Scan Interface
• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)
• In-Circuit Emulation
TABLE 25-1: DEVICE CONFIGURATION REGISTER MAP

Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0xF80000 FBS RBS<1:0> — — BSS<2:0> BWRP
0xF80002 FSS(1) RSS<1:0> — — SSS<2:0> SWRP
0xF80004 FGS — — — — — GSS<1:0> GWRP
0xF80006 FOSCSEL IESO — — — FNOSC<2:0>
0xF80008 FOSC FCKSM<1:0> IOL1WAY — — OSCIOFNC POSCMD<1:0>
0xF8000A FWDT FWDTEN WINDIS — WDTPRE WDTPOST<3:0>
0xF8000C FPOR Reserved(2) ALTI2C — FPWRT<2:0>
0xF8000E FICD Reserved(3) JTAGEN — — — ICS<1:0>
0xF80010 FUID0 User Unit ID Byte 0
Legend: — = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’.
Note 1: This Configuration register is not available and reads as 0xFF on PIC24HJ32GP302/304 devices.
2: These bits are reserved and always read as ‘1’.
3: These bits are reserved for use by development tools and must be programmed as ‘1’.

TABLE 25-2: PIC24H CONFIGURATION BITS DESCRIPTION

Bit Field Register RTSP Effect Description
BWRP FBS Immediate Boot Segment Program Flash Write Protection
1 = Boot segment can be written
0 = Boot segment is write-protected
BSS<2:0> FBS Immediate Boot Segment Program Flash Code Protection Size
X11 = No Boot program Flash segment
Boot space is 1K Instruction Words (except interrupt vectors)

110 = Standard security; boot program Flash segment ends
at 0x0007FE
010 = High security; boot program Flash segment ends at
0x0007FE

101 = Standard security; boot program Flash segment, ends
at 0x001FFE
0x001FFE

100 = Standard security; boot program Flash segment ends
at 0x003FFE
0x003FFE
RBS<1:0>(1) FBS Immediate Boot Segment RAM Code Protection Size
11 = No Boot RAM defined
10 = Boot RAM is 128 bytes
SWRP(1) FSS(1) Immediate Secure Segment Program Flash Write-Protect bit
1 = Secure Segment can bet written
0 = Secure Segment is write-protected
SSS<2:0>(1) FSS(1) Immediate Secure Segment Program Flash Code Protection Size
(Secure segment is not implemented on 32K devices)
X11 = No Secure program flash segment
Secure space is 4K IW less BS

110 = Standard security; secure program flash segment starts
at End of BS, ends at 0x001FFE
010 = High security; secure program flash segment starts at
End of BS, ends at 0x001FFE

at End of BS, ends at 0x003FFE

at End of BS, ends at 007FFEh
Note 1: This Configuration register is not available on PIC24HJ32GP302/304 devices.

TABLE 25-2: PIC24H CONFIGURATION BITS DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)

RSS<1:0>(1) FSS(1) Immediate Secure Segment RAM Code Protection
11 = No Secure RAM defined
10 = Secure RAM is 256 Bytes less BS RAM
GSS<1:0> FGS Immediate General Segment Code-Protect bit
11 = User program memory is not code-protected
10 = Standard security
0x = High security
GWRP FGS Immediate General Segment Write-Protect bit
1 = User program memory is not write-protected
0 = User program memory is write-protected
IESO FOSCSEL Immediate Two-speed Oscillator Start-up Enable bit
1 = Start-up device with FRC, then automatically switch to the
user-selected oscillator source when ready
0 = Start-up device with user-selected oscillator source
FNOSC<2:0> FOSCSEL If clock switch is Initial Oscillator Source Selection bits
enabled, RTSP 111 = Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with postscaler
effect is on any 110 = Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with divide-by-16
device Reset; 101 = LPRC oscillator
otherwise, 100 = Secondary (LP) oscillator
Immediate 011 = Primary (XT, HS, EC) oscillator with PLL
010 = Primary (XT, HS, EC) oscillator
001 = Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with PLL
000 = FRC oscillator
FCKSM<1:0> FOSC Immediate Clock Switching Mode bits
1x = Clock switching is disabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is
disabled
01 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is
disabled
00 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is
enabled
IOL1WAY FOSC Immediate Peripheral pin select configuration
1 = Allow only one reconfiguration
0 = Allow multiple reconfigurations
OSCIOFNC FOSC Immediate OSC2 Pin Function bit (except in XT and HS modes)
1 = OSC2 is clock output
0 = OSC2 is general purpose digital I/O pin
POSCMD<1:0> FOSC Immediate Primary Oscillator Mode Select bits
11 = Primary oscillator disabled
10 = HS Crystal Oscillator mode
01 = XT Crystal Oscillator mode
00 = EC (External Clock) mode
FWDTEN FWDT Immediate Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = Watchdog Timer always enabled (LPRC oscillator cannot
be disabled. Clearing the SWDTEN bit in the RCON register
has no effect.)
0 = Watchdog Timer enabled/disabled by user software
(LPRC can be disabled by clearing the SWDTEN bit in the
RCON register)
WINDIS FWDT Immediate Watchdog Timer Window Enable bit
1 = Watchdog Timer in Non-Window mode
0 = Watchdog Timer in Window mode

TABLE 25-2: PIC24H CONFIGURATION BITS DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)

WDTPRE FWDT Immediate Watchdog Timer Prescaler bit
1 = 1:128
0 = 1:32
WDTPOST<3:0> FWDT Immediate Watchdog Timer Postscaler bits
1111 = 1:32,768
1110 = 1:16,384
•
•
•
0001 = 1:2
0000 = 1:1
FPWRT<2:0> FPOR Immediate Power-on Reset Timer Value Select bits
111 = PWRT = 128 ms
110 = PWRT = 64 ms
101 = PWRT = 32 ms
100 = PWRT = 16 ms
011 = PWRT = 8 ms
010 = PWRT = 4 ms
001 = PWRT = 2 ms
000 = PWRT = Disabled
ALTI2C FPOR Immediate Alternate I2C™ pins
1 = I2C mapped to SDA1/SCL1 pins
0 = I2C mapped to ASDA1/ASCL1 pins
JTAGEN FICD Immediate JTAG Enable bit
1 = JTAG enabled
0 = JTAG disabled
ICS<1:0> FICD Immediate ICD Communication Channel Select bits
11 = Communicate on PGEC1 and PGED1
00 = Reserved, do not use

25.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator 25.3 Brown-out Reset (BOR)

All of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, The Brown-out Reset (BOR) module is based on an
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 internal voltage reference circuit that monitors the
devices power their core digital logic at a nominal 2.5V. regulated supply voltage VCAP. The main purpose of
This can create a conflict for designs that are required the BOR module is to generate a device Reset when a
to operate at a higher typical voltage, such as 3.3V. To brown-out condition occurs. Brown-out conditions are
simplify system design, all devices in the generally caused by glitches on the AC mains (for
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and example, missing portions of the AC cycle waveform
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 family incorporate an on-chip due to bad power transmission lines, or voltage sags
regulator that allows the device to run its core logic from due to excessive current draw when a large inductive
VDD. load is turned on).
The regulator provides power to the core from the other A BOR generates a Reset pulse, which resets the
VDD pins. When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR device. The BOR selects the clock source, based on
(less than 5 Ohms) capacitor (such as tantalum or the device Configuration bit values (FNOSC<2:0> and
ceramic) must be connected to the VCAP pin POSCMD<1:0>).
(Figure 25-1). This helps to maintain the stability of the If an oscillator mode is selected, the BOR activates the
regulator. The recommended value for the filter capac- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST). The system clock is
itor is provided in Table 28-13 located in Section 28.1 held until OST expires. If the PLL is used, the clock is
“DC Characteristics”. held until the LOCK bit (OSCCON<5>) is ‘1’.
Note: It is important for the low-ESR capacitor to Concurrently, the PWRT time-out (TPWRT) is applied
be placed as close as possible to the VCAP before the internal Reset is released. If TPWRT = 0 and
pin. a crystal oscillator is being used, then a nominal delay
On a POR, it takes approximately 20 μs for the on-chip of TFSCM = 100 is applied. The total delay in this case
voltage regulator to generate an output voltage. During is TFSCM.
this time, designated as TSTARTUP, code execution is The BOR Status bit (RCON<1>) is set to indicate that a
disabled. TSTARTUP is applied every time the device BOR has occurred. The BOR circuit continues to oper-
resumes operation after any power-down. ate while in Sleep or Idle modes and resets the device
should VDD fall below the BOR threshold voltage.
FIGURE 25-1: CONNECTIONS FOR THE
ON-CHIP VOLTAGE
REGULATOR(1,2,3)
3.3V
PIC24H
VDD
VCAP
CEFC
10 µF VSS
Tantalum
Note 1: These are typical operating voltages. Refer to

Table 28-13, located in Section 28.1 “DC
Characteristics” for the full operating ranges
of VDD and VCAP.
2: It is important for the low-ESR capacitor to be
placed as close as possible to the VCAP pin.
3: Typical VCAP pin voltage = 2.5V when VDD ≥
VDDMIN.

25.4 Watchdog Timer (WDT) 25.4.2 SLEEP AND IDLE MODES

For PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 If the WDT is enabled, it continues to run during Sleep or
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices, the WDT is Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs, the device
driven by the LPRC oscillator. When the WDT is wakes the device and code execution continues from
enabled, the clock source is also enabled. where the PWRSAV instruction was executed. The corre-
sponding SLEEP or IDLE bits (RCON<3,2>) needs to be
25.4.1 PRESCALER/POSTSCALER cleared in software after the device wakes up.
The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 32 kHz. 25.4.3 ENABLING WDT
This feeds a prescaler that can be configured for either
5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation. The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN
The prescaler is set by the WDTPRE Configuration bit. Configuration bit in the FWDT Configuration register.
With a 32 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal When the FWDTEN Configuration bit is set, the WDT is
WDT time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode, or always enabled.
4 ms in 7-bit mode. The WDT can be optionally controlled in software
A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler when the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been
output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods. programmed to ‘0’. The WDT is enabled in software
The postscaler is controlled by the WDTPOST<3:0> by setting the SWDTEN control bit (RCON<5>). The
Configuration bits (FWDT<3:0>), which allow the SWDTEN control bit is cleared on any device Reset.
selection of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the The software WDT option allows the user application
prescaler and postscaler, time-out periods ranging from to enable the WDT for critical code segments and
1 ms to 131 seconds can be achieved. disable the WDT during non-critical segments for
maximum power savings.
The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset:
Note: If the WINDIS bit (FWDT<6>) is cleared,
• On any device Reset
the CLRWDT instruction should be executed
• On the completion of a clock switch, whether by the application software only during the
invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit last 1/4 of the WDT period. This CLRWDT
after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware window can be determined by using a timer.
(i.e., Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) If a CLRWDT instruction is executed before
• When a PWRSAV instruction is executed this window, a WDT Reset occurs.
(i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered)
The WDT flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not automatically
• When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to
cleared following a WDT time-out. To detect subsequent
resume normal operation
WDT events, the flag must be cleared in software.
• By a CLRWDT instruction during normal execution
Note: The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions
clear the prescaler and postscaler counts
when executed.
FIGURE 25-2: WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM
All Device Resets

Transition to New Clock Source
Exit Sleep or Idle Mode
PWRSAV Instruction
CLRWDT Instruction Watchdog Timer
Sleep/Idle
WDTPRE WDTPOST<3:0>
SWDTEN WDT
FWDTEN Wake-up
RS RS 1
Prescaler Postscaler
LPRC Clock (divide by N1) (divide by N2) WDT
0 Reset
WINDIS WDT Window Select
CLRWDT Instruction

25.5 JTAG Interface 25.8 Code Protection and

CodeGuard™ Security
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices implement a The PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
JTAG interface, which supports boundary scan device PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices offer advanced
testing, as well as in-circuit programming. Detailed implementation of CodeGuard Security that supports
information on this interface is provided in future BS, SS and GS while, the PIC24HJ32GP302/304
revisions of the document. devices offer the intermediate level of CodeGuard
Note: Refer to Section 24. “Programming and Security that supports only BS and GS. CodeGuard
Diagnostics” (DS70246) of the Security enables multiple parties to securely share
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference resources (memory, interrupts and peripherals) on a
Manual” for further information on usage, single chip. This feature helps protect individual
configuration and operation of the JTAG Intellectual Property in collaborative system designs.
interface. When coupled with software encryption libraries,
CodeGuard Security can be used to securely update
25.6 In-Circuit Serial Programming Flash even when multiple IPs reside on the single chip.
The code protection features vary depending on the
The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 actual PIC24H implemented. The following sections
and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices can be serially provide an overview of these features.
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is Secure segment and RAM protection is implemented
done with two lines for clock and data and three other on the PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
lines for power, ground and the programming PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 devices. The
sequence. Serial programming allows customers to PIC24HJ32GP302/304 devices do not support secure
manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and segment and RAM protection.
then program the microcontroller just before shipping
the product. Serial programming also allows the most
recent firmware or a custom firmware to be Note: Refer to Section 23. “CodeGuard™
programmed. Refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Flash Security” (DS70239) of the
Programming Specification” (DS70152) for details “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
about In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP). Manual” for further information on usage,
configuration and operation of
Any of the three pairs of programming clock/data pins
CodeGuard Security.
can be used:
• PGEC1 and PGED1
• PGEC2 and PGED2
• PGEC3 and PGED3
25.7 In-Circuit Debugger

When MPLAB® ICD 2 is selected as a debugger, the
in-circuit debugging functionality is enabled. This
function allows simple debugging functions when used
with MPLAB IDE. Debugging functionality is controlled
through the PGECx (Emulation/Debug Clock) and
PGEDx (Emulation/Debug Data) pin functions.
Any of the three pairs of debugging clock/data pins can
be used:
• PGEC1 and PGED1
• PGEC2 and PGED2
• PGEC3 and PGED3
To use the in-circuit debugger function of the device,
the design must implement ICSP connections to
MCLR, VDD, VSS, and the PGECx/PGEDx pin pair. In
addition, when the feature is enabled, some of the
resources are not available for general use. These
resources include the first 80 bytes of data RAM and
two I/O pins.

TABLE 25-3: CODE FLASH SECURITY SEGMENT SIZES FOR 32 KB DEVICES
DS70293G-page 280

CONFIG BITS BSS<2:0> = x11 0K BSS<2:0> = x10 1K BSS<2:0> = x01 4K BSS<2:0> = x00 8K
0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW
0x0001FEh
0x000200h BS = 768 IW 0x000200h BS = 3840 IW 0x000200h BS = 7936 IW 0x000200h
0x0007FEh 0x0007FEh 0x0007FEh 0x0007FEh
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
SSS<2:0> = x11 0x001FFEh 0x001FFEh 0x001FFEh 0x001FFEh
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
0x003FFEh 0x003FFEh 0x003FFEh 0x003FFEh
0K GS = 11008 IW 0x004000h GS = 10240 IW 0x004000h GS = 7168 IW 0x004000h GS = 3072 IW 0x004000h

0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh VS = 256 IW 0x0001FEh
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
BS = 768 IW BS = 3840 IW BS = 7936 IW

0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h
0K 0x007FFEh 0x007FFEh 0x007FFEh 0x007FFEh
GS = 21760 IW 0x008000h GS = 20992 IW 0x008000h GS = 17920 IW 0x008000h GS = 13824 IW 0x008000h
0x00ABFEh 0x00ABFEh 0x00ABFEh 0x00ABFEh
VS = 256 IW 0x000000h VS = 256 IW 0x000000h VS = 256 IW 0x000000h VS = 256 IW 0x000000h

SS = 3840 IW 0x000800h SS = 3072 IW 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
4K 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h

0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
0x0007FEh BS = 768 IW 0x0007FEh BS = 3840 IW 0x0007FEh BS = 7936 IW 0x0007FEh
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
SS = 7936 IW 0x003FFEh SS = 7168 IW 0x003FFEh SS = 4096 IW 0x003FFEh 0x003FFEh
0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h

0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
DS70293G-page 281

0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
16K SS = 16128 IW 0x004000h SS = 15360 IW 0x004000h SS = 12288 IW 0x004000h SS = 8192 IW 0x004000h
0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h
GS = 5632 IW 0x00ABFEh GS = 5632 IW 0x00ABFEh GS = 5632 IW 0x00ABFEh GS = 5632 IW 0x00ABFEh

DS70293G-page 282

0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h
0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h
0x00FFFEh 0x00FFFEh 0x00FFFEh 0x00FFFEh
0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
SS = 3840 IW 0x000800h SS = 3072 IW 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h
0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h
GS = 39936 IW GS = 39936 IW GS = 39936 IW GS = 35840 IW
0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
SS = 7936 IW 0x003FFEh SS = 7168 IW 0x003FFEh SS = 4096 IW 0x003FFEh 0x003FFEh
0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h 0x004000h
0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h

0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h 0x000000h
0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h 0x000200h
0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h 0x000800h
0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h 0x002000h
SS = 16128 IW 0x004000h SS = 15360 IW 0x004000h SS = 12288 IW 0x004000h SS = 8192 IW 0x004000h
0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h 0x008000h
26.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY Most bit-oriented instructions (including simple

rotate/shift instructions) have two operands:
Note: This data sheet summarizes the • The W register (with or without an address
features of the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, modifier) or file register (specified by the value of
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and ‘Ws’ or ‘f’)
• The bit in the W register or file register
(specified by a literal value or indirectly by the
contents of register ‘Wb’)
sheet, refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H The literal instructions that involve data movement may
Family Reference Manual”. Please see use some of the following operands:
the Microchip web site • A literal value to be loaded into a W register or file
(www.microchip.com) for the latest register (specified by the value of ‘k’)
dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference
• The W register or file register where the literal
Manual sections.
value is to be loaded (specified by ‘Wb’ or ‘f’)
The PIC24H instruction set is identical to the PIC24F, However, literal instructions that involve arithmetic or
and is a subset of the dsPIC30F/33F instruction set. logical operations use some of the following operands:
Most instructions are a single program memory word • The first source operand which is a register ‘Wb’
(24 bits). Only three instructions require two program without any address modifier
memory locations. • The second source operand which is a literal
Each single-word instruction is a 24-bit word, divided value
into an 8-bit opcode, which specifies the instruction • The destination of the result (only if not the same
type and one or more operands, which further specify as the first source operand) which is typically a
the operation of the instruction. register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped The control instructions may use some of the following
into five basic categories: operands:
• Word or byte-oriented operations • A program memory address
• Bit-oriented operations • The mode of the table read and table write
• Literal operations instructions
• Control operations All instructions are a single word, except for certain
Table 26-1 shows the general symbols used in double word instructions, which were made double
describing the instructions. word instructions so that all the required information is
available in these 48 bits. In the second word, the
The PIC24H instruction set summary in Table 26-2 lists 8 MSbs are ‘0’s. If this second word is executed as an
all the instructions, along with the status flags affected instruction (by itself), it will execute as a NOP.
by each instruction.
Most single-word instructions are executed in a single
Most word or byte-oriented W register instructions instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true, or the
(including barrel shift instructions) have three program counter is changed as a result of the
operands: instruction. In these cases, the execution takes two
• The first source operand which is typically a instruction cycles with the additional instruction cycle(s)
register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier executed as a NOP. Notable exceptions are the BRA
• The second source operand which is typically a (unconditional/computed branch), indirect CALL/GOTO,
register ‘Ws’ with or without an address modifier all table reads and writes and RETURN/RETFIE
• The destination of the result which is typically a instructions, which are single-word instructions but take
register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier two or three cycles. Certain instructions that involve skip-
ping over the subsequent instruction require either two
However, word or byte-oriented file register instructions or three cycles if the skip is performed, depending on
have two operands: whether the instruction being skipped is a single-word or
• The file register specified by the value ‘f’ double word instruction. Moreover, double word moves
• The destination, which could either be the file require two cycles. The double word instructions
register ‘f’ or the W0 register, which is denoted as execute in two instruction cycles.
‘WREG’ Note: For more details on the instruction set,
refer to the “16-bit MCU and DSC
Programmer’s Reference Manual”
(DS70157).

TABLE 26-1: SYMBOLS USED IN OPCODE DESCRIPTIONS

Field Description
#text Means literal defined by “text”

(text) Means “content of text”
[text] Means “the location addressed by text”
{ } Optional field or operation
<n:m> Register bit field
.b Byte mode selection
.d Double Word mode selection
.S Shadow register select
.w Word mode selection (default)
bit4 4-bit bit selection field (used in word addressed instructions) ∈ {0...15}
C, DC, N, OV, Z MCU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Negative, Overflow, Sticky Zero
Expr Absolute address, label or expression (resolved by the linker)
f File register address ∈ {0x0000...0x1FFF}
lit1 1-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0,1}
lit4 4-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...15}
lit10 10-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...255} for Byte mode, {0:1023} for Word mode
lit23 23-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...8388608}; LSB must be ‘0’
None Field does not require an entry, may be blank
PC Program Counter
Slit10 10-bit signed literal ∈ {-512...511}
Wb Base W register ∈ {W0..W15}
Wd Destination W register ∈ { Wd, [Wd], [Wd++], [Wd--], [++Wd], [--Wd] }
Wdo Destination W register ∈
{ Wnd, [Wnd], [Wnd++], [Wnd--], [++Wnd], [--Wnd], [Wnd+Wb] }
Wm,Wn Dividend, Divisor working register pair (direct addressing)
Wm*Wm Multiplicand and Multiplier working register pair for Square instructions ∈
{W4 * W4,W5 * W5,W6 * W6,W7 * W7}
Wn One of 16 working registers ∈ {W0..W15}
Wnd One of 16 destination working registers ∈ {W0...W15}
Wns One of 16 source working registers ∈ {W0...W15}
WREG W0 (working register used in file register instructions)
Ws Source W register ∈ { Ws, [Ws], [Ws++], [Ws--], [++Ws], [--Ws] }
Wso Source W register ∈
{ Wns, [Wns], [Wns++], [Wns--], [++Wns], [--Wns], [Wns+Wb] }

TABLE 26-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW

Base
Assembly # of # of Status Flags
Instr Assembly Syntax Description
Mnemonic Words Cycles Affected
#
1 ADD ADD f f = f + WREG 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z

ADD f,WREG WREG = f + WREG 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADD #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADD Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADD Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
2 ADDC ADDC f f = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADDC f,WREG WREG = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADDC #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd + (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADDC Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws + (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
ADDC Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 + (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
3 AND AND f f = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N,Z
AND f,WREG WREG = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N,Z
AND #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .AND. Wd 1 1 N,Z
AND Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. Ws 1 1 N,Z
AND Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. lit5 1 1 N,Z
4 ASR ASR f f = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
ASR f,WREG WREG = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
ASR Ws,Wd Wd = Arithmetic Right Shift Ws 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
ASR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N,Z
ASR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N,Z
5 BCLR BCLR f,#bit4 Bit Clear f 1 1 None
BCLR Ws,#bit4 Bit Clear Ws 1 1 None
6 BRA BRA C,Expr Branch if Carry 1 1 (2) None
BRA GE,Expr Branch if greater than or equal 1 1 (2) None
BRA GEU,Expr Branch if unsigned greater than or equal 1 1 (2) None
BRA GT,Expr Branch if greater than 1 1 (2) None
BRA GTU,Expr Branch if unsigned greater than 1 1 (2) None
BRA LE,Expr Branch if less than or equal 1 1 (2) None
BRA LEU,Expr Branch if unsigned less than or equal 1 1 (2) None
BRA LT,Expr Branch if less than 1 1 (2) None
BRA LTU,Expr Branch if unsigned less than 1 1 (2) None
BRA N,Expr Branch if Negative 1 1 (2) None
BRA NC,Expr Branch if Not Carry 1 1 (2) None
BRA NN,Expr Branch if Not Negative 1 1 (2) None
BRA NZ,Expr Branch if Not Zero 1 1 (2) None
BRA Expr Branch Unconditionally 1 2 None
BRA Z,Expr Branch if Zero 1 1 (2) None
BRA Wn Computed Branch 1 2 None
7 BSET BSET f,#bit4 Bit Set f 1 1 None
BSET Ws,#bit4 Bit Set Ws 1 1 None
8 BSW BSW.C Ws,Wb Write C bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None
BSW.Z Ws,Wb Write Z bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None
9 BTG BTG f,#bit4 Bit Toggle f 1 1 None
BTG Ws,#bit4 Bit Toggle Ws 1 1 None
10 BTSC BTSC f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Clear 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
BTSC Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Clear 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
11 BTSS BTSS f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
BTSS Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Set 1 1 None
(2 or 3)

TABLE 26-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

Base
#
12 BTST BTST f,#bit4 Bit Test f 1 1 Z

BTST.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C 1 1 C
BTST.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z 1 1 Z
BTST.C Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to C 1 1 C
BTST.Z Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to Z 1 1 Z
13 BTSTS BTSTS f,#bit4 Bit Test then Set f 1 1 Z
BTSTS.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C, then Set 1 1 C
BTSTS.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z, then Set 1 1 Z
14 CALL CALL lit23 Call subroutine 2 2 None
CALL Wn Call indirect subroutine 1 2 None
15 CLR CLR f f = 0x0000 1 1 None
CLR WREG WREG = 0x0000 1 1 None
CLR Ws Ws = 0x0000 1 1 None
16 CLRWDT CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer 1 1 WDTO,Sleep
17 COM COM f f=f 1 1 N,Z
COM f,WREG WREG = f 1 1 N,Z
COM Ws,Wd Wd = Ws 1 1 N,Z
18 CP CP f Compare f with WREG 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
CP Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
CP Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws (Wb – Ws) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
19 CP0 CP0 f Compare f with 0x0000 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
CP0 Ws Compare Ws with 0x0000 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
20 CPB CPB f Compare f with WREG, with Borrow 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
CPB Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5, with Borrow 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
CPB Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws, with Borrow 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
(Wb – Ws – C)
21 CPSEQ CPSEQ Wb, Wn Compare Wb with Wn, skip if = 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
22 CPSGT CPSGT Wb, Wn Compare Wb with Wn, skip if > 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
23 CPSLT CPSLT Wb, Wn Compare Wb with Wn, skip if < 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
24 CPSNE CPSNE Wb, Wn Compare Wb with Wn, skip if ≠ 1 1 None
(2 or 3)
25 DAW DAW Wn Wn = decimal adjust Wn 1 1 C
26 DEC DEC f f=f–1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
DEC f,WREG WREG = f – 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
DEC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
27 DEC2 DEC2 f f=f–2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
DEC2 f,WREG WREG = f – 2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
DEC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
28 DISI DISI #lit14 Disable Interrupts for k instruction cycles 1 1 None
29 DIV DIV.S Wm,Wn Signed 16/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N,Z,C,OV
DIV.SD Wm,Wn Signed 32/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N,Z,C,OV
DIV.U Wm,Wn Unsigned 16/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N,Z,C,OV
DIV.UD Wm,Wn Unsigned 32/16-bit Integer Divide 1 18 N,Z,C,OV
30 EXCH EXCH Wns,Wnd Swap Wns with Wnd 1 1 None
31 FBCL FBCL Ws,Wnd Find Bit Change from Left (MSb) Side 1 1 C
32 FF1L FF1L Ws,Wnd Find First One from Left (MSb) Side 1 1 C
33 FF1R FF1R Ws,Wnd Find First One from Right (LSb) Side 1 1 C
34 GOTO GOTO Expr Go to address 2 2 None
GOTO Wn Go to indirect 1 2 None


Base
#
35 INC INC f f=f+1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z

INC f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
INC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
36 INC2 INC2 f f=f+2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
INC2 f,WREG WREG = f + 2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
INC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 2 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
37 IOR IOR f f = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N,Z
IOR f,WREG WREG = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N,Z
IOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .IOR. Wd 1 1 N,Z
IOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. Ws 1 1 N,Z
IOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. lit5 1 1 N,Z
38 LNK LNK #lit14 Link Frame Pointer 1 1 None
39 LSR LSR f f = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
LSR f,WREG WREG = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
LSR Ws,Wd Wd = Logical Right Shift Ws 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
LSR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N,Z
LSR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N,Z
40 MOV MOV f,Wn Move f to Wn 1 1 None
MOV f Move f to f 1 1 None
MOV f,WREG Move f to WREG 1 1 N,Z
MOV #lit16,Wn Move 16-bit literal to Wn 1 1 None
MOV.b #lit8,Wn Move 8-bit literal to Wn 1 1 None
MOV Wn,f Move Wn to f 1 1 None
MOV Wso,Wdo Move Ws to Wd 1 1 None
MOV WREG,f Move WREG to f 1 1 None
MOV.D Wns,Wd Move Double from W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Wd 1 2 None
MOV.D Ws,Wnd Move Double from Ws to W(nd + 1):W(nd) 1 2 None
41 MUL MUL.SS Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * signed(Ws) 1 1 None
MUL.SU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * unsigned(Ws) 1 1 None
MUL.US Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) * signed(Ws) 1 1 None
MUL.UU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) * 1 1 None
unsigned(Ws)
MUL.SU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * unsigned(lit5) 1 1 None
MUL.UU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) * 1 1 None
unsigned(lit5)
MUL f W3:W2 = f * WREG 1 1 None
42 NEG NEG f f=f+1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
NEG f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
NEG Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
43 NOP NOP No Operation 1 1 None
NOPR No Operation 1 1 None
44 POP POP f Pop f from Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None
POP Wdo Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to Wdo 1 1 None
POP.D Wnd Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to 1 2 None
W(nd):W(nd + 1)
POP.S Pop Shadow Registers 1 1 All
45 PUSH PUSH f Push f to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None
PUSH Wso Push Wso to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None
PUSH.D Wns Push W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 2 None
PUSH.S Push Shadow Registers 1 1 None
46 PWRSAV PWRSAV #lit1 Go into Sleep or Idle mode 1 1 WDTO,Sleep
47 RCALL RCALL Expr Relative Call 1 2 None
RCALL Wn Computed Call 1 2 None


Base
#
48 REPEAT REPEAT #lit14 Repeat Next Instruction lit14 + 1 times 1 1 None

REPEAT Wn Repeat Next Instruction (Wn) + 1 times 1 1 None
49 RESET RESET Software device Reset 1 1 None
50 RETFIE RETFIE Return from interrupt 1 3 (2) None
51 RETLW RETLW #lit10,Wn Return with literal in Wn 1 3 (2) None
52 RETURN RETURN Return from Subroutine 1 3 (2) None
53 RLC RLC f f = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C,N,Z
RLC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C,N,Z
RLC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left through Carry Ws 1 1 C,N,Z
54 RLNC RLNC f f = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N,Z
RLNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N,Z
RLNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left (No Carry) Ws 1 1 N,Z
55 RRC RRC f f = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C,N,Z
RRC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C,N,Z
RRC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right through Carry Ws 1 1 C,N,Z
56 RRNC RRNC f f = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N,Z
RRNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N,Z
RRNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right (No Carry) Ws 1 1 N,Z
57 SE SE Ws,Wnd Wnd = sign-extended Ws 1 1 C,N,Z
58 SETM SETM f f = 0xFFFF 1 1 None
SETM WREG WREG = 0xFFFF 1 1 None
SETM Ws Ws = 0xFFFF 1 1 None
59 SL SL f f = Left Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
SL f,WREG WREG = Left Shift f 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
SL Ws,Wd Wd = Left Shift Ws 1 1 C,N,OV,Z
SL Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N,Z
SL Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N,Z
60 SUB SUB f f = f – WREG 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
61 SUBB SUBB f f = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
62 SUBR SUBR f f = WREG – f 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
63 SUBBR SUBBR f f = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
SUBBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb – (C) 1 1 C,DC,N,OV,Z
64 SWAP SWAP.b Wn Wn = nibble swap Wn 1 1 None
SWAP Wn Wn = byte swap Wn 1 1 None
65 TBLRDH TBLRDH Ws,Wd Read Prog<23:16> to Wd<7:0> 1 2 None
66 TBLRDL TBLRDL Ws,Wd Read Prog<15:0> to Wd 1 2 None
67 TBLWTH TBLWTH Ws,Wd Write Ws<7:0> to Prog<23:16> 1 2 None
68 TBLWTL TBLWTL Ws,Wd Write Ws to Prog<15:0> 1 2 None


Base
#
69 ULNK ULNK Unlink Frame Pointer 1 1 None

70 XOR XOR f f = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N,Z
XOR f,WREG WREG = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N,Z
XOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .XOR. Wd 1 1 N,Z
XOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. Ws 1 1 N,Z
XOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. lit5 1 1 N,Z
71 ZE ZE Ws,Wnd Wnd = Zero-extend Ws 1 1 C,Z,N

NOTES:

27.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT 27.1 MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment Software
The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal
controllers are supported with a full range of software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
and hardware development tools: development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit
• Integrated Development Environment microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows®
operating system-based application that contains:
- MPLAB® IDE Software
• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools
- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device - Simulator
Families - Programmer (sold separately)
- HI-TECH C for Various Device Families - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately)
- MPASMTM Assembler - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)
- MPLINKTM Object Linker/ • A full-featured editor with color-coded context
MPLIBTM Object Librarian • A multiple project manager
- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for • Customizable data windows with direct edit of
Various Device Families contents
• Simulators • High-level source code debugging
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Mouse over variable inspection
• Emulators • Drag and drop variables from source to watch
- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator windows
• In-Circuit Debuggers • Extensive on-line help
- MPLAB ICD 3 • Integration of select third party tools, such as
- PICkit™ 3 Debug Express IAR C Compilers
• Device Programmers The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
- PICkit™ 2 Programmer • Edit your source files (either C or assembly)
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to
• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, emulator and simulator tools (automatically
Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits updates all project information)
• Debug using:
- Source files (C or assembly)
- Mixed C and assembly
- Machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost-effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility
and power.

27.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various 27.5 MPLINK Object Linker/

Device Families MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the
PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects
dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal control- from precompiled libraries, using directives from a
lers. These compilers provide powerful integration linker script.
capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and
use. modification of library files of precompiled code. When
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
debugger. with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
27.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device The object linker/library features include:
Families • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems smaller files
are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital related modules together
signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
integration capabilities, omniscient code generation listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
and ease of use.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide 27.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE Librarian for Various Device
debugger. Families
The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre-
MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine
processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple
code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,
platforms.
PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses
the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler
27.4 MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be
The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX • Support for the entire device instruction set
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol • Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines • Command line interface
and generated machine code and COFF files for • Rich directive set
debugging.
• Flexible macro language
The MPASM Assembler features include: • MPLAB IDE compatibility
• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
• User-defined macros to streamline
assembly code
• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose
source files
• Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process

27.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator 27.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code
System
development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat- MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro-
ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig-
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)
a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcon-
logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace trollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easy-
buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of to-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated
the simulator to record and track program execution, Development Environment (IDE).
actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.
The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is con-
The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports nected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed
symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a
and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft- connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB
ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all
debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi- MPLAB ICD 2 headers.
ronment, making it an excellent, economical software
development tool. 27.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/
Programmer and
27.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit
PICkit 3 Debug Express
Emulator System
The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and
MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash
Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using
Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB
programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The
with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer's
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), PC using a full speed USB interface and can be
included with each kit. connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11)
The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB
using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins
to the target with either a connector compatible with in- and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and
circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new high- In-Circuit Serial Programming™.
speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo
(LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM
The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and
downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE software.
MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new
features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers
significant advantages over competitive emulators
including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time
variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a
ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)
interconnection cables.

27.11 PICkit 2 Development 27.13 Demonstration/Development

Programmer/Debugger and Boards, Evaluation Kits, and
PICkit 2 Debug Express Starter Kits
The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is A wide variety of demonstration, development and
a low-cost development tool with an easy to use evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC
interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-
Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for
Windows® programming interface supports baseline adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware
(PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange and source code for examination and modification.
(PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,
dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232
microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional
products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated EEPROM memory.
Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2
enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® The demonstration and development boards can be
microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom
single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller circuits and for learning about various microcontroller
is embedded in the application. When halted at a applications.
breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-
modified. stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip
The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN,
with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL®
MPLAB IDE software. evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate
sensing, plus many more.
27.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer Also available are starter kits that contain everything
needed to experience the specified device. This usually
The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, includes a single application and debug capability, all
CE compliant device programmer with programmable on one board.
voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for
maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)
(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu- for the complete list of demonstration, development
lar, detachable socket assembly to support various and evaluation kits.
package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included
as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB
PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program
PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set
code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3
connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.
The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and
optimized algorithms for quick programming of large
memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file
storage and data applications.

28.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

This section provides an overview of PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
electrical characteristics. Additional information is provided in future revisions of this document as it becomes available.
Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 family
are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating conditions for extended periods can affect device reliability. Func-
tional operation of the device at these or any other conditions above the parameters indicated in the operation listings
of this specification is not implied.
Absolute Maximum Ratings(1)

Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-40°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +160°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V
Voltage on any pin that is not 5V tolerant with respect to VSS(4) .................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD ≥ 3.0V(4) .................................................. -0.3V to +5.6V
Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to Vss when VDD < 3.0V(4) ...................................................... -0.3V to 3.6V
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin(2) ...........................................................................................................................250 mA
Maximum current sourced/sunk by any 2x I/O pin(3) ................................................................................................8 mA
Maximum current sourced/sunk by any 4x I/O pin(3) ..............................................................................................15 mA
Maximum current sourced/sunk by any 8x I/O pin(3) ..............................................................................................25 mA
Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports(2) ...............................................................................................................200 mA
Note 1: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” can cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only, and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions
above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum
rating conditions for extended periods can affect device reliability.
2: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 28-2).
3: Exceptions are CLKOUT, which is able to sink/source 25 mA, and the VREF+, VREF-, SCLx, SDAx, PGECx
and PGEDx pins, which are able to sink/source 12 mA.
4: See the “Pin Diagrams” section for 5V tolerant pins.

28.1 DC Characteristics
TABLE 28-1: OPERATING MIPS VS. VOLTAGE

Max MIPS
VDD Range Temp Range PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
Characteristic
(in Volts) (in °C) PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
— 3.0-3.6V(1) -40°C to +85°C 40
— 3.0-3.6V(1) -40°C to +125°C 40
Note 1: Device is functional at VBORMIN < VDD < VDDMIN. Analog modules such as the ADC will have degraded
performance. Device functionality is tested but not characterized. Refer to parameter BO10 in Table 28-11
for the minimum and maximum BOR values.
TABLE 28-2: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS

Rating Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
Industrial Temperature Devices
Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -40 — +125 °C
Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 — +85 °C
Extended Temperature Devices
Power Dissipation:
Internal chip power dissipation:
PINT = VDD x (IDD – Σ IOH) PD PINT + PI/O W
I/O Pin Power Dissipation:
I/O = Σ ({VDD – VOH} x IOH) + Σ (VOL x IOL)
Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation PDMAX (TJ – TA)/θJA W
TABLE 28-3: THERMAL PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit Notes
Package Thermal Resistance, 44-pin QFN θJA 30 — °C/W 1
Package Thermal Resistance, 44-pin TFQP θJA 40 — °C/W 1
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin SPDIP θJA 45 — °C/W 1
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin SOIC θJA 50 — °C/W 1
Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin QFN-S θJA 30 — °C/W 1
Note 1: Junction to ambient thermal resistance, Theta-JA (θ JA) numbers are achieved by package simulations.

TABLE 28-4: DC TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V
(unless otherwise stated)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions
No.
Operating Voltage
DC10 Supply Voltage
VDD 3.0 — 3.6 V Industrial and Extended
DC12 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(2) 1.8 — — V —
DC16 VPOR VDD Start Voltage — — VSS V —
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
DC17 SVDD VDD Rise Rate 0.03 — — V/ms 0-3.0V in 0.1s
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.
2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data.

TABLE 28-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD)

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter
Typical(2) Max Units Conditions
No.(3)
Operating Current (IDD)(1)
DC20d 18 21 mA -40°C
DC20a 18 22 mA +25°C
3.3V 10 MIPS
DC20b 18 22 mA +85°C
DC20c 18 25 mA +125°C
DC21d 30 35 mA -40°C
DC21a 30 34 mA +25°C
3.3V 16 MIPS
DC21b 30 34 mA +85°C
DC21c 30 36 mA +125°C
DC22d 34 42 mA -40°C
DC22a 34 41 mA +25°C
3.3V 20 MIPS
DC22b 34 42 mA +85°C
DC22c 35 44 mA +125°C
DC23d 49 58 mA -40°C
DC23a 49 57 mA +25°C
3.3V 30 MIPS
DC23b 49 57 mA +85°C
DC23c 49 60 mA +125°C
DC24d 63 75 mA -40°C
DC24a 63 74 mA +25°C
3.3V 40 MIPS
DC24b 63 74 mA +85°C
DC24c 63 76 mA +125°C
Note 1: IDD is primarily a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading
and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact
on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements are as follows:
• Oscillator is configured in EC mode, no PLL until 10 MIPS, OSC1 is driven with external square wave
from rail-to-rail (EC clock overshoot/undershoot < 250 mV required)
• CLKO is configured as an I/O input pin in the Configuration word
• All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VSS
• MCLR = VDD, WDT and FSCM are disabled
• CPU, SRAM, program memory and data memory are operational
• No peripheral modules are operating; however, every peripheral is being clocked (defined PMDx bits
are set to zero)
• CPU executing while(1) statement
• JTAG is disabled
2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, +25ºC unless otherwise stated.
3: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 28-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE)

DC CHARACTERISTICS
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C for Extended
Parameter
No.(3)
Idle Current (IIDLE): Core OFF Clock ON Base Current(1)
DC40d 8 10 mA -40°C
DC40a 8 10 mA +25°C
10 MIPS
DC40b 9 10 mA +85°C 3.3V
DC40c 10 13 mA +125°C
DC41d 13 15 mA -40°C
DC41a 13 15 mA +25°C
3.3V 16 MIPS
DC41b 13 16 mA +85°C
DC41c 13 19 mA +125°C
DC42d 15 18 mA -40°C
DC42a 16 18 mA +25°C
3.3V 20 MIPS
DC42b 16 19 mA +85°C
DC42c 17 22 mA +125°C
DC43a 23 27 mA +25°C
DC43d 23 26 mA -40°C
3.3V 30 MIPS
DC43b 24 28 mA +85°C
DC43c 25 31 mA +125°C
DC44d 31 42 mA -40°C
DC44a 31 36 mA +25°C
3.3V 40 MIPS
DC44b 32 39 mA +85°C
DC44c 34 43 mA +125°C
Note 1: Base IIDLE current is measured as follows:
• CPU core is off (i.e., Idle mode), oscillator is configured in EC mode and external clock active, OSC1
is driven with external square wave from rail-to-rail (EC clock overshoot/undershoot < 250 mV
required)
• External Secondary Oscillator disabled (i.e., SOSCO and SOSCI pins configured as digital I/O inputs)
• MCLR = VDD, WDT and FSCM are disabled
• No peripheral modules are operating; however, every peripheral is being clocked (defined PMDx bits
are set to zero)
2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, +25ºC unless otherwise stated.

TABLE 28-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD)

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter
No.(3)
Power-Down Current (IPD)(1)
DC60d 24 68 μA -40°C
DC60a 28 87 μA +25°C
3.3V Base Power-Down Current(3,4)
DC60b 124 292 μA +85°C
DC60c 350 1000 μA +125°C
DC61d 8 13 μA -40°C
DC61a 10 15 μA +25°C
3.3V Watchdog Timer Current: ΔIWDT(3,5)
DC61b 12 20 μA +85°C
DC61c 13 25 μA +125°C
Note 1: IPD (Sleep) current is measured as follows:
• CPU core is off (i.e., Sleep mode), oscillator is configured in EC mode and external clock active,
OSC1 is driven with external square wave from rail-to-rail (EC clock overshoot/undershoot < 250 mV
required)
• MCLR = VDD, WDT and FSCM are disabled, all peripheral modules are disabled (PMDx bits are all
‘1’s)
• RTCC is disabled
2: Data in the “Typ” column is at 3.3V, +25ºC unless otherwise stated.
3: The Watchdog Timer Current is the additional current consumed when the WDT module is enabled. This
current should be added to the base IPD current.
4: These currents are measured on the device containing the most memory in this family.
5: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 28-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: DOZE CURRENT (IDOZE)

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Doze
Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions
Ratio
DC73a 20 50 1:2 mA
DC73f 17 30 1:64 mA -40°C 3.3V 40 MIPS
DC73g 17 30 1:128 mA
DC70a 20 50 1:2 mA
DC70f 17 30 1:64 mA +25°C 3.3V 40 MIPS
DC70g 17 30 1:128 mA
DC71a 20 50 1:2 mA
DC71f 17 30 1:64 mA +85°C 3.3V 40 MIPS
DC71g 17 30 1:128 mA
DC72a 21 50 1:2 mA
DC72f 18 30 1:64 mA +125°C 3.3V 40 MIPS
DC72g 18 30 1:128 mA
Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

TABLE 28-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
VIL Input Low Voltage
DI10 I/O pins VSS — 0.2 VDD V
DI11 PMP pins VSS — 0.15 VDD V PMPTTL = 1
DI15 MCLR VSS — 0.2 VDD V
DI16 I/O Pins with OSC1 or SOSCI VSS — 0.2 VDD V
DI18 I/O Pins with SDAx, SCLx VSS — 0.3 VDD V SMBus disabled
DI19 I/O Pins with SDAx, SCLx VSS — 0.8 V SMBus enabled
VIH Input High Voltage
DI20 I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant(4) 0.7 VDD — VDD V —
I/O Pins 5V Tolerant(4) 0.7 VDD — 5.5 V
DI21 I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant with 0.24 VDD + 0.8 — VDD V
PMP(4)
I/O Pins 5V Tolerant with 0.24 VDD + 0.8 — 5.5 V
PMP(4)
DI28 SDAx, SCLx 0.7 VDD — 5.5 V SMBus disabled
DI29 SDAx, SCLx 2.1 — 5.5 V SMBus enabled
ICNPU CNx Pull-up Current
DI30 50 250 400 μA VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified lev-
els represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current can be measured at different input volt-
ages.
3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4: See “Pin Diagrams” for the 5V tolerant I/O pins.
5: VIL source < (VSS – 0.3). Characterized but not tested.
6: Non-5V tolerant pins VIH source > (VDD + 0.3), 5V tolerant pins VIH source > 5.5V. Characterized but not
tested.
7: Digital 5V tolerant pins cannot tolerate any “positive” input injection current from input sources > 5.5V.
8: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.
9: Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted pro-
vided the mathematical “absolute instantaneous” sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not
exceed the specified limit. Characterized but not tested.


DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
IIL Input Leakage Current(2,3)
DI50 I/O pins 5V Tolerant(4) — — ±2 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,
Pin at high-impedance
DI51 I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant(4) — — ±1 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,
(Excluding AN9 through Pin at high-impedance,
AN12) 40°C ≤ TA ≤+85°C
DI51a I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant(4) — — ±2 μA Shared with external
reference pins,
40°C ≤ TA ≤+85°C
DI51b I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant(4) — — ±3.5 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD, Pin at
(Excluding AN9 through high-impedance,
AN12) -40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C
DI51c I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant(4) — — ±8 μA Analog pins shared
with external reference
pins,
-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C
DI51d AN9 through AN12 — — ±11 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD, Pin at
high-impedance,
-40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C
DI51e AN9 through AN12 — — ±13 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD, Pin at
high-impedance,
-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C
DI55 MCLR — — ±2 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD
DI56 OSC1 — — ±2 μA VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,
XT and HS modes
ages.
tested.


DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
IICL Input Low Injection Current
DI60a All pins except VDD,
VSS, AVDD, AVSS,
0 — -5(5,8) mA
MCLR, VCAP, SOSCI,
SOSCO, and RB14
IICH Input High Injection Current
DI60b All pins except VDD,
VSS, AVDD, AVSS,
MCLR, VCAP, SOSCI,
0 — +5(6,7,8) mA
SOSCO, RB14, and
digital 5V-tolerant
designated pins
∑IICT Total Input Injection Current
DI60c (sum of all I/O and control -20(9) — +20(9) mA Absolute instantaneous
pins) sum of all ± input
injection currents from
all I/O pins
( | IICL + | IICH | ) ≤∑IICT
ages.
tested.

TABLE 28-10: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ. Max. Units Conditions
Output Low Voltage
I/O Pins:
IOL ≤3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
2x Sink Driver Pins - RA2, RA7- — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
RA10, RB10, RB11, RB7, RB4,
RC3-RC9
Output Low Voltage
DO10 VOL I/O Pins:
4x Sink Driver Pins - RA0, RA1, — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8, RB9,
RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2
Output Low Voltage
I/O Pins: — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
8x Sink Driver Pins - RA3, RA4
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins:
IOH ≥ -3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
2x Source Driver Pins - RA2, 2.4 — — V
See Note 1
RA7-RA10, RB4, RB7, RB10,
RB11, RC3-RC9
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins:
DO20 VOH IOH ≥ -6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
See Note 1
RA1, RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8,
RB9, RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins: IOH ≥ -10 mA, VDD = 3.3V
2.4 — — V
8x Source Driver Pins - RA4, See Note 1
RA3
Output High Voltage IOH ≥ -6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
1.5 — —
I/O Pins: See Note 1
2x Source Driver Pins - RA2, IOH ≥ -5 mA, VDD = 3.3V
RA7-RA10, RB4, RB7, RB10, 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
RB11, RC3-RC9
IOH ≥ -2 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
1.5 — —
RA1, RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8, IOH ≥ -11 mA, VDD = 3.3V
DO20A VOH1 RB9, RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
IOH ≥ -3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
1.5 — —
8x Source Driver Pins - RA3, IOH ≥ -12 mA, VDD = 3.3V
RA4 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
IOH ≥ -4 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
Note 1: Parameters are characterized, but not tested.

TABLE 28-11: ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: BOR

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min(1) Typ Max(1) Units Conditions
No.
BO10 VBOR BOR Event on VDD transition high-to-low 2.40 — 2.55 V VDD
Note 1: Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested in manufacturing.
TABLE 28-12: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
D130a EP Cell Endurance 10,000 — — E/W -40° C to +125° C
D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN — 3.6 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D132B VPEW VDD for Self-Timed Write VMIN — 3.6 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 20 — — Year Provided no other specifications
are violated
D135 IDDP Supply Current during — 10 — mA —
Programming
D136a TRW Row Write Time 1.32 — 1.74 ms TRW = 11064 FRC cycles,
TA = +85°C, See Note 2
D136b TRW Row Write Time 1.28 — 1.79 ms TRW = 11064 FRC cycles,
D137a TPE Page Erase Time 20.1 — 26.5 ms TPE = 168517 FRC cycles,
D137b TPE Page Erase Time 19.5 — 27.3 ms TPE = 168517 FRC cycles,
D138a TWW Word Write Cycle Time 42.3 — 55.9 µs TWW = 355 FRC cycles,
D138b TWW Word Write Cycle Time 41.1 — 57.6 µs TWW = 355 FRC cycles,
2: Other conditions: FRC = 7.37 MHz, TUN<5:0> = b'011111 (for Min), TUN<5:0> = b'100000 (for Max).
This parameter depends on the FRC accuracy (see Table 28-19) and the value of the FRC Oscillator
Tuning register (see Register 9-4). For complete details on calculating the Minimum and Maximum time
see Section 5.3 “Programming Operations”.
TABLE 28-13: INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated):
Param
Symbol Characteristics Min Typ Max Units Comments
No.
— CEFC External Filter Capacitor 4.7 10 — μF Capacitor must be low series
Value(1) resistance (< 5 Ohms)
Note 1: Typical VCAP voltage = 2.5V when VDD ≥ VDDMIN.

28.2 AC Characteristics and Timing

Parameters
This section defines PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
AC characteristics and timing parameters.
TABLE 28-14: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC

AC CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C for Industrial
Operating voltage VDD range as described in Table 28-1.
FIGURE 28-1: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSC2 Load Condition 2 – for OSC2
VDD/2
RL Pin CL
VSS
CL
Pin RL = 464Ω
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2
VSS 15 pF for OSC2 output
TABLE 28-15: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS

Param
Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
DO50 COSC2 OSC2/SOSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT and HS modes when
external clock is used to drive
OSC1
DO56 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 — — 50 pF EC mode
DO58 CB SCLx, SDAx — — 400 pF In I2C™ mode

FIGURE 28-2: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
OS20
OS30 OS30 OS31 OS31
OS25
CLKO
OS41 OS40
TABLE 28-16: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symb Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions
No.
OS10 FIN External CLKI Frequency DC — 40 MHz EC
(External clocks allowed only
in EC and ECPLL modes)
Oscillator Crystal Frequency 3.5 — 10 MHz XT
10 — 40 MHz HS
— 33 kHz SOSC
OS20 TOSC TOSC = 1/FOSC 12.5 — DC ns
OS25 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(2) 25 — DC ns
OS30 TosL, External Clock in (OSC1) 0.375 x TOSC — 0.625 x TOSC ns EC
TosH High or Low Time
OS31 TosR, External Clock in (OSC1) — — 20 ns EC
TosF Rise or Fall Time
OS40 TckR CLKO Rise Time(3) — 5.2 — ns —
OS41 TckF CLKO Fall Time(3) — 5.2 — ns —
OS42 GM External Oscillator 14 16 18 mA/V VDD = 3.3V
Transconductance(4) TA = +25ºC
2: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time-base period. All specified values
are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions
with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator
operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min.”
values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the
“max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.
3: Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSC2 pin.
4: Data for this parameter is Preliminary. This parameter is characterized, but not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 28-17: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 3.0V TO 3.6V)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
Param
No.
OS50 FPLLI PLL Voltage Controlled 0.8 — 8 MHz ECPLL, HSPLL, XTPLL
Oscillator (VCO) Input modes
Frequency Range
OS51 FSYS On-Chip VCO System 100 — 200 MHz —
Frequency
OS52 TLOCK PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) 0.9 1.5
— 3.1 mS
OS53 DCLK CLKO Stability (Jitter) -3 0.5 3
Measured over 100 ms %
period
Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing. This specification is
based on clock cycle by clock cycle measurements. To calculate the effective jitter for individual time bases
or communication clocks use this formula:
D CLK
Peripheral Clock Jitter = -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
F OSC
⎛ ------------------------------------------------------------- ⎞
-
⎝ Peripheral Bit Rate Clock⎠
For example: Fosc = 32 MHz, DCLK = 3%, SPI bit rate clock, (i.e., SCK) is 2 MHz.
D CLK 3% 3%
SPI SCK Jitter = ------------------------------ = ---------- = -------- = 0.75%
16 4
⎛ 32 MHz-⎞
-------------------
⎝ 2 MHz ⎠
TABLE 28-18: AC CHARACTERISTICS: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY

Param
Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
Internal FRC Accuracy @ 7.3728 MHz(1)
F20 FRC -2 — +2 % -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C VDD = 3.0-3.6V
FRC -5 — +5 % -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C VDD = 3.0-3.6V
Note 1: Frequency calibrated at 25°C and 3.3V. TUN bits can be used to compensate for temperature drift.
TABLE 28-19: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY

Param
Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
LPRC @ 32.768 kHz(1)
F21 LPRC -20 ±6 +20 % -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C VDD = 3.0-3.6V
LPRC -30 — +30 % -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +125°C VDD = 3.0-3.6V
Note 1: Change of LPRC frequency as VDD changes.

FIGURE 28-3: CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
I/O Pin
(Input)
DI35
DI40
I/O Pin Old Value New Value

(Output)
DO31
DO32
Note: Refer to Figure 28-1 for load conditions.
TABLE 28-20: I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
DO31 TIOR Port Output Rise Time — 10 25 ns —
DO32 TIOF Port Output Fall Time — 10 25 ns —
DI35 TINP INTx Pin High or Low Time (input) 20 — — ns —
DI40 TRBP CNx High or Low Time (input) 2 — — TCY —

FIGURE 28-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
VDD SY12
MCLR
Internal SY10
POR
SY11
PWRT
Time-out
SY30
OSC
Time-out
Internal
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Reset
SY20
SY13
SY13
I/O Pins
SY35
FSCM
Delay Note: Refer to Figure 28-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 28-21: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
TIMING REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic(1) Min Typ(2) Max Units Conditions
No.
SY10 TMCL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 2 — — μs -40°C to +85°C

SY11 TPWRT Power-up Timer Period — 2 — ms -40°C to +85°C
4 User programmable
8
16
32
64
128
SY12 TPOR Power-on Reset Delay 3 10 30 μs -40°C to +85°C
SY13 TIOZ I/O High-Impedance from 0.68 0.72 1.2 μs —
MCLR Low or Watchdog
Timer Reset
SY20 TWDT1 Watchdog Timer — — — — See Section 25.4
Time-out Period “Watchdog Timer (WDT)”
and LPRC specification F21
(Table 28-19)
SY30 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer — 1024 TOSC — — TOSC = OSC1 period
Period
SY35 TFSCM Fail-Safe Clock Monitor — 500 900 μs -40°C to +85°C
Delay
Note 1: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.
2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

FIGURE 28-5: TIMER1, 2, 3 AND 4 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
TxCK
Tx10 Tx11
Tx15 Tx20
OS60
TMRx
TABLE 28-22: TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS(1)

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
TA10 TTXH TxCK High Time Synchronous, TCY + 20 — — ns Must also meet
no prescaler parameter TA15.
Synchronous, (TCY + 20)/N — — ns N = prescale
with prescaler value
(1, 8, 64, 256)
Asynchronous 20 — — ns
TA11 TTXL TxCK Low Time Synchronous, (TCY + 20) — — ns Must also meet
no prescaler parameter TA15.
Synchronous, (TCY + 20)/N — — ns N = prescale
with prescaler value
(1, 8, 64, 256)
Asynchronous 20 — — ns
TA15 TTXP TxCK Input Period Synchronous, 2 TCY + 40 — — ns —
no prescaler
Synchronous, Greater of: — — — N = prescale
with prescaler 40 ns or value
(2 TCY + 40)/ (1, 8, 64, 256)
N
Asynchronous 40 — — ns —
OS60 Ft1 SOSCI/T1CK Oscillator Input DC — 50 kHz —
frequency Range (oscillator
enabled by setting bit TCS
(T1CON<1>))
TA20 TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK Clock 0.75 TCY + 1.75 TCY + — —
Edge to Timer Increment 40 40
Note 1: Timer1 is a Type A.

TABLE 28-23: TIMER2 AND TIMER 4 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial
Param
Symbol Characteristic(1) Min Typ Max Units Conditions
No.
TB10 TtxH TxCK High Synchronous Greater of: — — ns Must also meet
Time mode 20 or parameter TB15
(TCY + 20)/N N = prescale
value
(1, 8, 64, 256)
TB11 TtxL TxCK Low Synchronous Greater of: — — ns Must also meet
Time mode 20 or parameter TB15
(TCY + 20)/N N = prescale
value
(1, 8, 64, 256)
TB15 TtxP TxCK Synchronous Greater of: — — ns N = prescale
Input mode 40 or value
Period (2 TCY + 40)/N (1, 8, 64, 256)
TB20 TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK 0.75 TCY + 40 — 1.75 TCY + 40 ns
Clock Edge to Timer Incre-
ment
Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.
TABLE 28-24: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
TC10 TtxH TxCK High Synchronous TCY + 20 — — ns Must also meet
Time parameter TC15
TC11 TtxL TxCK Low Synchronous TCY + 20 — — ns Must also meet
Time parameter TC15
TC15 TtxP TxCK Input Synchronous, 2 TCY + 40 — — ns N = prescale
Period with prescaler value
(1, 8, 64, 256)
TC20 TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK 0.75 TCY + 40 — 1.75 TCY + 40 ns
Clock Edge to Timer Incre-
ment

FIGURE 28-6: INPUT CAPTURE (CAPx) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
ICx
IC10 IC11
IC15
TABLE 28-25: INPUT CAPTURE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic(1) Min Max Units Conditions
No.
IC10 TccL ICx Input Low Time No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns —
With Prescaler 10 — ns
IC11 TccH ICx Input High Time No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — ns —
With Prescaler 10 — ns
IC15 TccP ICx Input Period (TCY + 40)/N — ns N = prescale
value (1, 4, 16)
FIGURE 28-7: OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE (OCx) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
OCx
(Output Compare
or PWM Mode) OC11 OC10
TABLE 28-26: OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
OC10 TccF OCx Output Fall Time — — — ns See parameter DO32
OC11 TccR OCx Output Rise Time — — — ns See parameter DO31

FIGURE 28-8: OC/PWM MODULE TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
OC20
OCFA
OC15
OCx Active Tri-state
TABLE 28-27: SIMPLE OC/PWM MODE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
OC15 TFD Fault Input to PWM I/O — — TCY + 20 ns —
Change
OC20 TFLT Fault Input Pulse Width TCY + 20 — — ns —

TABLE 28-28: SPIx MAXIMUM DATA/CLOCK RATE SUMMARY

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Master Master Slave
Maximum
Transmit Only Transmit/Receive Transmit/Receive CKE CKP SMP
Data Rate
(Half-Duplex) (Full-Duplex) (Full-Duplex)
15 MHz Table 28-29 — — 0,1 0,1 0,1
9 MHz — Table 28-30 — 1 0,1 1
9 MHz — Table 28-31 — 0 0,1 1
15 MHz — — Table 28-32 1 0 0
11 MHz — — Table 28-33 1 1 0
15 MHz — — Table 28-34 0 1 0
11 MHz — — Table 28-35 0 0 0
FIGURE 28-9: SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY CKE = 0) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP10 SP21 SP20
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35 SP20 SP21
SDOx MSb Bit 14 - - - - - -1 LSb
SP30, SP31 SP30, SP31

FIGURE 28-10: SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY CKE = 1) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SP36
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP10 SP21 SP20
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35 SP20 SP21
SP30, SP31

TABLE 28-29: SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY) TIMING REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
SP10 TscP Maximum SCK Frequency — — 15 MHz See Note 3
SP20 TscF SCKx Output Fall Time — — — ns See parameter DO32
and Note 4
SP21 TscR SCKx Output Rise Time — — — ns See parameter DO31
and Note 4
SP30 TdoF SDOx Data Output Fall Time — — — ns See parameter DO32
and Note 4
SP31 TdoR SDOx Data Output Rise Time — — — ns See parameter DO31
and Note 4
SP35 TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after — 6 20 ns —
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
SP36 TdiV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to 30 — — ns —
TdiV2scL First SCKx Edge
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the clock generated in Master mode must not
violate this specification.
4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

FIGURE 28-11: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = X, SMP = 1) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SP36
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP10 SP21 SP20
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35 SP20 SP21
SP40 SP30, SP31
SDIx MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP41
TABLE 28-30: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = x, SMP = 1) TIMING
REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
SP10 TscP Maximum SCK Frequency — — 9 MHz See Note 3
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
SP36 TdoV2sc, SDOx Data Output Setup to 30 — — ns —
TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge
SP40 TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data 30 — — ns —
TdiV2scL Input to SCKx Edge
SP41 TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input 30 — — ns —
TscL2diL to SCKx Edge
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 111 ns. The clock generated in Master mode must not violate this
specification.

FIGURE 28-12: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = X, SMP = 1) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP10 SP21 SP20
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35 SP20 SP21
SP30, SP31 SP30, SP31
SDIx MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP40 SP41
TABLE 28-31: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = x, SMP = 1) TIMING
REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
SP10 TscP Maximum SCK Frequency — — 9 MHz -40ºC to +125ºC and
see Note 3
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
SP36 TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to 30 — — ns —
SP40 TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data 30 — — ns —
TdiV2scL Input to SCKx Edge
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 111 ns. The clock generated in Master mode must not violate this
specification.

FIGURE 28-13: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SP60
SSx
SP50 SP52
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP70 SP73 SP72
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35
SP72 SP73
SP30,SP31 SP51
SDI
SDIx
MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP41
SP40

TABLE 28-32: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING
REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
SP70 TscP Maximum SCK Input Frequency — — 15 MHz See Note 3
SP72 TscF SCKx Input Fall Time — — — ns See parameter DO32
and Note 4
SP73 TscR SCKx Input Rise Time — — — ns See parameter DO31
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
SP40 TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input 30 — — ns —
TdiV2scL to SCKx Edge
SP50 TssL2scH, SSx ↓ to SCKx ↑ or SCKx Input 120 — — ns —
TssL2scL
SP51 TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output 10 — 50 ns —
High-Impedance(4)
SP52 TscH2ssH SSx after SCKx Edge 1.5 TCY + 40 — — ns See Note 4
TscL2ssH
SP60 TssL2doV SDOx Data Output Valid after — — 50 ns —
SSx Edge
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must
not violate this specification.

CHARACTERISTICS
SP60
SSx
SP50 SP52
SCKx
(CKP = 0)
SP70 SP73 SP72
SCKx
(CKP = 1)
SP35
SP72 SP73
SP52
SP30,SP31 SP51
SDI
SDIx
MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP41
SP40

REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
TssL2scL
High-Impedance(4)
TscL2ssH
SP60 TssL2doV SDOx Data Output Valid after — — 50 ns —
SSx Edge
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 91 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must not

FIGURE 28-15: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX CKE = 0, CKP = 1, SMP = 0) TIMING
CHARACTERISTICS
SSX
SP50 SP52
SCKX
(CKP = 0)
SP70 SP73 SP72
SCKX
(CKP = 1)
SP72 SP73
SP35
SDOX MSb Bit 14 - - - - - -1 LSb
SP30,SP31 SP51
SDIX MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP41
SP40

REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
TssL2scL
High-Impedance(4)
TscL2ssH
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must
not violate this specification.

CHARACTERISTICS
SSX
SP50 SP52
SCKX
(CKP = 0)
SP70 SP73 SP72
SCKX
(CKP = 1)
SP72 SP73
SP35
SDOX MSb Bit 14 - - - - - -1 LSb
SP30,SP31 SP51
SDIX MSb In Bit 14 - - - -1 LSb In
SP41
SP40

REQUIREMENTS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
and Note 4
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
TssL2scL
High-Impedance(4)
TscL2ssH
3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 91 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must not

FIGURE 28-17: I2Cx BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (MASTER MODE)
SCLx
IM31 IM34
IM30 IM33
SDAx
Start Stop
Condition Condition
FIGURE 28-18: I2Cx BUS DATA TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (MASTER MODE)
IM20 IM11 IM21

IM10
SCLx
IM11 IM26
IM10 IM25 IM33
SDAx
In
IM40 IM40 IM45
SDAx
Out

TABLE 28-36: I2Cx BUS DATA TIMING REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE)

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min(1) Max Units Conditions
No.
IM10 TLO:SCL Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
IM11 THI:SCL Clock High Time 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
IM20 TF:SCL SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode — 300 ns CB is specified to be
Fall Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns from 10 to 400 pF
(2)
1 MHz mode — 100 ns
IM21 TR:SCL SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns CB is specified to be
Rise Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns from 10 to 400 pF
1 MHz mode(2) — 300 ns
IM25 TSU:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 250 — ns —
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 100 — ns
1 MHz mode(2) 40 — ns
IM26 THD:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 0 — μs —
Hold Time 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 μs
1 MHz mode(2) 0.2 — μs
IM30 TSU:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs Only relevant for
Setup Time 400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs Repeated Start
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs condition
IM31 THD:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs After this period the
Hold Time 400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs first clock pulse is
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs generated
IM33 TSU:STO Stop Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs —
Setup Time 400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — μs
IM34 THD:STO Stop Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — ns —
Hold Time 400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — ns
1 MHz mode(2) TCY/2 (BRG + 1) — ns
IM40 TAA:SCL Output Valid 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns —
From Clock 400 kHz mode — 1000 ns —
1 MHz mode(2) — 400 ns —
IM45 TBF:SDA Bus Free Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs Time the bus must be
400 kHz mode 1.3 — μs free before a new
1 MHz mode(2) 0.5 — μs transmission can start
IM50 CB Bus Capacitive Loading — 400 pF —
IM51 TPGD Pulse Gobbler Delay 65 390 ns See Note 3
Note 1: BRG is the value of the I2C Baud Rate Generator. Refer to Section 19. “Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™)”
(DS70235) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”. Please see the Microchip web site
(www.microchip.com) for the latest dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual chapters.
2: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2Cx pins (for 1 MHz mode only).
3: Typical value for this parameter is 130 ns.

FIGURE 28-19: I2Cx BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (SLAVE MODE)
SCLx
IS31 IS34
IS30 IS33
SDAx
Start Stop
Condition Condition
FIGURE 28-20: I2Cx BUS DATA TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (SLAVE MODE)
IS20 IS11 IS21

IS10
SCLx
IS30 IS26
IS31 IS25 IS33
SDAx
In
IS40 IS40 IS45
SDAx
Out

TABLE 28-37: I2Cx BUS DATA TIMING REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param. Symbol Characteristic Min Max Units Conditions
IS10 TLO:SCL Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 1.3 — μs Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
1 MHz mode(1) 0.5 — μs —
IS11 THI:SCL Clock High Time 100 kHz mode 4.0 — μs Device must operate at a
minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode 0.6 — μs Device must operate at a
minimum of 10 MHz
1 MHz mode(1) 0.5 — μs —
IS20 TF:SCL SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode — 300 ns CB is specified to be from
Fall Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns 10 to 400 pF
IS21 TR:SCL SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns CB is specified to be from
Rise Time 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1 CB 300 ns 10 to 400 pF
IS25 TSU:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 250 — ns —
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 100 — ns
1 MHz mode(1) 100 — ns
IS26 THD:DAT Data Input 100 kHz mode 0 — μs —
Hold Time 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 μs
1 MHz mode(1) 0 0.3 μs
IS30 TSU:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs Only relevant for Repeated
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — μs Start condition
1 MHz mode(1) 0.25 — μs
IS31 THD:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode 4.0 — μs After this period, the first
Hold Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — μs clock pulse is generated
1 MHz mode(1) 0.25 — μs
IS33 TSU:STO Stop Condition 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs —
Setup Time 400 kHz mode 0.6 — μs
IS34 THD:ST Stop Condition 100 kHz mode 4000 — ns —
O Hold Time 400 kHz mode 600 — ns
1 MHz mode(1) 250 ns
IS40 TAA:SCL Output Valid 100 kHz mode 0 3500 ns —
From Clock 400 kHz mode 0 1000 ns
1 MHz mode(1) 0 350 ns
IS45 TBF:SDA Bus Free Time 100 kHz mode 4.7 — μs Time the bus must be free
400 kHz mode 1.3 — μs before a new transmission
can start
IS50 CB Bus Capacitive Loading — 400 pF —
Note 1: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2Cx pins (for 1 MHz mode only).

FIGURE 28-21: ECAN™ MODULE I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
CiTx Pin Old Value New Value

(output)
CA10 CA11
CiRx Pin
(input)
CA20
TABLE 28-38: ECAN™ MODULE I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
CA10 TioF Port Output Fall Time — — — ns See parameter D032
CA11 TioR Port Output Rise Time — — — ns See parameter D031
CA20 Tcwf Pulse Width to Trigger 120 ns —
CAN Wake-up Filter
2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.

TABLE 28-39: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions
No.
Device Supply
AD01 AVDD Module VDD Supply Greater of — Lesser of V
VDD – 0.3 VDD + 0.3 —
or 3.0 or 3.6
AD02 AVSS Module VSS Supply VSS – 0.3 — VSS + 0.3 V —
Reference Inputs
AD05 VREFH Reference Voltage High AVSS + 2.5 — AVDD V
AD05a 3.0 — 3.6 V VREFH = AVDD
VREFL = AVSS = 0
AD06 VREFL Reference Voltage Low AVSS — AVDD – 2.5 V
AD06a 0 — 0 V VREFH = AVDD
VREFL = AVSS = 0
AD07 VREF Absolute Reference 2.5 — 3.6 V VREF = VREFH - VREFL
Voltage
AD08 IREF Current Drain — — 10 μA ADC off
AD09 IAD Operating Current — 7.0 9.0 mA ADC operating in 10-bit
mode, see Note 1
— 2.7 3.2 mA ADC operating in 12-bit
mode, see Note 1
Analog Input
AD12 VINH Input Voltage Range VINH VINL — VREFH V This voltage reflects Sample
and Hold Channels 0, 1, 2,
and 3 (CH0-CH3), positive
input
AD13 VINL Input Voltage Range VINL VREFL — AVSS + 1V V This voltage reflects Sample
and Hold Channels 0, 1, 2,
and 3 (CH0-CH3), negative
input
AD17 RIN Recommended Imped- — — 200 Ω 10-bit ADC
ance of Analog Voltage — — 200 Ω 12-bit ADC
Source
Note 1: These parameters are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 28-40: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS (12-BIT MODE)

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with external VREF+/VREF-
AD20a Nr Resolution(1) 12 data bits bits
AD21a INL Integral Nonlinearity -2 — +2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD22a DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD23a GERR Gain Error — 3.4 10 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD24a EOFF Offset Error — 0.9 5 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD25a — Monotonicity — — — — Guaranteed
ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-
AD20a Nr Resolution(1) 12 data bits bits
AD21a INL Integral Nonlinearity -2 — +2 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD22a DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD23a GERR Gain Error 2 10.5 20 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD24a EOFF Offset Error 2 3.8 10 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD25a — Monotonicity — — — — Guaranteed
Dynamic Performance (12-bit Mode)
AD30a THD Total Harmonic Distortion — — -75 dB —
AD31a SINAD Signal to Noise and 68.5 69.5 — dB —
Distortion
AD32a SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic 80 — — dB —
Range
AD33a FNYQ Input Signal Bandwidth — — 250 kHz —
AD34a ENOB Effective Number of Bits 11.09 11.3 — bits —
Note 1: Injection currents > |0| can affect the ADC results by approximately 4 to 6 counts (i.e., VIH source > (VDD +
0.3V) or VIL source < (VSS – 0.3V).


AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with external VREF+/VREF-
AD20b Nr Resolution(1) 10 data bits bits
AD21b INL Integral Nonlinearity -1.5 — +1.5 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD22b DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD23b GERR Gain Error — 3 6 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD24b EOFF Offset Error — 2 5 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
AD25b — Monotonicity — — — — Guaranteed
ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-
AD20b Nr Resolution(1) 10 data bits bits
AD21b INL Integral Nonlinearity -1 — +1 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD22b DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD23b GERR Gain Error 3 7 15 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD24b EOFF Offset Error 1.5 3 7 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
AD25b — Monotonicity — — — — Guaranteed
AD30b THD Total Harmonic Distortion — — -64 dB —
AD31b SINAD Signal to Noise and 57 58.5 — dB —
Distortion
AD32b SFDR Spurious Free Dynamic 72 — — dB —
Range
AD33b FNYQ Input Signal Bandwidth — — 550 kHz —
AD34b ENOB Effective Number of Bits 9.16 9.4 — bits —
Note 1: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

FIGURE 28-22: ADC CONVERSION (12-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

(ASAM = 0, SSRC<2:0> = 000)
AD50
ADCLK
Instruction
Execution Set SAMP Clear SAMP
SAMP
AD61
AD60
TSAMP AD55
DONE
AD1IF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 – Software sets AD1CON. SAMP to start sampling. 5 – Convert bit 11.

2 – Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in 6 – Convert bit 10.
Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter” (DS70183) in the
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”. 7 – Convert bit 1.
3 – Software clears AD1CON. SAMP to start conversion. 8 – Convert bit 0.
4 – Sampling ends, conversion sequence starts. 9 – One TAD for end of conversion.

TABLE 28-42: ADC CONVERSION (12-BIT MODE) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ(2) Max. Units Conditions
No.
Clock Parameters(1)
AD50 TAD ADC Clock Period 117.6 — — ns —
AD51 tRC ADC Internal RC Oscillator — 250 — ns —
Period
Conversion Rate
AD55 tCONV Conversion Time — 14 TAD ns —
AD56 FCNV Throughput Rate — — 500 Ksps —
AD57 TSAMP Sample Time 3 TAD — — — —
Timing Parameters
AD60 tPCS Conversion Start from Sample 2 TAD — 3 TAD — Auto convert trigger not
Trigger(2) selected
AD61 tPSS Sample Start from Setting 2 TAD — 3 TAD — —

Sample (SAMP) bit(2)
AD62 tCSS Conversion Completion to — 0.5 TAD — — —
Sample Start (ASAM = 1)(2)
AD63 tDPU Time to Stabilize Analog Stage — — 20 μs —
from ADC Off to ADC On(2,3)
Note 1: Because the sample caps eventually loses charge, clock rates below 10 kHz may affect linearity
performance, especially at elevated temperatures.
3: The tDPU is the time required for the ADC module to stabilize at the appropriate level when the module is
turned on (ADxCON1<ADON>=‘1’). During this time, the ADC result is indeterminate.

FIGURE 28-23: ADC CONVERSION (10-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

(CHPS<1:0> = 01, SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 0, SSRC<2:0> = 000)
AD50
ADCLK
Instruction
Execution Set SAMP Clear SAMP
SAMP
AD61
AD60
TSAMP AD55 AD55
DONE
AD1IF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
1 – Software sets AD1CON. SAMP to start sampling.

2 – Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter”
(DS70183) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”.
3 – Software clears AD1CON. SAMP to start conversion.
4 – Sampling ends, conversion sequence starts.
5 – Convert bit 9.
8 – One TAD for end of conversion.
FIGURE 28-24: ADC CONVERSION (10-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (CHPS<1:0> = 01,
SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 1, SSRC<2:0> = 111, SAMC<4:0> = 00001)
AD50
ADCLK
Instruction
Set ADON
Execution
SAMP
TSAMP AD55 AD55 TSAMP AD55
AD1IF
DONE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 8
1 – Software sets AD1CON. ADON to start AD operation. 5 – Convert bit 0.

2 – Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in 6 – One TAD for end of conversion.
Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter” (DS70183) in the
“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual'. 7 – Begin conversion of next channel.
8 – Sample for time specified by SAMC<4:0>.


AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ(1) Max. Units Conditions
No.
Clock Parameters
AD50 TAD ADC Clock Period 76 — — ns —
AD51 tRC ADC Internal RC Oscillator Period — 250 — ns —
Conversion Rate
AD55 tCONV Conversion Time — 12 TAD — — —
AD56 FCNV Throughput Rate — — 1.1 Msps —
AD57 TSAMP Sample Time 2 TAD — — — —
Timing Parameters
AD60 tPCS Conversion Start from Sample 2 TAD — 3 TAD — Auto-Convert Trigger
Trigger(1) not selected
AD61 tPSS Sample Start from Setting 2 TAD — 3 TAD — —
Sample (SAMP) bit(1)
AD62 tCSS Conversion Completion to — 0.5 TAD — — —
Sample Start (ASAM = 1)(1)
AD63 tDPU Time to Stabilize Analog Stage — — 20 μs —
from ADC Off to ADC On(1,3)
2: Because the sample caps eventually loses charge, clock rates below 10 kHz may affect linearity
performance, especially at elevated temperatures.
3: The tDPU is the time required for the ADC module to stabilize at the appropriate level when the module is
turned on (ADxCON1<ADON>=‘1’). During this time, the ADC result is indeterminate.
TABLE 28-44: COMPARATOR TIMING SPECIFICATIONS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
300 TRESP Response Time(1,2) — 150 400 ns —
301 TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change — — 10 μs —
to Output Valid(1)
Note 1: Parameters are characterized but not tested.
2: Response time measured with one comparator input at (VDD - 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions from
VSS to VDD.

TABLE 28-45: COMPARATOR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
D300 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage(1) — ±10 — mV —
D301 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage(1) 0 — AVDD-1.5V V —
D302 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio(1) -54 — — dB —
Note 1: Parameters are characterized but not tested.
TABLE 28-46: COMPARATOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE SETTLING TIME SPECIFICATIONS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
VR310 TSET Settling Time(1) — — 10 μs
Note 1: Setting time measured while CVRR = 1 and CVR3:CVR0 bits transition from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’.
TABLE 28-47: COMPARATOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
VRD310 CVRES Resolution CVRSRC/24 — CVRSRC/32 LSb —
VRD311 CVRAA Absolute Accuracy — — 0.5 LSb —
VRD312 CVRUR Unit Resistor Value (R) — 2k — Ω —

FIGURE 28-25: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING DIAGRAM
CS
RD
WR
PS4
PMD<7:0>
PS3 PS1
PS2
TABLE 28-48: SETTING TIME SPECIFICATIONS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
PS1 TdtV2wrH Data in Valid before WR or CS 20 — — ns —

Inactive (setup time)
PS2 TwrH2dtI WR or CS Inactive to Data-In 20 — — ns —
Invalid (hold time)
PS3 TrdL2dtV RD and CS to Active Data-Out — — 80 ns —
Valid
PS4 TrdH2dtI RD Active or CS Inactive to 10 — 30 ns —
Data-Out Invalid

FIGURE 28-26: PARALLEL MASTER PORT READ TIMING DIAGRAM
P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2
System
Clock
PMA<13:8> Address
PMD<7:0> Address <7:0> Data

PM6 PM7
PM2
PM3
PMRD
PM5
PMWR
PMALL/PMALH PM1
PMCS1
TABLE 28-49: PARALLEL MASTER PORT READ TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions
No.
PM1 PMALL/PMALH Pulse Width — 0.5 TCY — ns —
PM2 Address Out Valid to PMALL/PMALH Invalid — 0.75 TCY — ns —
(address setup time)
PM3 PMALL/PMALH Invalid to Address Out Invalid — 0.25 TCY — ns —
(address hold time)
PM5 PMRD Pulse Width — 0.5 TCY — ns —
PM6 PMRD or PMENB Active to Data In Valid (data 150 — — ns —
setup time)
PM7 PMRD or PMENB Inactive to Data In Invalid — — 5 ns —
(data hold time)

FIGURE 28-27: PARALLEL MASTER PORT WRITE TIMING DIAGRAM
P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2
System
Clock
PMA<13:8> Address
PMD<7:0> Address <7:0> Data

Data
PM12
PMRD PM13
PMWR PM11
PMALL/PMALH
PMCS1 PM16
TABLE 28-50: PARALLEL MASTER PORT WRITE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
PM11 PMWR Pulse Width — 0.5 TCY — ns —
PM12 Data Out Valid before PMWR or PMENB goes — — — ns —
Inactive (data setup time)
PM13 PMWR or PMEMB Invalid to Data Out Invalid — — — ns —
(data hold time)
PM16 PMCSx Pulse Width TCY - 5 — — ns —
TABLE 28-51: DMA READ/WRITE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Param
No.
DM1 DMA Read/Write Cycle Time — — 1 TCY ns —

29.0 HIGH TEMPERATURE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

This section provides an overview of PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
electrical characteristics for devices operating in an ambient temperature range of -40°C to +150°C.
The specifications between -40°C to +150°C are identical to those shown in Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics”
for operation between -40°C to +125°C, with the exception of the parameters listed in this section.
Parameters in this section begin with an H, which denotes High temperature. For example, parameter DC10 in
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” is the Industrial and Extended temperature equivalent of HDC10.
Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 high
temperature devices are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating conditions for extended periods can affect
device reliability. Functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions above the parameters indicated in
the operation listings of this specification is not implied.
Absolute Maximum Ratings(1)

Ambient temperature under bias(4) .........................................................................................................-40°C to +150°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +160°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V
Voltage on any pin that is not 5V tolerant with respect to VSS(5) .................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD < 3.0V(5) ....................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)
Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD ≥ 3.0V(5) .................................................... -0.3V to 5.6V
Maximum current out of VSS pin .............................................................................................................................60 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin(2) .............................................................................................................................60 mA
Maximum junction temperature............................................................................................................................. +155°C
Maximum current sunk by all ports combined ........................................................................................................70 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports combined(2) ................................................................................................70 mA
Note 1: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” can cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only, and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions
above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum
rating conditions for extended periods can affect device reliability.
2: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 29-2).
3: Unlike devices at 125°C and below, the specifications in this section also apply to the CLKOUT, VREF+,
VREF-, SCLx, SDAx, PGCx and PGDx pins.
4: AEC-Q100 reliability testing for devices intended to operate at 150°C is 1,000 hours. Any design in which
the total operating time from 125°C to 150°C will be greater than 1,000 hours is not warranted without prior
written approval from Microchip Technology Inc.
5: Refer to the “Pin Diagrams” section for 5V tolerant pins.

29.1 High Temperature DC Characteristics
TABLE 29-1: OPERATING MIPS VS. VOLTAGE

Max MIPS
VDD Range Temperature Range PIC24HJ32GP302/304,
Characteristic
(in Volts) (in °C) PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
— 3.0V to 3.6V(1) -40°C to +150°C 20
performance. Device functionality is tested but not characterized.
TABLE 29-2: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS

Rating Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
High Temperature Devices
Power Dissipation:
Internal chip power dissipation:
PINT = VDD x (IDD - Σ IOH) PD PINT + PI/O W
I/O Pin Power Dissipation:
I/O = Σ ({VDD - VOH} x IOH) + Σ (VOL x IOL)
Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation PDMAX (TJ - TA)/θJA W
TABLE 29-3: DC TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+150°C for High Temperature
Parameter
No.
Operating Voltage
HDC10 Supply Voltage
VDD — 3.0 3.3 3.6 V -40°C to +140°C
performance. Device functionality is tested but not characterized.

TABLE 29-4: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD)

Parameter
Typical Max Units Conditions
No.
Power-Down Current (IPD)
HDC60e 250 2000 μA +150°C 3.3V Base Power-Down Current(1,3)
HDC61c 3 5 μA +150°C 3.3V Watchdog Timer Current: ΔIWDT(2,4)
Note 1: Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and
pulled to VSS. WDT, etc., are all switched off, and VREGS (RCON<8>) = 1.
2: The Δ current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be
added to the base IPD current.
3: These currents are measured on the device containing the most memory in this family.
TABLE 29-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: DOZE CURRENT (IDOZE)

Parameter Doze
No. Ratio
HDC72a 39 45 1:2 mA
HDC72f 18 25 1:64 mA +150°C 3.3V 20 MIPS
HDC72g 18 25 1:128 mA
Note 1: Parameters with Doze ratios of 1:2 and 1:64 are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 29-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

DC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating temperature -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +150°C for High
Temperature
Param. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ. Max. Units Conditions
Output Low Voltage
I/O Pins:
IOL ≤1.8 mA, VDD = 3.3V
2x Sink Driver Pins - RA2, RA7- — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
RA10, RB10, RB11, RB7, RB4,
RC3-RC9
Output Low Voltage
DO10 VOL I/O Pins:
IOL ≤3.6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
4x Sink Driver Pins - RA0, RA1, — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8, RB9,
RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2
Output Low Voltage
I/O Pins: — — 0.4 V
See Note 1
8x Sink Driver Pins - RA3, RA4
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins:
IOL ≥ -1.8 mA, VDD = 3.3V
See Note 1
RA7-RA10, RB4, RB7, RB10,
RB11, RC3-RC9
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins:
DO20 VOH IOL ≥ -3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
See Note 1
RA1, RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8,
RB9, RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2
Output High Voltage
I/O Pins: IOL ≥ -6 mA, VDD = 3.3V
2.4 — — V
RA3
Output High Voltage IOH ≥ -1.9 mA, VDD = 3.3V
1.5 — —
2x Source Driver Pins - RA2, IOH ≥ -1.85 mA, VDD = 3.3V
RA7-RA10, RB4, RB7, RB10, 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
RB11, RC3-RC9
IOH ≥ -1.4 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
1.5 — —
RA1, RB0-RB3, RB5, RB6, RB8, IOH ≥ -3.7 mA, VDD = 3.3V
DO20A VOH1 RB9, RB12-RB15, RC0-RC2 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
IOH ≥ -2 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
1.5 — —
8x Source Driver Pins - RA3, IOH ≥ -6.8 mA, VDD = 3.3V
RA4 2.0 — — V
See Note 1
IOH ≥ -3 mA, VDD = 3.3V
3.0 — —
See Note 1
Note 1: Parameters are characterized, but not tested.

TABLE 29-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY

Param
No.
HD130 EP Cell Endurance 10,000 — — E/W -40° C to +150° C(2)
HD134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 20 — — Year 1000 E/W cycles or less and no
other specifications are violated
Note 1: These parameters are assured by design, but are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.
2: Programming of the Flash memory is allowed up to 150°C.

29.2 AC Characteristics and Timing

Parameters
The information contained in this section defines
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 AC characteristics and timing
parameters for high temperature devices. However, all
AC timing specifications in this section are the same as
those in Section 28.2 “AC Characteristics and
Timing Parameters”, with the exception of the
parameters listed in this section.
Parameters in this section begin with an H, which
denotes High temperature. For example, parameter
OS53 in Section 28.2 “AC Characteristics and
Timing Parameters” is the Industrial and Extended
temperature equivalent of HOS53.
TABLE 29-8: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC

AC CHARACTERISTICS
Operating voltage VDD range as described in Table 29-1.
FIGURE 29-1: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSC2 Load Condition 2 – for OSC2
VDD/2
RL Pin CL
VSS
CL
Pin RL = 464Ω
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2
VSS 15 pF for OSC2 output
TABLE 29-9: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS

AC Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)
CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+150°C for High Temperature
Param
No.
HOS53 DCLK CLKO Stability (Jitter)(1) -5 0.5 5 % Measured over 100 ms
period

TABLE 29-10: SPIx MASTER MODE (CKE = 0) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
HSP35 TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after — 10 25 ns —
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
HSP40 TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input 28 — — ns —
HSP41 TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input 35 — — ns —
TABLE 29-11: SPIx MODULE MASTER MODE (CKE = 1) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
HSP35 TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after — 10 25 ns —
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
HSP36 TdoV2sc, SDOx Data Output Setup to 35 — — ns —

TABLE 29-12: SPIx MODULE SLAVE MODE (CKE = 0) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
HSP35 TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after — — 35 ns —
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
HSP41 TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input to 25 — — ns —
TscL2diL SCKx Edge
HSP51 TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output 15 — 55 ns See Note 2
High-Impedance
TABLE 29-13: SPIx MODULE SLAVE MODE (CKE = 1) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Param
No.
HSP35 TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after — — 35 ns —
TscL2doV SCKx Edge
HSP51 TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOX Output 15 — 55 ns See Note 2
High-Impedance
HSP60 TssL2doV SDOx Data Output Valid after — — 55 ns —
SSx Edge

TABLE 29-14: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS

Param
No.
Reference Inputs
HAD08 IREF Current Drain — 250 600 μA ADC operating, See Note 1
— — 50 μA ADC off, See Note 1
Note 1: These parameters are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.

Param
No.
ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with External VREF+/VREF-(1)
HAD20a Nr Resolution(3) 12 data bits bits —
HAD21a INL Integral Nonlinearity -2 — +2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD22a DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD23a GERR Gain Error -2 — 10 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD24a EOFF Offset Error -3 — 5 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with Internal VREF+/VREF-(1)
HAD20a Nr Resolution(3) 12 data bits bits —
HAD21a INL Integral Nonlinearity -2 — +2 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD22a DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD23a GERR Gain Error 2 — 20 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD24a EOFF Offset Error 2 — 10 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
Dynamic Performance (12-bit Mode)(2)
HAD33a FNYQ Input Signal Bandwidth — — 200 kHz —
Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are tested at 20 ksps only.
2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.


Param
No.
ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with External VREF+/VREF-(1)

HAD20b Nr Resolution(3) 10 data bits bits —
HAD21b INL Integral Nonlinearity -3 — 3 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD22b DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD23b GERR Gain Error -5 — 6 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
HAD24b EOFF Offset Error -1 — 5 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,
AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V
ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with Internal VREF+/VREF-(1)
HAD20b Nr Resolution(3) 10 data bits bits —
HAD21b INL Integral Nonlinearity -2 — 2 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD22b DNL Differential Nonlinearity > -1 — <1 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD23b GERR Gain Error -5 — 15 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
HAD24b EOFF Offset Error -1.5 — 7 LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD = 3.6V
(2)
HAD33b FNYQ Input Signal Bandwidth — — 400 kHz —
Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are tested at 20 ksps only.
2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.


Param
No.
Clock Parameters
(1)
HAD50 TAD ADC Clock Period 147 — — ns —
Conversion Rate
HAD56 FCNV Throughput Rate(1) — — 400 Ksps —

Param
No.
Clock Parameters
HAD50 TAD ADC Clock Period(1) 104 — — ns —
Conversion Rate
HAD56 FCNV Throughput Rate(1) — — 800 Ksps —

NOTES:

32.0 DC AND AC DEVICE CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS
Note: The graphs provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of samples and are provided for design guidance purposes only.
The performance characteristics listed herein are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs, the data presented may be outside the specified operating range
(e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.

FIGURE 32-1: VOH – 2x DRIVER PINS FIGURE 32-3: VOH – 8x DRIVER PINS
-0.016 -0.040
3.6V
-0.014 3.6V -0.035
-0.012 -0.030 3.3V

3.3V
-0.010 -0.025 3V
3V
IOH (A)
IOH (A)
-0.008 -0.020
-0.006 -0.015
-0.004 -0.010
-0.002 -0.005
0.000 0.000
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
VOH (V) VOH (V)
FIGURE 32-2: VOH – 4x DRIVER PINS FIGURE 32-4: VOH – 16x DRIVER PINS
-0.030 -0.080
3.6V
-0.070 3.6V
-0.025
3.3V -0.060 3.3V
-0.020 -0.050
3V 3V
IOH (A)
IOH (A)
-0.015 -0.040
-0.030
-0.010
-0.020
DS70293G-page 357
-0.005 -0.010
0.000 0.000
0.00 0.50 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
VOH (V) VOH (V)

FIGURE 32-5: VOL – 2x DRIVER PINS FIGURE 32-7: VOL – 8x DRIVER PINS
DS70293G-page 358

0.020 0.060
0.018
3.6V 3.6V
0.050
0.016
3.3V 3.3V
0.014 0.040
3V 3V
0.012
IOL (A)
IOL (A)
0.010 0.030
0.008
0.020
0.006
0.004 0.010
0.002
0.000 0.000
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
VOL (V) VOL (V)
FIGURE 32-6: VOL – 4x DRIVER PINS FIGURE 32-8: VOL – 16x DRIVER PINS
0.040 0.120
0.035 3.6V 3.6V

0.100
0.030 3.3V 3.3V
0.080
0.025 3V 3V
IOL (A)
IOL (A)
0.020 0.060
0.015
0.040
0.010
0.020
0.005
0.000 0.000
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00
VOL (V) VOL (V)
FIGURE 32-9: TYPICAL IPD CURRENT @ VDD = 3.3V, +85ºC FIGURE 32-11: TYPICAL IDOZE CURRENT @ VDD = 3.3V, +85ºC
80.00
1200
70.00

1000
60.00
IDOZE Current (mA)

800
50.00
IPD (uA)
600 40.00
400 30.00
20.00
200
10.00
0
0.00
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
1:1 2:1 64:1 128:1
Temperature (Celsius) Doze Ratio
FIGURE 32-10: TYPICAL IDD CURRENT @ VDD = 3.3V, +85ºC FIGURE 32-12: TYPICAL IIDLE CURRENT @ VDD = 3.3V, +85ºC
60 35
PMD = 0, with PLL 30

50
25
40
IIDLE Current (mA)

PMD = 1, with PLL
20
IDD (mA)
30
15
20 10
PMD = 0, no PLL
DS70293G-page 359
PMD = 1, no PLL 5
10
0
0 10 20 30 40
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
MIPS
MIPS
FIGURE 32-13: TYPICAL FRC FREQUENCY @ VDD = 3.3V FIGURE 32-14: TYPICAL LPRC FREQUENCY @ VDD = 3.3V
DS70293G-page 360

7500
35
LPRC Frequency (kHz)

FRC Frequency (kHz)
7400
30
7300
7200 25
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Temperature (Celsius) Temperature (Celsius)

33.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION

28-Lead SPDIP Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PIC24HJ32GP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 302-E/SP e3
YYWWNNN 0730235
28-Lead SOIC (.300”) Example
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PIC24HJ32GP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 302-E/SO e3
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 0730235
YYWWNNN
28-Lead QFN-S Example
XXXXXXXX 24HJ32GP
XXXXXXXX 302EMM
YYWWNNN 0730235
44-Lead QFN Example
XXXXXXXXXX PIC
XXXXXXXXXX 24HJ32GP304
XXXXXXXXXX -E/ML e3
YYWWNNN 0730235
44-Lead TQFP Example
XXXXXXXXXX PIC
XXXXXXXXXX 24HJ32GP304
XXXXXXXXXX -I/PT e3
YYWWNNN 0730235
Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
NNN Alphanumeric traceability code
e3 Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)
* This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 )
can be found on the outer packaging for this package.
Note: If the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it is carried over to the next
line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information.

33.1 Package Details

28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-Line (SP) – 300 mil Body [SPDIP]
Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at
http://www.microchip.com/packaging
NOTE 1
E1
1 2 3
A A2
L c
A1 b1
b e eB
Units INCHES
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX
Number of Pins N 28
Pitch e .100 BSC
Top to Seating Plane A – – .200
Molded Package Thickness A2 .120 .135 .150
Base to Seating Plane A1 .015 – –
Shoulder to Shoulder Width E .290 .310 .335
Molded Package Width E1 .240 .285 .295
Overall Length D 1.345 1.365 1.400
Tip to Seating Plane L .110 .130 .150
Lead Thickness c .008 .010 .015
Upper Lead Width b1 .040 .050 .070
Lower Lead Width b .014 .018 .022
Overall Row Spacing § eB – – .430
Notes:
1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.
2. § Significant Characteristic.
3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010" per side.
4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.
BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.
Microchip Technology Drawing C04-070B

28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 7.50 mm Body [SOIC]

D
N
E
E1
NOTE 1
1 2 3
e
b
h
α
h
φ c
A A2
L
A1 L1 β
Units MILLMETERS
Number of Pins N 28
Pitch e 1.27 BSC
Overall Height A – – 2.65
Molded Package Thickness A2 2.05 – –
Standoff § A1 0.10 – 0.30
Overall Width E 10.30 BSC
Molded Package Width E1 7.50 BSC
Overall Length D 17.90 BSC
Chamfer (optional) h 0.25 – 0.75
Foot Length L 0.40 – 1.27
Footprint L1 1.40 REF
Foot Angle Top φ 0° – 8°
Lead Thickness c 0.18 – 0.33
Lead Width b 0.31 – 0.51
Mold Draft Angle Top α 5° – 15°
Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 5° – 15°
Notes:
2. § Significant Characteristic.
3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.15 mm per side.
REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only.

28-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (MM) – 6x6x0.9 mm Body [QFN-S]
with 0.40 mm Contact Length
D D2
EXPOSED
PAD
E2
E
b
2 2
1 1 K
N N
L
NOTE 1 BOTTOM VIEW
TOP VIEW
A3 A1
Units MILLIMETERS
Number of Pins N 28
Pitch e 0.65 BSC
Overall Height A 0.80 0.90 1.00
Standoff A1 0.00 0.02 0.05
Contact Thickness A3 0.20 REF
Exposed Pad Width E2 3.65 3.70 4.70
Exposed Pad Length D2 3.65 3.70 4.70
Contact Width b 0.23 0.38 0.43
Contact Length L 0.30 0.40 0.50
Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20 – –
Notes:
2. Package is saw singulated.

/HDG3ODVWLF4XDG)ODW1R/HDG3DFNDJH 00 ±[[PP%RG\>4)16@
ZLWKPP&RQWDFW/HQJWK
1RWH )RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW
KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ

44-Lead Plastic Quad Flat, No Lead Package (ML) – 8x8 mm Body [QFN]
D D2
EXPOSED
PAD
E2
b
2 2
1 1
N N K
NOTE 1 L
TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW
A3 A1
Units MILLIMETERS
Number of Pins N 44
Pitch e 0.65 BSC
Overall Height A 0.80 0.90 1.00
Standoff A1 0.00 0.02 0.05
Contact Thickness A3 0.20 REF
Exposed Pad Width E2 6.30 6.45 6.80
Exposed Pad Length D2 6.30 6.45 6.80
Contact Width b 0.25 0.30 0.38
Contact Length L 0.30 0.40 0.50
Contact-to-Exposed Pad K 0.20 – –
Notes:
2. Package is saw singulated.

/HDG3ODVWLF4XDG)ODW1R/HDG3DFNDJH 0/ ±[PP%RG\>4)1@

44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) – 10x10x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP]
D
D1
E
e
E1
N
b
NOTE 1 1 2 3
NOTE 2
A α
c φ
β A1 A2
L L1
Units MILLIMETERS
Number of Leads N 44
Lead Pitch e 0.80 BSC
Overall Height A – – 1.20
Molded Package Thickness A2 0.95 1.00 1.05
Standoff A1 0.05 – 0.15
Foot Length L 0.45 0.60 0.75
Footprint L1 1.00 REF
Foot Angle φ 0° 3.5° 7°
Molded Package Width E1 10.00 BSC
Molded Package Length D1 10.00 BSC
Lead Thickness c 0.09 – 0.20
Lead Width b 0.30 0.37 0.45
Mold Draft Angle Top α 11° 12° 13°
Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 11° 12° 13°
Notes:
2. Chamfers at corners are optional; size may vary.
3. Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.25 mm per side.

/HDG3ODVWLF7KLQ4XDG)ODWSDFN 37 ±[[PP%RG\PP>74)3@

NOTES:

APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (September 2007)

Initial release of this document.
Revision B (March 2008)

This revision includes minor typographical and
formatting changes throughout the data sheet text. In
addition, redundant information was removed that is
now available in the respective chapters of the
dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual, which
can be obtained from the Microchip web site
The major changes are referenced by their respective
section in the following table.
TABLE A-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES
Section Name Update Description
“High-Performance, 16-bit Microcontrollers” Note 1 added to all pin diagrams (see “Pin Diagrams”)
Updated the “PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and

PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 Controller Families” table as follows:
• PIC24HJ128GP804 changed to PIC24HJ128GP504

• PIC24HJ128GP804 changed to PIC24HJ128GP504
• Added new column: External Interrupts
• Added Note 3
Section 1.0 “Device Overview” Updated parameters PMA0, PMA1 and PMD0 through PMPD7
(Table 1-1)
Section 6.0 “Interrupt Controller” IFS0-IFSO4 changed to IFSX (see Section 6.3.2 “IFSx”)
IEC0-IEC4 changed to IECX (see Section 6.3.3 “IECx”)
IPC0-IPC19 changed to IPCx (see Section 6.3.4 “IPCx”)

Section 7.0 “Direct Memory Access (DMA)” Updated parameter PMP (see Table 7-1)
Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” Updated the third clock source item (External Clock) in
Section 8.1.1 “System Clock Sources”
Updated TUN<5:0> (OSCTUN<5:0>) bit description (see

Register 8-4)
Section 19.0 “10-bit/12-bit Analog-to-Digital Added Note 2 to Figure 19-3
Converter (ADC1)”
Section 24.0 “Special Features” Added Note 2 to Figure 24-1
Added Note after second paragraph in Section 24.2 “On-Chip

Voltage Regulator”

TABLE A-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES (CONTINUED)

Section 27.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated Max MIPS for temperature range of -40ºC to +125ºC in
Table 27-1
Updated typical values in Thermal Packaging Characteristics in

Table 27-3
Added parameters DI11 and DI12 to Table 27-9
Updated minimum values for parameters D136 (TRW) and D137

(TPE) and removed typical values in Table 27-12
Added Extended temperature range to Table 27-13
Updated parameter AD63 and added Note 3 to Table 27-38 and

Table 27-39

Revision C (May 2009)

This revision includes minor typographical and
formatting changes throughout the data sheet text.
Global changes include:
• Changed all instances of OSCI to OSC1 and
OSCO to OSC2
• Changed all instances of VDDCORE and VDDCORE/
VCAP to VCAP/VDDCORE
The other changes are referenced by their respective
section in the following table.

“High-Performance, 16-bit Updated all pin diagrams to denote the pin voltage tolerance (see “Pin
Microcontrollers” Diagrams”).
Added Note 2 to the 28-Pin QFN-S and 44-Pin QFN pin diagrams, which
references pin connections to VSS.
Section 1.0 “Device Overview” Updated AVDD in the PINOUT I/O Descriptions (see Table 1-1).
Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting Added new section to the data sheet that provides guidelines on getting
Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers” started with 16-bit Digital Signal Controllers.
Added Peripheral Pin Select (PPS) capability column to Pinout I/O

Descriptions (see Table 1-1).
Section 3.0 “CPU” Updated CPU Core Block Diagram with a connection from the DSP
Engine to the Y Data Bus (see Figure 3-1).
Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” Updated Reset value for CORCON in the CPU Core Register Map (see
Table 4-1).
Updated Reset value for IPC15 in the Interrupt Controller Register Map
(see Table 4-4).
Removed the FLTA1IE bit (IEC3) from the Interrupt Controller Register
Map (see Table 4-4).
Updated bit locations for RPINR25 in the Peripheral Pin Select Input
Register Map (see Table 4-19).
Updated the Reset value for CLKDIV in the System Control Register Map
(see Table 4-31).
Section 5.0 “Flash Program Memory” Updated Section 5.3 “Programming Operations” with programming
time formula.
Section 9.0 “Oscillator Configuration” Updated the Oscillator System Diagram and added Note 2 (see
Figure 9-1).
Updated default bit values for DOZE<2:0> and FRCDIV<2:0> in the Clock
Divisor (CLKDIV) Register (see Register 9-2).
Added a paragraph regarding FRC accuracy at the end of Section 9.1.1

“System Clock Sources”.
Added Note 3 to Section 9.2.2 “Oscillator Switching Sequence”.
Added Note 1 to the FRC Oscillator Tuning (OSCTUN) Register (see

Register 9-4).


Section 10.0 “Power-Saving Added the following registers:
Features”
• PMD1: Peripheral Module Disable Control Register 1 (Register 10-1)
Section 11.0 “I/O Ports” Removed Table 11-1 and added reference to pin diagrams for I/O pin
availability and functionality.
Added paragraph on ADPCFG register default values to Section 11.3

“Configuring Analog Port Pins”.
Added Note box regarding PPS functionality with input mapping to

Section 11.6.2.1 “Input Mapping”.
Section 16.0 “Serial Peripheral Added Note 2 and 3 to the SPIxCON1 register (see Register 16-2).
Interface (SPI)”
Section 18.0 “Universal Updated the Notes in the UxMode register (see Register 18-1).
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
(UART)” Updated the UTXINV bit settings in the UxSTA register (see
Register 18-2).
Section 19.0 “Enhanced CAN Changed bit 11 in the ECAN Control Register 1 (CiCTRL1) to Reserved
(ECAN™) Module” (see Register 19-1).
Section 20.0 “10-bit/12-bit Analog-to- Replaced the ADC1 Module Block Diagrams with new diagrams (see
Digital Converter (ADC1)” Figure 20-1 and Figure 20-2).
Updated bit values for ADCS<7:0> and added Notes 1 and 2 to the ADC1
Control Register 3 (AD1CON3) (see Register 20-3).
Added Note 2 to the ADC1 Input Scan Select Register Low (AD1CSSL)
(see Register 20-7).
Added Note 2 to the ADC1 Port Configuration Register Low (AD1PCFGL)

(see Register 20-8).
Section 21.0 “Comparator Module” Updated the Comparator Voltage Reference Block Diagram
(see Figure 21-2).
Section 22.0 “Real-Time Clock and Updated the minimum positive adjust value for CAL<7:0> in the RTCC
Calendar (RTCC)” Calibration and Configuration (RCFGCAL) Register (see Register 22-1).
Section 25.0 “Special Features” Added Note 1 to the Device Configuration Register Map (see Table 25-1).
Updated Note 1 in the PIC24H Configuration Bits Description (see

Table 25-2).


Section 28.0 “Electrical Updated Typical values for Thermal Packaging Characteristics (see
Characteristics” Table 28-3).
Updated Min and Max values for parameter DC12 (RAM Data Retention
Voltage) and added Note 4 (see Table 28-4).
Updated Power-Down Current Max values for parameters DC60b and

DC60c (see Table 28-7).
Updated Characteristics for I/O Pin Input Specifications (see Table 28-9).
Updated Program Memory values for parameters 136, 137 and 138
(renamed to 136a, 137a and 138a), added parameters 136b, 137b and
138b, and added Note 2 (see Table 28-12).
Added parameter OS42 (GM) to the External Clock Timing Requirements

(see Table 28-16).
Updated Watchdog Timer Time-out Period parameter SY20 (see

Table 28-21).

Revision D (November 2009)

The revision includes the following global update:
• Added Note 2 to the shaded table that appears at
the beginning of each chapter. This new note
provides information regarding the availability of
registers and their associated bits
This revision also includes minor typographical and
formatting changes throughout the data sheet text.
All other major changes are referenced by their
respective section in the following table.

“High-Performance, 16-bit Added information on high temperature operation (see “Operating
Microcontrollers” Range:”).
Section 11.0 “I/O Ports” Changed the reference to digital-only pins to 5V tolerant pins in the
second paragraph of Section 11.2 “Open-Drain Configuration”.
Section 18.0 “Universal Asynchronous Updated the two baud rate range features to: 10 Mbps to 38 bps at
Receiver Transmitter (UART)” 40 MIPS.
Section 20.0 “10-bit/12-bit Analog-to-Digital Updated the ADC block diagrams (see Figure 20-1 and Figure 20-2).
Converter (ADC1)”
Section 25.0 “Special Features” Updated the second paragraph and removed the fourth paragraph in
Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits”.
Updated the Device Configuration Register Map (see Table 28-1).

Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated the Absolute Maximum Ratings for high temperature and
added Note 4.
Removed parameters DI26, DI28 and DI29 from the I/O Pin Input
Specifications (see Table 28-9).
Updated the SPIx Module Slave Mode (CKE = 1) Timing
Characteristics (see Figure 28-12).
Section 29.0 “High Temperature Electrical Added new chapter with high temperature specifications.
Characteristics”
“Product Identification System” Added the “H” definition for high temperature.

Revision E (January 2011)

This includes typographical and formatting changes
throughout the data sheet text. In addition, the
Preliminary marking in the footer was removed.
All occurrences of VDDCORE have been removed
throughout the document.
“High-Performance, 16-bit The high temperature end range was updated to +150ºC (see
Microcontrollers” “Operating Range:”).
Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting Started The frequency limitation for device PLL start-up conditions was
with 16-bit Microcontrollers” updated in Section 2.7 “Oscillator Value Conditions on Device
Start-up”.
The second paragraph in Section 2.9 “Unused I/Os” was updated.

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” The All Resets values for the following SFRs in the Timer Register
Map were changed (see Table 4-5):
• TMR1
• TMR2
• TMR3
• TMR4
• TMR5
Section 9.0 “Oscillator Configuration” Added Note 3 to the OSCCON: Oscillator Control Register (see
Register 9-1).
Added Note 2 to the CLKDIV: Clock Divisor Register (see

Register 9-2).
Added Note 1 to the PLLFBD: PLL Feedback Divisor Register (see

Register 9-3).
Added Note 2 to the OSCTUN: FRC Oscillator Tuning Register (see

Register 9-4).
Section 20.0 “10-bit/12-bit Analog-to-Digital Updated the VREFL references in the ADC1 module block diagrams
Converter (ADC1)” (see Figure 20-1 and Figure 20-2).
Section 25.0 “Special Features” Added a new paragraph and removed the third paragraph in
Section 25.1 “Configuration Bits”.
Added the column “RTSP Effects” to the dsPIC33F Configuration

Bits Descriptions (see Table 25-2).


Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated the maximum value for Extended Temperature Devices in
the Thermal Operating Conditions (see Table 28-2).
Removed Note 4 from the DC Temperature and Voltage

Updated all typical and maximum Operating Current (IDD) values

(see Table 28-5).
Updated all typical and maximum Idle Current (IIDLE) values (see
Table 28-6).
Updated the maximum Power-Down Current (IPD) values for

parameters DC60d, DC60a, and DC60b (see Table 28-7).
Updated all typical Doze Current (Idoze) values (see Table 28-8).
Updated the maximum value for parameter DI19 and added

parameters DI28, DI29, DI60a, DI60b, and DI60c to the I/O Pin Input
Added Note 2 to the PLL Clock Timing Specifications (see Table 28-
17)
Removed Note 2 from the AC Characteristics: Internal RC Accuracy

(see Table 28-18).
Updated the Internal RC Accuracy minimum and maximum values

for parameter F21b (see Table 28-19).
Updated the characteristic description for parameter DI35 in the I/O

Timing Requirements (see Table 28-20).
Updated all SPI specifications (see Table 28-28 through Table 28-35
and Figure 28-10 through Figure 28-16)
Updated the ADC Module Specification minimum values for

parameters AD05 and AD07, and updated the maximum value for
parameter AD06 (see Table 28-41).
Updated the ADC Module Specifications (12-bit Mode) minimum and

maximum values for parameter AD21a (see Table 28-42).
Updated all ADC Module Specifications (10-bit Mode) values, with

the exception of Dynamic Performance (see Table 28-43).
Updated the minimum value for parameter PM6 and the maximum
value for parameter PM7 in the Parallel Master Port Read Timing
Requirements (see Table 28-49).
Added DMA Read/Write Timing Requirements (see Table 28-51).


Section 29.0 “High Temperature Electrical Updated all ambient temperature end range values to +150ºC
Characteristics” throughout the chapter.
Updated the storage temperature end range to +160ºC.
Updated the maximum junction temperature from +145ºC to +155ºC.
Updated the maximum values for High Temperature Devices in the
Thermal Operating Conditions (see Table 29-2).
Updated the ADC Module Specifications (12-bit Mode), removing all
parameters with the exception of HAD33a (see Table 29-14).
Updated the ADC Module Specifications (10-bit Mode), removing all
parameters with the exception of HAD33b (see Table 29-16).
“Product Identification System” Updated the end range temperature value for H (High) devices.

Revision F (August 2011)

This revision includes typographical and formatting
changes throughout the data sheet text.

Section 25.0 “Special Features” Added Note 3 to the Connections for the On-chip Voltage Regulator
diagram (see Figure 25-1).
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Removed Voltage on VCAP with respect to Vss from the Absolute
Maximum Ratings.
Removed Note 3 and parameter DC10 (VCORE) from the DC

Temperature and Voltage Specifications (see Table 28-4).
Updated the Characteristics definition and Conditions for parameter

BO10 in the Electrical Characteristics: BOR (see Table 28-11).
Added Note 1 to the Internal Voltage Regulator Specifications (see

Table 28-13).
Revision G (April 2012)

This revision includes typographical and formatting
changes throughout the data sheet text.
In addition, where applicable, new sections were added
to each peripheral chapter that provide information and
links to related resources, as well as helpful tips. For
examples, see Section 9.2 “Oscillator Resources”
and Section 20.4 “ADC Helpful Tips”.

Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting Started Added two new tables:
with 16-bit Microcontrollers” • Crystal Recommendations (see Table 2-1)
• Resonator Recommendations (see Table 2-2)
Section 28.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated parameters DO10 and DO20 and removed parameters
DO16 and DO26 in the DC Characteristics: I/O Pin Output
Specifications (see Table 28-10)

INDEX
A D
A/D Converter ................................................................... 227 Data Address Space........................................................... 27
DMA .......................................................................... 227 Alignment.................................................................... 27
Initialization ............................................................... 227 Memory Map for PIC24HJ128GP202/204 and
Key Features............................................................. 227 PIC24HJ64GP202/204 Devices
AC Characteristics .................................................... 306, 348 with 8 KB RAM ................................................... 29
ADC Module.............................................................. 351 Memory Map for PIC24HJ32GP302/304 Devices
ADC Module (10-bit Mode) ....................................... 352 with 4 KB RAM ................................................... 28
ADC Module (12-bit Mode) ....................................... 351 Near Data Space ........................................................ 27
Internal RC Accuracy ................................................ 308 Software Stack ........................................................... 47
Load Conditions ................................................ 306, 348 Width .......................................................................... 27
ADC Module DC and AC Characteristics
ADC11 Register Map .................................................. 36 Graphs and Tables ................................................... 355
Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) .............................. 69 DC Characteristics............................................................ 296
Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)................................................. 23 Doze Current (IDOZE)................................................ 347
Assembler High Temperature..................................................... 346
MPASM Assembler................................................... 292 I/O Pin Input Specifications ...................................... 301
I/O Pin Output........................................................... 347
B I/O Pin Output Specifications.................................... 304
Block Diagrams Idle Current (IDOZE) .................................................. 300
16-bit Timer1 Module ................................................ 161 Idle Current (IIDLE) .................................................... 299
A/D Module ....................................................... 228, 229 Operating Current (IDD) ............................................ 298
Connections for On-Chip Voltage Regulator............. 277 Operating MIPS vs. Voltage ..................................... 346
Device Clock ..................................................... 119, 121 Power-Down Current (IPD)........................................ 300
ECAN Module ........................................................... 201 Power-down Current (IPD) ........................................ 346
Input Capture ............................................................ 171 Program Memory.............................................. 305, 347
Output Compare ....................................................... 175 Temperature and Voltage......................................... 346
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04, and Temperature and Voltage Specifications.................. 297
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 .................................... 10 Thermal Operating Conditions.................................. 346
PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04, and Development Support ....................................................... 291
PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU Core ................... 18 DMA Module
PLL............................................................................ 121 DMA Register Map ..................................................... 37
Reset System.............................................................. 59 DMAC Registers ............................................................... 109
Shared Port Structure ............................................... 135 DMAxCNT ................................................................ 109
SPI ............................................................................ 179 DMAxCON................................................................ 109
Timer2 (16-bit) .......................................................... 165 DMAxPAD ................................................................ 109
Timer2/3 (32-bit) ....................................................... 167 DMAxREQ ................................................................ 109
UART ........................................................................ 193 DMAxSTA................................................................. 109
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................ 278 DMAxSTB................................................................. 109
Doze Mode ....................................................................... 130
C
C Compilers E
MPLAB C18 .............................................................. 292 ECAN Module
Clock Switching................................................................. 128 CiBUFPNT1 register................................................. 213
Enabling .................................................................... 128 CiBUFPNT2 register................................................. 214
Sequence.................................................................. 128 CiBUFPNT3 register................................................. 214
Code Examples CiBUFPNT4 register................................................. 215
Erasing a Program Memory Page............................... 57 CiCFG1 register........................................................ 211
Initiating a Programming Sequence............................ 58 CiCFG2 register........................................................ 212
Loading Write Buffers ................................................. 58 CiCTRL1 register...................................................... 204
Port Write/Read ........................................................ 136 CiCTRL2 register...................................................... 205
PWRSAV Instruction Syntax..................................... 129 CiEC register ............................................................ 211
Code Protection ........................................................ 273, 279 CiFCTRL register...................................................... 207
Configuration Bits.............................................................. 273 CiFEN1 register ........................................................ 213
Configuration Register Map .............................................. 273 CiFIFO register ......................................................... 208
Configuring Analog Port Pins ............................................ 136 CiFMSKSEL1 register .............................................. 217
CPU CiFMSKSEL2 register .............................................. 218
Control Register .......................................................... 21 CiINTE register ......................................................... 210
CPU Clocking System....................................................... 120 CiINTF register ......................................................... 209
PLL Configuration ..................................................... 121 CiRXFnEID register .................................................. 217
Selection ................................................................... 120 CiRXFnSID register .................................................. 216
Sources..................................................................... 120 CiRXFUL1 register ................................................... 220
Customer Change Notification Service ............................. 387 CiRXFUL2 register ................................................... 220
Customer Notification Service........................................... 387 CiRXMnEID register ................................................. 219
Customer Support ............................................................. 387 CiRXMnSID register ................................................. 219
CiRXOVF1 register................................................... 221

CiRXOVF2 register ................................................... 221 In-Circuit Emulation .......................................................... 273

CiTRmnCON register ................................................ 222 In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)....................... 273, 279
CiVEC register .......................................................... 206 Input Capture .................................................................... 171
ECAN1 Register Map (C1CTRL1.WIN = 0 or 1) ......... 39 Registers .................................................................. 173
ECAN1 Register Map (C1CTRL1.WIN = 0) ................ 39 Input Change Notification ................................................. 136
ECAN1 Register Map (C1CTRL1.WIN = 1) ................ 40 Instruction Addressing Modes ............................................ 47
Frame Types ............................................................. 200 File Register Instructions ............................................ 47
Modes of Operation .................................................. 202 Fundamental Modes Supported ................................. 48
Overview ................................................................... 199 MCU Instructions ........................................................ 47
ECAN Registers Move and Accumulator Instructions............................ 48
Acceptance Filter Enable Register (CiFEN1)............ 213 Other Instructions ....................................................... 48
Acceptance Filter Extended Identifier Register n Instruction Set
(CiRXFnEID) ..................................................... 217 Overview................................................................... 285
Acceptance Filter Mask Extended Identifier Register n Summary .................................................................. 283
(CiRXMnEID) .................................................... 219 Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes........................... 129
Acceptance Filter Mask Standard Identifier Register n Idle ............................................................................ 130
(CiRXMnSID) .................................................... 219 Sleep ........................................................................ 129
Acceptance Filter Standard Identifier Register n Internal RC Oscillator
(CiRXFnSID) ..................................................... 216 Use with WDT........................................................... 278
Baud Rate Configuration Register 1 (CiCFG1) ......... 211 Internet Address ............................................................... 387
Baud Rate Configuration Register 2 (CiCFG2) ......... 212 Interrupt Control and Status Registers ............................... 73
Control Register 1 (CiCTRL1) ................................... 204 IECx ............................................................................ 73
Control Register 2 (CiCTRL2) ................................... 205 IFSx ............................................................................ 73
FIFO Control Register (CiFCTRL) ............................ 207 INTCON1 .................................................................... 73
FIFO Status Register (CiFIFO) ................................. 208 INTCON2 .................................................................... 73
Filter 0-3 Buffer Pointer Register (CiBUFPNT1) ....... 213 IPCx ............................................................................ 73
Filter 12-15 Buffer Pointer Register (CiBUFPNT4) ... 215 Interrupt Setup Procedures............................................... 106
Filter 15-8 Mask Selection Register (CiFMSKSEL2). 218 Initialization ............................................................... 106
Filter 4-7 Buffer Pointer Register (CiBUFPNT2) ....... 214 Interrupt Disable ....................................................... 106
Filter 7-0 Mask Selection Register (CiFMSKSEL1)... 217 Interrupt Service Routine .......................................... 106
Filter 8-11 Buffer Pointer Register (CiBUFPNT3) ..... 214 Trap Service Routine ................................................ 106
Interrupt Code Register (CiVEC) .............................. 206 Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) ................................................ 69
Interrupt Enable Register (CiINTE) ........................... 210 Interrupts Coincident with Power Save Instructions ......... 130
Interrupt Flag Register (CiINTF) ............................... 209
Receive Buffer Full Register 1 (CiRXFUL1).............. 220 J
Receive Buffer Full Register 2 (CiRXFUL2).............. 220 JTAG Boundary Scan Interface ........................................ 273
Receive Buffer Overflow Register 2 (CiRXOVF2)..... 221 JTAG Interface.................................................................. 279
Receive Overflow Register (CiRXOVF1) .................. 221
ECAN Transmit/Receive Error Count Register (CiEC) ..... 211
M
ECAN TX/RX Buffer m Control Register (CiTRmnCON) .. 222 Memory Organization ......................................................... 25
Electrical Characteristics................................................... 295 Microchip Internet Web Site.............................................. 387
AC ..................................................................... 306, 348 Modes of Operation
Enhanced CAN Module..................................................... 199 Disable...................................................................... 202
Equations Initialization ............................................................... 202
Device Operating Frequency .................................... 120 Listen All Messages.................................................. 202
Errata .................................................................................... 3 Listen Only................................................................ 202
Loopback .................................................................. 202
F Normal Operation ..................................................... 202
Flash Program Memory....................................................... 53 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ................... 292
Control Registers ........................................................ 54 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software.. 291
Operations .................................................................. 54 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 294
Programming Algorithm .............................................. 57 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ................ 293
RTSP Operation.......................................................... 54 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................ 292
Table Instructions........................................................ 53 Multi-Bit Data Shifter........................................................... 23
Flexible Configuration ....................................................... 273
N
H NVM Module
High Temperature Electrical Characteristics............. 345, 362 Register Map .............................................................. 46
I O
I/O Ports ............................................................................ 135 Open-Drain Configuration................................................. 136
Parallel I/O (PIO)....................................................... 135 Output Compare ............................................................... 175
Write/Read Timing .................................................... 136
I2 C
P
Operating Modes ...................................................... 185 Packaging ......................................................................... 363
Registers ................................................................... 185 Details....................................................................... 364
In-Circuit Debugger ........................................................... 279 Marking ..................................................................... 363

Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) .................................... 130 Extended Identifier) .......................................... 219
Pinout I/O Descriptions ....................................................... 11 CiRXMnSID (ECAN Acceptance Filter Mask n
PMD Module Standard Identifier) ........................................... 219
Register Map............................................................... 46 CiRXOVF1 (ECAN Receive Buffer Overflow 1)........ 221
PORTA CiRXOVF2 (ECAN Receive Buffer Overflow 2)........ 221
Register Map......................................................... 44, 45 CiTRBnSID (ECAN Buffer n Standard Identifier)..... 223,
PORTB 224, 226
Register Map............................................................... 45 CiTRmnCON (ECAN TX/RX Buffer m Control) ........ 222
Power-on Reset (POR) ....................................................... 65 CiVEC (ECAN Interrupt Code) ................................. 206
Power-Saving Features .................................................... 129 CLKDIV (Clock Divisor) ............................................ 125
Clock Frequency and Switching................................ 129 CORCON (Core Control)...................................... 22, 74
Program Address Space ..................................................... 25 DMACS0 (DMA Controller Status 0) ........................ 114
Construction................................................................ 49 DMACS1 (DMA Controller Status 1) ........................ 116
Data Access from Program Memory DMAxCNT (DMA Channel x Transfer Count)........... 113
Using Program Space Visibility........................... 52 DMAxCON (DMA Channel x Control)....................... 110
Data Access from Program Memory DMAxPAD (DMA Channel x Peripheral Address) .... 113
Using Table Instructions ..................................... 51 DMAxREQ (DMA Channel x IRQ Select) ................. 111
Data Access from, Address Generation...................... 50 DMAxSTA (DMA Channel x RAM Start Address A) . 112
Memory Map ............................................................... 25 DMAxSTB (DMA Channel x RAM Start Address B) . 112
Table Read Instructions DSADR (Most Recent DMA RAM Address) ............. 117
TBLRDH ............................................................. 51 I2CxCON (I2Cx Control)........................................... 188
TBLRDL .............................................................. 51 I2CxMSK (I2Cx Slave Mode Address Mask)............ 192
Visibility Operation ...................................................... 52 I2CxSTAT (I2Cx Status) ........................................... 190
Program Memory IFS0 (Interrupt Flag Status 0) ............................... 77, 84
Interrupt Vector ........................................................... 26 IFS1 (Interrupt Flag Status 1) ............................... 79, 86
Organization................................................................ 26 IFS2 (Interrupt Flag Status 2) ............................... 81, 88
Reset Vector ............................................................... 26 IFS3 (Interrupt Flag Status 3) ............................... 82, 89
IFS4 (Interrupt Flag Status 4) ............................... 83, 90
R INTCON1 (Interrupt Control 1) ................................... 75
Reader Response ............................................................. 388 INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................... 76
Register Map INTTREG Interrupt Control and Status Register ...... 105
CRC ............................................................................ 44 IPC0 (Interrupt Priority Control 0) ............................... 91
Dual Comparator......................................................... 44 IPC1 (Interrupt Priority Control 1) ............................... 92
Parallel Master/Slave Port .......................................... 43 IPC11 (Interrupt Priority Control 11) ......................... 101
Real-Time Clock and Calendar................................... 44 IPC15 (Interrupt Priority Control 15) ......................... 102
Registers IPC16 (Interrupt Priority Control 16) ......................... 103
AD1CHS0 (ADC1 Input Channel 0 Select ................ 238 IPC17 (Interrupt Priority Control 17) ......................... 104
AD1CHS123 (ADC1 Input Channel 1, 2, 3 Select) ... 237 IPC2 (Interrupt Priority Control 2) ............................... 93
AD1CON1 (ADC1 Control 1) .................................... 232 IPC3 (Interrupt Priority Control 3) ............................... 94
AD1CSSL (ADC1 Input Scan Select Low)................ 239 IPC7 (Interrupt Priority Control 7) ............................... 98
AD1PCFGL (ADC1 Port Configuration Low) ............ 239 IPC8 (Interrupt Priority Control 8) ............................... 99
CiBUFPNT1 (ECAN Filter 0-3 Buffer Pointer)........... 213 IPC9 (Interrupt Priority Control 9) ............................. 100
CiBUFPNT2 (ECAN Filter 4-7 Buffer Pointer)........... 214 NVMCON (Flash Memory Control)............................. 55
CiBUFPNT3 (ECAN Filter 8-11 Buffer Pointer)......... 214 NVMKEY (Nonvolatile Memory Key) .......................... 56
CiBUFPNT4 (ECAN Filter 12-15 Buffer Pointer)....... 215 OCxCON (Output Compare x Control) ..................... 178
CiCFG1 (ECAN Baud Rate Configuration 1) ............ 211 OSCCON (Oscillator Control)................................... 123
CiCFG2 (ECAN Baud Rate Configuration 2) ............ 212 OSCTUN (FRC Oscillator Tuning)............................ 127
CiCTRL1 (ECAN Control 1) ...................................... 204 PLLFBD (PLL Feedback Divisor) ............................. 126
CiCTRL2 (ECAN Control 2) ...................................... 205 PMD1 (Peripheral Module Disable
CiEC (ECAN Transmit/Receive Error Count)............ 211 Control Register 1) ........................................... 132
CiFCTRL (ECAN FIFO Control)................................ 207 PMD2 (Peripheral Module Disable
CiFEN1 (ECAN Acceptance Filter Enable) ............... 213 Control Register 2) ........................................... 133
CiFIFO (ECAN FIFO Status)..................................... 208 PMD3 (Peripheral Module Disable
CiFMSKSEL1 (ECAN Filter 7-0 Mask Selection)..... 217, Control Register 3) ........................................... 134
218 RCON (Reset Control)................................................ 61
CiINTE (ECAN Interrupt Enable) .............................. 210 SPIxCON1 (SPIx Control 1) ..................................... 182
CiINTF (ECAN Interrupt Flag)................................... 209 SPIxCON2 (SPIx Control 2) ..................................... 184
CiRXFnEID (ECAN Acceptance Filter n SPIxSTAT (SPIx Status and Control) ....................... 181
Extended Identifier)........................................... 217 SR (CPU Status) .................................................. 21, 74
CiRXFnSID (ECAN Acceptance Filter n T1CON (Timer1 Control) .......................................... 163
Standard Identifier) ........................................... 216 TCxCON (Input Capture x Control) .......................... 173
CiRXFUL1 (ECAN Receive Buffer Full 1) ................. 220 TxCON (Type B Time Base Control) ........................ 168
CiRXFUL2 (ECAN Receive Buffer Full 2) ................. 220 TyCON (Type C Time Base Control)........................ 169
CiRXMnEID (ECAN Acceptance Filter Mask n UxMODE (UARTx Mode) ......................................... 195

UxSTA (UARTx Status and Control) ......................... 197 Input Capture (CAPx) ............................................... 314
Reset OC/PWM................................................................... 315
Illegal Opcode ....................................................... 59, 67 Output Compare (OCx)............................................. 314
Trap Conflict.......................................................... 66, 67 Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer
Uninitialized W Register ........................................ 59, 67 and Power-up Timer ......................................... 310
Reset Sequence.................................................................. 69 Timer1, 2 and 3 External Clock ................................ 312
Resets ................................................................................. 59 Timing Requirements
ADC Conversion (10-bit mode)................................. 353
S ADC Conversion (12-bit Mode)................................. 353
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ....................................... 179 CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 309
Software Reset Instruction (SWR) ...................................... 66 External Clock........................................................... 307
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM)..................................... 293 Input Capture ............................................................ 314
Software Stack Pointer, Frame Pointer SPIx Master Mode (CKE = 0) ................................... 349
CALLL Stack Frame.................................................... 47 SPIx Module Master Mode (CKE = 1) ...................... 349
Special Features of the CPU............................................. 273 SPIx Module Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ........................ 350
SPI Module SPIx Module Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ........................ 350
SPI1 Register Map ...................................................... 35 Timing Specifications
Symbols Used in Opcode Descriptions............................. 284 10-bit A/D Conversion Requirements ....................... 339
System Control 12-bit A/D Conversion Requirements ....................... 337
Register Map......................................................... 45, 46 CAN I/O Requirements ............................................. 332
I2Cx Bus Data Requirements (Master Mode)........... 329
T I2Cx Bus Data Requirements (Slave Mode)............. 331
Temperature and Voltage Specifications Output Compare Requirements................................ 314
AC ..................................................................... 306, 348 PLL Clock ......................................................... 308, 348
Timer1 ............................................................................... 161 Reset, Watchdog Timer,
Timer2/3 ............................................................................ 165 Oscillator Start-up Timer, Power-up Timer
Timing Characteristics and Brown-out Reset Requirements ................ 311
CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 309 Simple OC/PWM Mode Requirements ..................... 315
Timing Diagrams Timer1 External Clock Requirements ....................... 312
10-bit A/D Conversion (CHPS<1:0> = 01, Timer2 External Clock Requirements ....................... 313
SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 0, Timer3 External Clock Requirements ....................... 313
SSRC<2:0> = 000) ........................................... 338
10-bit A/D Conversion (CHPS<1:0> = 01, U
SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 1, SSRC<2:0> = 111, UART Module
SAMC<4:0> = 00001) ....................................... 338 UART1 Register Map............................................ 34, 35
10-bit A/D Conversion (CHPS<1:0> = 01, SIMSAM = 0, Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ... 193
ASAM = 1, SSRC<2:0> = 111, Using the RCON Status Bits............................................... 67
SAMC<4:0> = 00001) ....................................... 338
12-bit A/D Conversion V
(ASAM = 0, SSRC<2:0> = 000) ........................ 336 Voltage Regulator (On-Chip) ............................................ 277
Brown-out Situations ................................................... 66
ECAN I/O .................................................................. 332 W
External Clock ........................................................... 307 Watchdog Time-out Reset (WDTR).................................... 66
I2Cx Bus Data (Master Mode) .................................. 328 Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 273, 278
I2Cx Bus Data (Slave Mode) .................................... 330 Programming Considerations ................................... 278
I2Cx Bus Start/Stop Bits (Master Mode) ................... 328 WWW Address ................................................................. 387
I2Cx Bus Start/Stop Bits (Slave Mode) ..................... 330 WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 3

THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE CUSTOMER SUPPORT

Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at Users of Microchip products can receive assistance
www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means through several channels:
to make files and information easily available to • Distributor or Representative
customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet
• Local Sales Office
browser, the web site contains the following
information: • Field Application Engineer (FAE)
• Technical Support
• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,
application notes and sample programs, design • Development Systems Information Line
resources, user’s guides and hardware support Customers should contact their distributor,
documents, latest software releases and archived representative or field application engineer (FAE) for
software support. Local sales offices are also available to help
• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is
Questions (FAQs), technical support requests, included in the back of this document.
online discussion groups, Microchip consultant Technical support is available through the web site
program member listing at: http://microchip.com/support
• Business of Microchip – Product selector and
ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,
listing of seminars and events, listings of
Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory
representatives
CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION

SERVICE
Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep
customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers
will receive e-mail notification whenever there are
changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a
specified product family or development tool of interest.
To register, access the Microchip web site at
www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on
“Customer Change Notification” and follow the
registration instructions.

READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our
documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at
(480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
TO: Technical Publications Manager Total Pages Sent ________

RE: Reader Response
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 and Literature Number: DS70293G

PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04
Questions:
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PIC 24 HJ 32 GP3 02 T E / SP - XXX Examples:

a) PIC24HJ32GP302-E/SP:
Microchip Trademark General Purpose PIC24H, 32 KB program
memory, 28-pin, Extended temperature,
Architecture SPDIP package.
Flash Memory Family
Program Memory Size (KB)
Product Group
Pin Count
Tape and Reel Flag (if applicable)
Temperature Range
Package
Pattern
Architecture: 24 = 16-bit Microcontroller
Flash Memory Family: HJ = Flash program memory, 3.3V
Product Group: GP2 = General Purpose family

GP3 = General Purpose family
GP8 = General Purpose family
Pin Count: 02 = 28-pin

04 = 44-pin
Temperature Range: I = -40° C to+85° C (Industrial)

E = -40° C to+125° C (Extended)
H = -40° C to+150° C (High)
Package: SP = Skinny Plastic Dual In-Line - 300 mil body (SPDIP)

SO = Plastic Small Outline - Wide - 300 mil body (SOIC)
ML = Plastic Quad, No Lead Package - 8x8 mm body (QFN)
MM = Plastic Quad, No Lead Package - 6x6x0.9 mm body (QFN-S)
PT = Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack - 10x10x1 mm body (TQFP)

NOTES:

Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
• Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
• Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
• There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
• Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
• Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Information contained in this publication regarding device Trademarks

applications and the like is provided only for your convenience The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR
countries.
IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip
FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT,
devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net,
the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR,
hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP,
suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB,
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC,
intellectual property rights. PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE,
rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC,
UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of
Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
© 2007-2012, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in
the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
ISBN: 978-1-62076-238-7
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and
CERTIFIED BY DNV Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California
and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures
are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping
== ISO/TS 16949 == devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.

Worldwide Sales and Service
AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE
Corporate Office Asia Pacific Office India - Bangalore Austria - Wels
2355 West Chandler Blvd. Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Tel: 43-7242-2244-39
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tower 6, The Gateway Fax: 91-80-3090-4123 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Tel: 480-792-7200 Harbour City, Kowloon India - New Delhi Denmark - Copenhagen
Fax: 480-792-7277 Hong Kong Tel: 45-4450-2828
Tel: 91-11-4160-8631
Technical Support: Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 45-4485-2829
Fax: 91-11-4160-8632
http://www.microchip.com/
Fax: 852-2401-3431 France - Paris
support India - Pune
Australia - Sydney Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Web Address:
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
www.microchip.com
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 Germany - Munich
Atlanta Japan - Osaka
China - Beijing Tel: 81-66-152-7160 Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Duluth, GA
Tel: 86-10-8569-7000 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 81-66-152-9310
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 Italy - Milan
Fax: 678-957-1455 Japan - Yokohama
China - Chengdu Tel: 39-0331-742611
Boston Tel: 81-45-471- 6166
Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 39-0331-466781
Westborough, MA Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 774-760-0087 Korea - Daegu
Fax: 774-760-0088 China - Chongqing Tel: 31-416-690399
Tel: 82-53-744-4301
Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 Fax: 31-416-690340
Chicago
Itasca, IL Fax: 86-23-8980-9500 Spain - Madrid
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 630-285-0071 China - Hangzhou Tel: 34-91-708-08-90
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 630-285-0075 Tel: 86-571-2819-3187 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
Cleveland Fax: 86-571-2819-3189 82-2-558-5934 UK - Wokingham
Independence, OH China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur
Tel: 216-447-0464 Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 44-118-921-5820
Tel: 60-3-6201-9857
Fax: 216-447-0643 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859
Dallas China - Nanjing Malaysia - Penang
Addison, TX Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Tel: 60-4-227-8870
Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 Fax: 60-4-227-4068
Fax: 972-818-2924
China - Qingdao Philippines - Manila
Detroit Tel: 86-532-8502-7355
Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 63-2-634-9065
Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 Fax: 63-2-634-9069
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260 China - Shanghai Singapore
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Tel: 65-6334-8870
Indianapolis Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
Noblesville, IN Fax: 65-6334-8850
Tel: 317-773-8323 China - Shenyang Taiwan - Hsin Chu
Fax: 317-773-5453 Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Tel: 886-3-5778-366
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 Fax: 886-3-5770-955
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA China - Shenzhen Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 949-462-9523 Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Fax: 949-462-9608 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 Fax: 886-7-330-9305
Santa Clara China - Wuhan Taiwan - Taipei
Santa Clara, CA Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Tel: 886-2-2500-6610
Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Fax: 408-961-6445 China - Xian Thailand - Bangkok
Toronto Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Tel: 66-2-694-1351
Mississauga, Ontario, Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 Fax: 66-2-694-1350
Canada China - Xiamen
Tel: 905-673-0699 Tel: 86-592-2388138
Fax: 905-673-6509 Fax: 86-592-2388130
China - Zhuhai
Tel: 86-756-3210040
11/29/11
Fax: 86-756-3210049

PIC24HJ128GP502

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC24HJ128GP502

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC24HJ128GP502

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIC24HJ32GP302/304,

Operating Conditions System Peripherals

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 1

TABLE 1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

8-bit Parallel Master Port

PIC24HJ128GP504 44 128 8 26 5 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 13 1/1 11 35 QFN

DS70293G-page 2 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

28-Pin QFN-S(2) Pins are up to 5V tolerant

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 3

Pin Diagrams (Continued)

44-Pin QFN(2) Pins are up to 5V tolerant

DS70293G-page 4 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

Pin Diagrams (Continued)

44-Pin TQFP Pins are up to 5V tolerant

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 5

DS70293G-page 6 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS

Most Current Data Sheet

Customer Notification System

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 7

• Section 1. “Introduction” (DS70197)

DS70293G-page 8 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW

This document contains device specific information for

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 9

FIGURE 1-1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

Interrupt X Data Bus

VCAP VDD, VSS MCLR

PMP/ Comparator ECAN1 Timers OC/

RTCC SPI1, 2 IC1, 2, 7, 8 CNx I2C1

DS70293G-page 10 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

TABLE 1-1: PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 11

TABLE 1-1: PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)

DS70293G-page 12 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

2.0 GUIDELINES FOR GETTING 2.2 Decoupling Capacitors

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 13

DS70293G-page 14 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

2.5 ICSP Pins 2.6 External Oscillator Pins

TABLE 2-1: CRYSTAL RECOMMENDATIONS

ECS-40-20-4DN ECS Inc. 4 MHz 20 pF HC49/US ±30 ppm TH -40°C to +85°C

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 15

TABLE 2-2: RESONATOR RECOMMENDATIONS

FCR4.0M5T TDK Corp. 4 MHz N/A Radial ±0.5% TH -40°C to +85°C

2.7 Oscillator Value Conditions on 2.9 Unused I/Os

2.8 Configuration of Analog and

DS70293G-page 16 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

3.0 CPU The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

© 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS70293G-page 17

3.3 Special MCU Features The PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04

FIGURE 3-1: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04 CPU

PSV and Table

Interrupt X Data Bus

Address Generator Units Controller

Data Latch ROM Latch

Control Signals 17 x 17 Multiplier

DS70293G-page 18 © 2007-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.

FIGURE 3-2: PIC24HJ32GP302/304, PIC24HJ64GPX02/X04 AND PIC24HJ128GPX02/X04

SPLIM Stack Pointer Limit Register

— — — — — — — DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C STATUS Register